Page 1


800.953.3274 |

12/31/12 10:07 AM

Coverspine.indd 1



For 20 years Arrowhead has been focused on our customers. We help advance forensics by supplying products and services you need anywhere in the world. Our commitment to providing high quality products and superior performance establishes us as a trusted and reliable partner to our customers. To provide our customers the widest selection of products, Arrowhead maintains strategic partnerships with a wide range of quality manufacturers. Our portfolio of products include many of the most respected manufacturers in the forensic market. Coherent, Rofin, 3M, Sirchie and Forensics Source to name a few. Consolidate your purchases and reduce your procurement costs buy utilizing our extensive distribution and procurement experience. Whether you are in the market for equipment or supplies there’s an Arrowhead product for your department - and your budget. Arrowhead products provide high quality and superior performance at the right price.


We will deliver excellence in all areas of manufacturing and distribution of forensics products for the crime scene and laboratory. We will deliver the products and services you need, when and where you need them.

Coverspine.indd 2

1/10/13 11:52 AM

PRODUCT CATEGORIES New & Improved Evidence Collection Impression Evidence Blood ID & Enhancement Specimen Collection Protective Gear Latent Print Enhancement Optical Enhancement Photo/Documentation Reconstruction UV/IR Imaging System Lasers & Light Sources Forensic Analysis Narcotics Testing Digital Forensics Forensic Containment Laboratory Education/Books Reference Material


To enhance your browsing experience we have placed several QR Codes throughout the catalog. Scan these QR Codes with your smartphone to watch training videos, jump to information pages or to be in the latest know-how. Download a QR scanner in your mobile app store.

17 67 79 89 103


Product pricing and specifications are subject to change without notice. Arrowhead Forensics reserves the right to correct misprints, typographical, photographic and pricing errors. We apologize for any inconvenience. All prices are listed in U.S. Dollars. For the most up-to-date pricing please visit our website at

125 175 185 219 227 233 257

Items marked with this Haz Mat icon are considered hazardous materials by our trusted carrier. These items will incur an additional hazmat fee for all shipments; ground, express or international. For more information on hazardous materials tun to page 350 ARROWHEAD FORENSICS

11030 Strang Line Road LENEXA, KS 66215 800.953.3274 SOURCE CODE:


263 275 283 299 309 343





800.953.3274 |

800.953.3274 |








800.953.3274 |


800.953.3274 |




MORE INFORMATION ON PAGE 168800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |





800.953.3274 |

800.953.3274 |


more protecttion, same visibility. anti-fog goggles PAGE 120

properly fit your n95 respirator with our new test fit apparatus PAGE 119

superior barrier protection PAGE 115

sleeves extend to fit under golves and offer elastic band for tightness PAGE 116

Bulk Pack gloves More gloves equals more savings PAGE 107

anti slip covers give you maximum maneuverability PAGE 115


800.953.3274 |

arrowhead signature seeries fiber brushes Arrowhead’s brushes are made with specially formulated glass fibers to insure softness and maximum coverage without damaging prints eliminating the constant powder replenishment required for most conventional brushes. Attached to 3 different handle types to fit every individual’s need. The brush is supplied in a protective container and cap. Available in the reduced handle length of 3.5” which makes this brush an exact replacement for conventional brushes found in most fingerprint field kits now in use. Factory direct shipping from our warehouse equates to a better price and faster shipping.


Made of thousands of fiberglass filaments Spreads powder more efficiently and evenly Durable construction outlasts other brushes Fibers grow softer and softer with each use 6.5” length fits comfortably in your hand Contains no natural oils

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |


800.953.3274 |


Paper Evidence Bags Evidence Labels Tamper Evidence Bags Plastic Evidence Bags Faraday Pouches Evidence Envelopes Weapons Boxes Biohazard Products Evidence Tubes Collection Jars Collection Kits Evidence Tape Hemostats/Scalpels Trace Evidence Supplies Entomology Kits Arson Collection Supplies Metal Detectors Crime Scene Barriers Storage Cases

17 18 19 20 21 25 28 30 32 34 36 37 38 44 46 49 50 54 60 62








The Monster™ Evidence Bag

Paper Evidence Bags

The Monster™ Bag is made with 2-ply, 50lb, gusseted Kraft construction paper. It is freestanding and resistant to tearing.

Sturdy Kraft paper bags in various sizes. These preprinted bags have space for the information you need to properly mark your evidence.

A-1034 162” x 34” x 112” 50 bags�����������������������������$53.95

PRINTED A-1012 7” x 4” x 132” A-1025 8” x 54” x 152” A-1016 12” x 7” x 17” PLAIN A-1026P A-1012P A-1025P A-1016P

8lb 100 bags������������������������ $18.50 6” x 3w” x 11” 7z” x 42” x 13w” 12lb 100 bags���������������������� $20.95 84” x 5 ” x 15d” 25lb 100 bags���������������������� $22.95 12” x 7” x 17” 57lb 100 bags����������������������� $24.00

Kraft Paper Evidence Tubing

Evidence Paper Rolls and Dispenser

This roll of 50# Kraft paper allows you to customize bags to the exact size that you need. It is simple to make customized packaging for a gun to a small piece of clothing with one evidence packaging product.

These paper rolls are perfect for covering a work surface to be used for the examination of evidence. Also may be used to package items too large for paper bags.

A-1113 9” x 300’����������������������������������������������������������� $230.00 A-1111 12” x 300’��������������������������������������������������������� $307.00


12lb 100 bags����������������������� $22.00 25lb 100 bags���������������������� $23.50 57lb 100 bags���������������������� $25.00

A-1015 A-1111-2 A-36KD A-48KD

Kraft 36” x 710’����������������������������������������������������� $63.50 Kraft 48” x 710’����������������������������������������������������� $92.00 Paper Roll Dispenser 36” ������������������������������������ $78.50 Paper Roll Dispenser 48” ����������������������������������$129.10

800.953.3274 |



Arrowhead Adhesive Evidence Labels These labels include all information needed to clearly mark the evidence contained in the packaging. Labels are available with or without the chain of custody. A-3700 ”Evidence Chain of Custody”�������������������������� $10.95 32” x 64” 100 labels A-3706 ”Evidence”��������������������������������������������������������� $10.95 32” x 64” 100 labels

ADHESIVE Combo™ Tag & Label The Combo™ works as a tag or a label. Use on items that require a label or on guns or bicycles where a tag may be more suitable. Sturdy label is printed on an 80# card stock. Ties are sold separately.


A-3702 ”Evidence Chain of Custody”��������������������������� $16.75 3” x 6” 100 labels A-3708 ”Evidence”�������������������������������������������������������� $16.75 3” x 6” 100 labels



ADHESIVE Chain of Custody Label This label adds additional room for recording the chain of custody. Perfect for those items that may be handled by many people. A-3705 ”Chain of Custody”���������������������������������������������� $10.95 32” x 64” 100 labels

ADHESIVE Evidence Peel-Off Label



This adhesive label is ideal for small items such as cell phones, stereos, tvs, etc. Just peel off backing and place on evidence. A-3704 ”Evidence” Peel-Off �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.00 2” x 2” 100 labels



This adhesive label is ideal for important evidence from an arson crime scene using lined metal evidence cans or arson rollstock bags. A-3709 ”Arson Evidence” �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$10.95 32” x 5” 100 labels A-3715 Evidence Circle Label Evidence circles are perfect for small evidence jars and cans. A-3715 ”Evidence” 2” diameter 100/roll�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$8.00 800.953.3274 |


Arrowhead Sure-Seal™ Tamper Indicating Evidence Bags Sure-Seal™ tamper indicating 2mil evidence bags feature a tamper indicating adhesive that seals both sides of the bag opening, making it virtually impossible to open the bag without obvious signs of tampering. A-1143 A-1163 A-1193 A-1123

4” x 9” 6” x 9” 9” x 12” 12” x 16”

100/pk������������������������������������������������� $23.35 100/pk������������������������������������������������� $24.50 100/pk������������������������������������������������� $34.10 100/pk������������������������������������������������� $47.50

Arrowhead Sure-Seal™ Tamper CURRENCY Bags Arrowhead’s currency bag has a preprinted label to clearly identify the money it contains, as well as why the money was collected. A-1143


A-1163-M 6” x 9” 100/pk�����������������������������������������������$35.60

Tamper Indicating Evidence Bags These evidence bags are constructed of 2 mil low density polyethylene film with heat sealed edges on two sides, making any attempt to enter the bag evident. The sealing tape is fully resistant to freon, dry ice, and all other temperature controlling agents, utilizing ”Void” tamper indicating graphics that give instant visible evidence of such attempts. ”Blue Dot” graphics appear when attempts to enter the bag are made using heat from a hair dryer, vehicle heater, or other heat sources. Each bag and receipt is printed with a unique serial number, assuring the bag is not replaced with a duplicate. A-1155 A-1156 A-1157 A-1158 A-1156

5” x 9” 62” x 9” 9” x 12” 12” x 16”

100/pk��������������������������������������������$24.20 100/pk��������������������������������������������$28.00 100/pk��������������������������������������������$31.50 100/pk��������������������������������������������$52.00

A-1179 personal property/inmate storage bags These storage bags offer the same features as our tamper indicating evidence bags. They are preprinted with complete labeling information and provide safe and secure storage of inmate personal effects and valuables. A-1179 A-1180

62” x 9” 9” x 12”

100/pk��������������������������������������������$31.50 100/pk��������������������������������������������$39.25

sequential numbering on every bag

EXTRA LARGE personal property/inmate storage bags These extra large storage bags offer the same features as our tamper indicating evidence bags - but are a large 16” x 20” size. They are preprinted with sequential numbering and feature a large area to place personal property information labels (A-1207, below). Provides a safe and secure storage of inmate personal effects and valuables.

tamper evident lines clearly shows if evidence has been compromised

A-1206 A-1207

16” x 20” Bags 100/pk����������������������$62.50 Personal Property Labels 100/pk������������������$10.25

A-1206 20

800.953.3274 |

White Block Reclosable Evidence Bags Our white block reclosable evidence bags are 2mil and feature a large white block for recording case information. Reclosable Evidence Bags 2 mil Reclosable Bags A-1112 2.5” x 3” 100/pk��������������������������������������������������$5.65 A-1132 3” x 5” 100/pk��������������������������������������������������$6.50 A-1142 4” x 6” 100/pk��������������������������������������������������$7.80 A-1162 6” x 9” 100/pk����������������������������������������������� $15.00 A-1182 8” x 10” 100/pk����������������������������������������������� $21.80 A-1192 9” x 12” 100/pk����������������������������������������������� $22.50 A-1122 12” x 12” 100/pk����������������������������������������������� $24.95 A-1152 12” x 15” 100/pk����������������������������������������������� $34.40 A-1135 13” x 15” 100/pk����������������������������������������������� $41.25 4 mil Reclosable Bags A-1114 2.5” x 3” 100/pk���������������������������������������������������$8.50 A-1134 3” x 5” 100/pk���������������������������������������������������$9.10 A-1144 4” x 6” 100/pk������������������������������������������������ $10.30 A-1164 6” x 8” 100/pk������������������������������������������������ $16.85 A-1183 8” x 10” 100/pk������������������������������������������������ $24.10 A-1194 9” x 12” 100/pk������������������������������������������������ $24.50 A-1154 12” x 15” 100/pk������������������������������������������������ $38.10 A-1184 13” x 18” 100/pk������������������������������������������������ $47.50

A-1132WB A-1142WB A-1162WB A-1192WB

3” x 5” 4” x 6” 6” x 9” 9” x 12”

100/pk����������������������������������������� $11.75 100/pk����������������������������������������� $13.95 100/pk����������������������������������������� $21.00 100/pk����������������������������������������� $23.50

Check Bag A-1150 4” x 10” 100/pk����������������������������������������������� $21.50

Poly Evidence Tubing This 4mil tubing allows you to easily custom-make poly bags to any size. This product requires an impulse heat sealer shown on page 22. A-1101 A-1102 A-1104 A-1119 A-1106

6” x 520’������������������������������������������������������������� $53.50 12” x 520’����������������������������������������������������������� $86.00 22” x 1025’������������������������������������������������������� $212.69 24” x 1800’������������������������������������������������������� $260.00 24” Dispenser���������������������������������������������������� $58.00

800.953.3274 |


Arrowhead Heavy Duty Barrier proof Heat Seal Bags These 5mil polyester pouches are designed to eliminate the problem of narcotic gasses ”leaking” through normal polyethylene baggies. They can be sealed with any quality heat sealer. All are 100 bags / package A-1174 4” x 6”����������������������������������������������������������������� $21.50 A-1176 62” x 8”�������������������������������������������������������������� $25.80 A-1178 8” x 10”��������������������������������������������������������������� $35.00 A-1172 8” x 12”��������������������������������������������������������������� $47.50 A-1170 10” x 12”������������������������������������������������������������� $63.00 A-1175 12” x 16”������������������������������������������������������������� $98.00 A-1177 16” x 26”����������������������������������������������������������� $112.00 Scan to view A SUPPORTING Article on how these barrier proof bags are PROTECTing EVIDENCE TECHNICIANS

ARROWHEAD HEAT SEAL BAGS All are 100 bags / package 2 mil heat seal bags A-1140 4” x 6”�������������������������������������������������������������������$10.25 A-1160 6” x 8”�������������������������������������������������������������������$16.00 A-1190 9” x 12”�����������������������������������������������������������������$21.80 A-1195 10” x 16”���������������������������������������������������������������$28.50 A-1198 12” x 20”���������������������������������������������������������������$31.50 4 mil heat seal bags A-1185 6” x 8”�������������������������������������������������������������������$17.00 A-1186 8” x 10”�����������������������������������������������������������������$21.50 A-1187 9” x 12”�����������������������������������������������������������������$24.50 A-1188 12” x 16”���������������������������������������������������������������$35.00

IMPULSE Heat SealERS Desktop HEAT SEALER A-1212 12” Heat Sealer�������������������������������������������������$183.95 A-1616 16” Heat Sealer�������������������������������������������������$235.00 A-1212K 12” Replacement Kit����������������������������������������$18.00 A-1616K 16” Replacement Kit����������������������������������������$24.50


800.953.3274 |

KAPAK TUBULAR ROLLSTOCK 4.5 and 2.5 Mil tubular, heat-sealable, clear polyester film in a convenient carton dispenser. Film: Clear Polyester A-TRS952502 A-TRS242506 A-TRS951253 A-TRS161254

2.5 Mil 2.5 Mil 4.5 Mil 4.5 Mil

9.5” x 250’�������������������������������$355.99 24” x 250’��������������������������������$599.99 9.5” x 125’�������������������������������$355.99 16” x 125’��������������������������������$508.99

KAPAK FIRE EVIDENCE COLLECTION ROLLSTOCK One aspect of evidence analysis is the examination of debris and material associated with arson. Normally, the analysis of debris from arsons is directed toward identifying the presence of any liquid accelerant residues. Kapak Fire Evidence Rollstock provides a solution for collection of evidence and is ideal for larger items such as clothing and bedding. This heat sealable rollstock locks in volatile components , provides low background that is hydrocarbon free, and is approved and used by many Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies. The evidence will not rust or degrade and this rollstock is suitable for long term storage. A-TRS18125F 3.5 Mil 18” x 125’������������������������������$450.35 Scan to view A validation study on how this fire evidence rollstock can withstand samples of 120°C

KAPAK POlyester HEAT SEAL evidence barrier PoUCHES These heavy duty (4.5 mil) and regular weight pouches (2.5 mil) are ideal for collecting, transporting and long term storage of evidence. These polyester pouches are boilable, freezable, and microwaveable. They will sustain temperatures from -70-240°F, provide superior barrier performance, and safe use with concentrations of most acids, alkalies, grease, oil, and organic solvents. The regular weight pouches (2.5 mil) are for moderate protection from handling and chemical or environmental contact. Heavy duty pouches (4.5 mil) are suitable

for collection of evidence and long term storage. SOLD IN BUNDLES OF 100 BAGS SIZE 2.5 MIL BAGS 4.5 mil bags 4” x 6” A-400B2m���������� $18.25 A-500B1m���������� $34.50 6.5” x 8” A-402B2m���������� $22.95 A-502B1m���������� $44.85 8” x 12” N/A A-504B1m���������� $83.95 10” x 12” A-405B2m���������� $56.35 N/A 9.5” x 16” N/A A-506B500������� $166.75

800.953.3274 |


OPSAK® ODOR proof bags Leave the stench at the scene with these new odor-proof barrier bag, OPSAK®, has all of the element proof features of the aLOKSAK® plus a new-generation barrier film that is completely odor-proof. Now you can store narcotics without risking odor release in the property room. A-1121OP A-1122OP

7” x 7”, 3/pk������������������������������������������������$8.79 9” x 10”, 3/pk����������������������������������������������$9.79

aLOKSAK® element proof bags aLOKSAK® bags are resealable element-proof storage bags featuring a hermetic seal. That means absolutely no water, air, dust or humidity permeates the closure. They are designed for a wide range of crime scene applications and evidence collection environments. The transparent bags are flexible and puncture resistant. The unique and patented materials, closure systems and manufacturing techniques used to fabricate the aLOKSAK are made to meet the most rigorous and secure evidence collection standards. A-1144AL A-1145AL A-1146AL A-1147AL A-1148AL A-1149AL A-1150AL 24

3” x 6”, 3/pk���������������������������������������������������$7.59 5” x 4”, 3/pk���������������������������������������������������$7.59 4” x 7”, 3/pk���������������������������������������������������$7.59 9” x 6”, 3/pk���������������������������������������������������$7.59 8” x 11”, 3/pk�����������������������������������������������$10.49 12” x 12”, 3/pk������������������������������������������������$7.59 13” x 11”, 3/pk������������������������������������������������$7.59

800.953.3274 |


Anti-Static Bags

This 2 mil anti-static rollstock is made of polyethylene material and is designed to protect evidence sensitive to static electricity, such as hard drives and other electronic components. Now you can custom cut anti-static bags to your specific size of evidence.

These 4 mil anti-static bags are made of polyethylene material and are designed to protect evidence sensitive to static electricity, such as hard drives and other electronic components. Reclosable top makes for convenient handling to and from bag.

A-21829 2 mil, 6” x 2100’�������������������������������������������������$165.00

A-21824 6” x 8”, 100 Bags�������������������������������������������������$11.70 A-21826R 9” x 12”, 100 Bags��������������������������������������������$20.50 A-21827R 12” x 15”, 100 Bags������������������������������������������$51.68 A-21828R 18” x 24”, 100 Bags����������������������������������������$100.00

shieldSAK® reusable faraday bag The SHIELDSAK consists of a flexible R.F. shield fabric pouch with R.F. shield Velcro closure that will not allow data scans by blocking electronic signals from reaching data towers. A-4155R 1) Cell Phone Bag, 4.5” x 5.5”��������������������������$64.99 A-4157R 1) Tablet Bag, 9.5” x 12”�������������������������������� $149.99

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

SINGLE USE FARADAY POUCHES One of the big problems with collecting digital evidence is the issue of not being able to keep it secure from any incoming communications at the point of capture. Not having the device switched on means that critical time and date stamps cannot be verified, which means that the evidence captured can be questioned. Keep the device on and communications cut off and avoid the high cost of a faraday cage with these convenient pouches. Thick 4.5 Mil trilaminate foil ensures signal shielding power. All pouches are heatsealable. Gaming, tablet and laptop pouches feature a zip-lock top closure. A-4155 A-4156 A-4157 A-4158

Cell Phone Pouch Gaming Device Pouch Tablet Pouch Laptop Pouch

5” x 8” 8” x 12” 10” x 14” 18” x 28”

100 pouches����$65.99 100 pouches����$81.00 100 pouches��$113.40 50 pouches���$222.75 PROPER EVIDENCE PACKAGING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL FARADAY POUCHES: A. Keep device on and place in Faraday Pouch. B. Place wrapped device inside another Faraday Pouch. C. Seal shut with evidence/tamper proof tape. D. Submit to lab or local RCFL office.

800.953.3274 |


Arrowhead Chain of Custody label on page 19 (labels not included with envelopes)

Evidence Envelopes These brown kraft plain envelopes are ideal for evidence collection at the crime scene and storage of evidence in the property room. Place your own label on the envelope or use Arrowhead stock labels found on page 19. A-1410 A-1411 A-1412 A-1413

2¼” x 3½” 6” x 9” 9” x 12” 10” x 13”

100/pk �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$11.50 100/pk �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.50 100/pk�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$22.95 100/pk�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$23.75

Coin Envelopes

PRINTED EVIDENCE Envelopes These envelopes are perfect for a wide range of evidence. They come preprinted on standard manila stock. Chain of Custody on front and peel and seal closure. Ask us about quantity pricing. A-912TE 9” x 12” 100/pack���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$28.50


These envelopes are perfect for a wide range of evidence. They come preprinted on kraft or white paper with areas for Case #, Date, and Initials. Custom imprint available. 100 envelopes per pack Kraft A-1402 24” x 32”��������$13.25 A-1406 2d” x 54”��������$14.25 A-1408 32” x 62”��������$15.00

800.953.3274 |

White A-1401 24” x 32”�������������$13.25 A-1407 32” x 62”�������������$15.00


Glassine Envelopes

The Transport Pouch is made of paper to prevent the accumulation of moisture in the transfer and short-term storage environment. The adhesive closure prevents the sample from being tampered with between collection and accessioning or processing. The self-seal adhesive prevents the user from having to moisten the envelope closure and eliminates the risk of additional contamination resulting from saliva contamination during sealing. The large surface area provides ample room for labeling or barcoding the transport pouch making the sample easily identifiable without having to open the transport pouch.

Eliminate static electricity and other evidence packaging problems with these breathable, transparent glassine envelopes. Perfect for packaging microparticle evidence such as hair, fibers, glass shards, paint chips, vegetation, and more . These envelopes have the best of both worlds. Not only can you see through them, they are made of paper so they will also breathe. Ideal for trace evidence.

A-P01D43 100 pouches, 7.75” x 3.5” �������������������������������������������������������������������$20.00

A-1003 2” x 3.5” 100/pk��������������������������������������������$8.00 A-1004 2.75” x 4.25” 100/pk������������������������������������������$16.25 A-1005 5.5” x 5 .75” 100/pk������������������������������������������$23.50

Color Coded Evidence Tags Implementing a color coding system for your evidence makes visual evaluation easier for the property room technicians. For instance, all found property could have a yellow tag while all safekeeping property could have a blue tag. Color coding provides an indicator on the box, bag or other container to represent the year it was submitted. These color coded, 13 point heavy paper stock evidence tags are available in five colors. Wire and string ties are available for attaching to the tags to evidence. Also available are Tyvek® white tags. Tyvek® is weather proof and chemical resistant. Find out more about color coding and other property and evidence techniques and guidelines in the book ”Property and Evidence by the Book” found on page 341. 4 w” x 2a” 100 tags A-2414R Red������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $13.50 A-2414Y Yellow������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.50 A-2414B Blue����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.50 A-2414G Green�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.50 A-2414W White�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.50 12” 100 ties A-9201 Wire Tie������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $2.50 A-9211 String Tie���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $2.50 TYVEK Evidence Tags 64” x 38” 100 tags A-2414T White Tyvek®��������������������������������������� $35.00 all condition METAL evidence TAGS Permanently engrave case data on this metal tag with an ordinary ballpoint pen. The aluminum tag features a ”soft center” and will take messages on both sides. Extremely durable, particularly suited for use in extreme hot or cold temperatures and when wet conditions leave running inks on plastic or paper tags. Package of 48 tags with wires. A-1073T

48) 38” x 1a” tags�����������������������������������������������������������������$57.50 800.953.3274 |


Arrowhead Tie Down Weapons Storage Boxes These boxes are made of 200lb corrugated cardboard and are designed to keep evidence from shifting in their boxes. Features tie down holes for a secure fastening of weapons. ALL units contain 25 boxes and 50 ties A-1070 Pistol Box 12” x 7.5” x 2”�������������������������� $34.50 A-1050 Long Gun Box 502” x 6w” x 3” ������������������������ $57.25 A-1060 Knife Box 16” x 3” x 2” ����������������������������� $28.90

ARROWHEAD tie down Large Weapons Boxes These boxes are manufactured of the same 200lb material as our general purpose storage boxes. These over-sized weapons boxes will eliminate the need for disassembling weapons with lasers, lights and scopes. Ideal for assault rifles. 25 BOXES PER PACK AND INCLUDES 50 NYLON TIES A-1050L Large Rifle Box 512” x 9” x 32”��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $71.50 A-1070L Large Hand Gun Box 15” x 9” x 2”�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $42.00


800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead Property & Evidence Marker Ties These ties provide permanent identification for impounded property and evidence. These polypropylene ties are weather resistant, easy to use, strong and are self locking, with a 2” x 3” area for marking the evidence. Ask us about our ”Test Fired” and ”Not Test Fired” labels that fit these marking ties. All tags are 100 / package. Red A-1016-R 6”�������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 A-1019-R 9”�������������������������������������������������������������������������$42.00 A-1018-R 18”���������������������������������������������������������������������$58.00 ORANGE A-1016-O 6”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 A-1019-O 9”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$42.00 A-1018-O 18”�������������������������������������������������������������������������$58.00 BLUE A-1016-B 6”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 A-1019-B 9”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$42.00 A-1018-B 18”�������������������������������������������������������������������������$58.00


YELLOW A-1016-Y 6”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 A-1019-Y 9”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$42.00 A-1018-Y 18”��������������������������������������������������������������������������$58.00



GREEN A-1016-G 6”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 A-1019-G 9”�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$42.00 A-1018-G 18”�������������������������������������������������������������������������$58.00



IVORY A-1016-I 6”�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 A-1019-I 9”�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$42.00 A-1018-I 18”���������������������������������������������������������������������������$58.00


Arrowhead Mini-Ties


These tamper evident write on marker ties are primarily used to identify and tag small items such as hand guns. The b” x 1z” epoxy based write on area is large enough to inscribe important information. The tie wrap length is 6”.

Blue Yellow

All tags are 100 / package. A-1006-G A-1006-O A-1006-R A-1006-Y A-1006-B A-1006-I

6” Green����������������������������������������������������������� $25.00 6” Orange�������������������������������������������������������� $25.00 6” Red�������������������������������������������������������������� $25.00 6” Yellow���������������������������������������������������������� $25.00 6” Blue������������������������������������������������������������� $25.00 6” Ivory������������������������������������������������������������ $25.00

Red Orange


NYLON TIES A-1007 100) 7a” clear ties����������������������������������������� $6.50 A-1007-12 100) 12” clear ties����������������������������������������� $7.50 A-1007-24 50) 24” black heavy duty ties���������������������$17.50

SealGuard™ Weapon Cleared Label Use these labels to brightly mark evidence boxes and marker ties to let the property room and ballistics section know that the packaged weapon is cleared. Label is 1a” x 5” | 100 per roll A-3722�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$13.00


800.953.3274 |



Biohazard Labels The following labels contain the international Biohazard Symbol and are printed on fluorescent orange stock to insure visibility.

250/ROLL A-3735 12” x 12”������$11.35 A-3738 1” x 1” ����������������$10.10 5,000/ROLL A-3739 d” x d” ������������$28.10 A-3737 2” x 3” 250/roll������$14.50

A-3723 1” x 3” 250/roll����������������������������������������������$11.85 A-3720 4” x 5” 100 labels ���������������������������������������������������������������������$15.00

A-3725 1” x 3” 250/roll����������������������������������������������$11.35

A-3745 1” x 32” 100 labels��������������������������������������������������������������������$12.00

A-3740 1” x 3” 100 labels ��������������������������������������$12.00

Sharpie Markers

Water based pens

The Sharpie is well known in law enforcement as an excellent choice for marking evidence. These permanent markers are available in black or red with fine tips or ultra-fine tips. Other colors available on request.

Recommended for marking Evidence storage by the International Association of Property and Evidence! These BRITEMARK® H2O water-based markers are ideal for making clear, bold markings on almost any surface in environments where VOC issues and Xylene use is a concern. This no acid formula means no risk of evidence contamination found in some traditional markers.

A-6900 A-6910 A-6930 A-6931 A-6950 A-6951 32

A-3730 1” x 4” 250/roll��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.25

Black Fine Point Red Fine Point Red Ultra Fine Point Black Ultra Fine Point Retractable Black Fine Point Retractable Red Fine Point

12 pens��������������������� $12.00 12 pens��������������������� $12.00 12 pens��������������������� $12.00 12 pens��������������������� $12.00 1 pen���������������������������$2.50 1 pen���������������������������$2.50

A-91426 Blue Pen��������������������������������������������������������������$4.00 A-91603 Black Pen������������������������������������������������������������$4.00

800.953.3274 |

Basic Biohazard Kit Biohazard Disposal Bags These clearly marked bags are designed for the disposal of possible bio-hazardous material such as used Tyvek® suits, gloves etc. Use them anytime you need to protect people from exposure to potential hazards. 1.2 mils thick. A-4124 10gal, 24”W x 24” H, 100 bags������������������������ $25.75 A-4139 33gal, 33’’W x 40’’H, 100 bags������������������������ $46.50 A-4146 45gal, 40”W x 47”H, 100 bags������������������������ $66.00

This personal protection kit contains items needed for extra protection at a crime scene. Each Kit Contains 1 Tyvek® suit w/ hood & boots 1 Pair of 13 mil gloves 1 Eye shield respirator 2 Anti-microbial towelettes 1) 10 gallon biohazard bag 1 Pair Tyvek® shoe covers A-4500 Size XL����������� $21.80 A-4503 Size XXXL������ $23.25 A-4502 Size XXL�������� $21.80 A-4504 Size XXXXL���� $26.50

Sharps Box This Sharps box is ideal for on-location use. It is designed for personal protection in an environment containing needles or other puncture hazards. A-1922 7”L x 2”H x 2” W��������������������������������������������������� $4.25

Sharps Container

Syringe Keeper This heavy plastic syringe container features a twist locking system that secures evidence. Each container is individually wrapped to prevent cross contamination. Will accommodate syringes up to 7w” in length.

These containers are ideal for disposal of blood, hypodermic, and IV needles. Container is portable and fits present blood drawing trays. Facilitates the disconnection of multi-sample blood needles from holders. Container locks for final disposal. A-4346 Small, 32 oz capacity, 3.5” x 3.5” x 7”�����������������$6.00 A-4347 Medium, 1 gal. capacity, 10” x 7 x 5”��������������� $12.00 A-4348 Large, 2 gal. capacity, 10 x 7 x 9.5”����������������� $19.50

A-1910 8” 12 tubes������������������������������������������������������ $22.50 800.953.3274 |







Wide Diameter Evidence Collection Tube

Adjustable Evidence Tubes These PVC adjustable tubes will extend up to 24” in length, safely storing evidence of varying lengths securely in place. These reusable tubes are rigid, durable, and resistant to humidity. A-1931 1.26” diameter x 4w” to 7d” 12 tubes����������������� $19.50 A-1932 2.047” diameter x 7d” to 13w” 12 tubes����������������� $29.25 A-1933 2.559” diameter x 13w” to 24a” 12 tubes���������������� $49.50

These clear plastic tubes will preserve evidence and protect collection personnel. The 2” diameter is ideal for glass pipes. Each container includes a foam insert, security seal, and biohazard label. A-1917 7” x 2” 12 tubes ���������������������������������������������� $17.10

Sharps Evidence Collection Tubes These clear plastic tubes will preserve the evidence and protect the evidence custodian. All three sizes include a custom foam insert for immobilization, evidence strips for sealing, and a biohazard label to clearly mark the evidence as a possible hazard. A-1918 Knife Tube 18” x 3” 6 tubes��������������������� $27.50 A-1907 Syringe Tube 7” x 1” 12 tubes������������������� $16.75 A-1905 Syringe Tube 9” x 1” 12 tubes������������������� $17.10



800.953.3274 |

Sterile Polypropylene Hinged Custody Vials These lab grade, leakproof, sterile vials are ideal for collection and general storage of liquid evidence such as urine and alcohol. Made of polypropylene, they are non-absorptive and nonaersoling. The flip-top is integrally hinged to the container with break off arrow, lock seal tab & custody string. All VIALS are 24/package. A-10037PP 2 oz �������������������������������������������������������������$11.25 A-10053PP 3 oz��������������������������������������������������������������$12.24 A-10075PP 4 oz �������������������������������������������������������������$13.50 A-10041PP 10 oz�����������������������������������������������������������$22.56

SNAP CAP POLYSTYRenE VIALS These disposable polystyrene jars are excellent for storing dry materials, powders, tablets and other sample evidence. The heavy, rigid-wall construction ensures long term use and the caps secure tightly for added security. 12 VIALS PER package. A-1250 18.5 ml, 55 mm x 23 mm������������������������������������$13.50 A-1251 26 ml, 55 mm x 27 mm����������������������������������������$14.25 A-1252 45 ml, 71 mm x 31 mm����������������������������������������$19.50 A-1253 60 ml, 87 mm x 35 mm����������������������������������������$23.75

Collection & Storage Tubes These tubes are ideal for the transport of blood collection tubes, urine, and alcohol. Made of polypropylene with leak resistant screw on caps and integrated sealing ring. They feature graduation marks for accurate measurements.





5ml, 60 x 20mm 250 tubes / bag��������$18.00 10ml, 94 x 20mm 250 tubes / bag ��������$26.50 10ml sterile, 94 x 20mm 250 tubes / bag��������$34.25 30ml, 83 X 34mm 250 tubes / bag��������$47.50 30ml sterile, 83 X 34mm 250 tubes / bag ������$54.00 50ml, 117 x 34mm 250 tubes / bag������$47.50 50m sterile, 117 x 34mm 250 tubes / bag��������$54.75 4.5” x .75” 100 tubes / bag���������������������� $24.60


A-3205 A-2946S A-2947S A-2948S A-2949S A-2952S A-2953S A-7000

Polystyrene Evidence SCREW CAP Jars These crystal-clear jars will do the job of storing evidence that may need to be examined within the container, or may need a little extra protection. They have white lids, which allow for easy marking. All jars are 12/package. A-1201 1 oz�������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.80 A-1202 2 oz�����������������������������������������������������������������������$11.50 A-1204 4 oz�����������������������������������������������������������������������$14.65 A-1208 8 oz�����������������������������������������������������������������������$16.45 A-1216 16 oz��������������������������������������������������������������������$26.80 A-1200 2 oz wide mouth�������������������������������������������������$12.00 800.953.3274 |


Metal Evidence Cans The collection and preservation of evidence which may contain accelerants can be critical in an arson case. These lined and unlined lidded paint cans allow the lab to perform the proper tests needed to determine the accelerant used. LINED & UNLINED CANS WITH lids. 4 PER package. A-1505 Unlined 1 pint�����������������������������������������������������$12.00 A-1506 Unlined 1 quart���������������������������������������������������$16.00 A-1507 Unlined 1 gallon��������������������������������������������������$23.25 A-1510 Lined 1 pint���������������������������������������������������������$12.35 A-1509 Lined 1 quart�������������������������������������������������������$16.75 A-1508 Lined 1 gallon������������������������������������������������������$24.50

Aluminum Evidence Containers Our evidence cans are another product that is available for small items such as cartridge casings or other small items that need their own container. The tops are manufactured with a white surface for marking the contents. All cans are 25/package. A-1500 2 ounce, 1.5” x .5”�����������������������������������������������$20.31 A-1501 1 ounce, 2” x .625”����������������������������������������������$21.82 A-1502 2 ounce, 2.375” x .75”�����������������������������������������$32.08 A-1504 4 ounce, 3.12” x .9375”���������������������������������������$44.95 Evidence Slide Boxes These small boxes are similar to match boxes. They are an affordable way to package small pieces of evidence. All boxes are 12/package. A-1008 28” x 18” x s” ������������������������������������������������������$5.05 A-1011 22” x 12” x s” ������������������������������������������������������$5.15 A-1009 3” x 1w” x w” ����������������������������������������������������������$5.50 A-1010 34” x 2” x d” ����������������������������������������������������������$6.10

COMPACT Evidence Collection Kit Use this compact evidence collection kit for times when it’s not practical to carry a large, bulky evidence collection kit. Contains all the necessary items for your crime scene collection needs. Packaged in a corrugated mailer box. Kit Contents: 1) Cardboard (Security Sealed) Box, 9” x 8” x 3” 5 ) Integrity Evidence Bags, 4” x 7.5” 5) Integrity Evidence Bags, 7.5” x 10.5” 2) Integrity Evidence Bags, 12” x 15.5” 2) Kraft Evidence Bags, 7” x 13.75” x 4.5” 2) Kraft Evidence Bags, 8” x 18” x 5”


2) Evidence Jars, 1 Oz 2) Evidence Jars, 2 Oz 2) Evidence Jars, 4 Oz 1) Disposable Scalpel 1) Evidence Collection Tweezer 10) Plastic Evidence Bags, 4” x 6”

1) Scissors, 5” 1) Black Permanent Marker 20) Evidence Integrity Strips, 1.375” x 7” 2) Latex Gloves

A-8880������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $41.50 800.953.3274 |

MASTER Evidence Collection Kit This kit contains all of the items you need to collect evidence from a crime scene and transport it to your agency. This Master Evidence Kit can be used in large agencies for multiple CSIs or one single kit for a small department. Packaged in a sturdy Pelican carry case with custom dividers and a pocketed pouch system. Built strong to withstand the demands from scene to scene. Please contact your Arrowhead Forensics sales representative for customization options. A-8868�������������������������������������������������������������� $850.00 Kit Contents: 1) Pelican Case 50) 6” X 9” Evidence 2) Black Sharpies 2) Pk/12 4” X 4” Clear J-Lifts 25) Recloseable Evidence Bags 4” X 6” 25) Recloseable Evidence Bags 6” X 8” 50) Glassine Envelopes 3” X 4” 50) Sterile Cotton Swabs 6”, 2/Pk 10) Pipettes 7Ml 10) Sterile Water Ampules 5Ml 10) 7’’ Sterile Cuticle Sticks 10) Slide Evidence Boxes, 2.5” X 1.5” X 5/8” 5) Fiberglass Brushes

12) Disposable Tweezers 5) Disposable Scalpel, Rounded Blade 5) Disposable Scalpel, Pointed Blade 15) Xtreme Ink/Powder Remover Wipes 50) Swab Boxes, Single, 6” 5) Individually Packaged Black Combs 2) Seal-Guard Evidence Tape Red w/ White Stripe 108” 10) Dissecting Blades 10) Hand Preservation Bag Pairs 10) Faraday Pouches 8” X 12” 100) Bio-Swabs 10) Stat-Lifts 3) Black Fingerprint Powder 2 Oz.

3) Dual Fingerprint Powder 2 Oz. 25) White Backing Cards 3” X 5” 25) Black Backing Cards 3” X 5” 1) Clear Lifting Tape 2” 1) Set Photo Tents, 1-15, 3.5” 10) Printed Evidence Bags, 7” X 4” X 13.5” 10) Printed Evidence Bags, 8” X 5.25” X 15.5” 4) Shadow Black Nitrile Gloves, Large 5) Corner Rulers 5) Gray Photo Rulers 1) ‘Crime Scene Do Not Cross’ Barrier Tape, 1000’ 10) Tamper Indicating Evidence Bags, 6” X9” 10) Tamper Indicating Evidence Bags, 4” X 9”

TAK PAK Evidence Collection Kit This kit offers a complete assortment of evidence collection products housed in sturdy plastic cases. The cases fit within a tactical backpack that can be transported easily and comfortably. Kit Contents:

1) UV LED Light 1) 25ft Tape Measure 1) 2oz Dual Use Powder 10) Sterile Cotton Swabs, 2 per/package 20) Swab Boxes 4) Disposable Tweezers 5) Distilled Water Ampoules, .5ml each 2) Gray Top Blood Collection Tubes 1) 6.25 lbs bag of Arrowstone Casting Material 1) Directional Compass 1) 3” x 1000’ Barrier Tape 5) 4” x 6” Zip-Top Evidence Bag 5) 9” x 12” Zip-Top Evidence Bag 5) 7” x 4” x 14” Kraft Evidence Bag 2) 12” x 7” x 17” Kraft Evidence Bag 3) 4oz Clear Evidence Jars 1) 1 3/8” x 360” Seal-Guard Evidence Tape 50) White Backing Cards, 3” x 5” 1) Black Sharpie Marker 1) Bottle of Cyanoacrylate 50) Evidence Markers, 1-50 5) Storage Containers 1) Tactical Backpack

A-8869�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$445.00 800.953.3274 |


d r a u g l sea endable p e d e r u c e s t protec


Why are more property rooms switching to SealGuard Evidence Tape? tamper-proof seal Chemical Tamper Resistant Applies to nearly any surface Dual serrated edges make for quick and easy tearing 70lb split back liner prevents curl-up when long pieces ar required our Paper to paper adhesion formula is ideal for sealing paper evidence bags 4 colors available: Red, Blue, Green and Yellow In stock and ready to ship! Free Customization Available * * minimum order of 12 rolls for FREE custom imprinting


800.953.3274 |

‘ in an area where we’re our evidence is exposed to both extremely hot & cold temperatures. we have

‘ never doubted sealguards ability to secure our evidence.

Arrowhead SealGuard™ Split Back Evidence Tape Arrowhead SealGuard™ Split Back Evidence Tape features an acetate base to prevent shrinking and swelling in extreme temperatures. 3M adhesive produces a superior, tamper-proof seal, making it impossible to remove the tape without destroying the tape. Dual serrated edges make it easy to tear to desired length. SealGuard™ is backed with a 70lb split back liner to prevent curling, allowing quick, easy, controlled application. Other colors available upon request. In stock and ready to ship today!


Red ”Evidence” Imprint



Our Acetate based Evidence tape is specifically designed to help laboratories meet the sealing requirements of ASCLD/LAB!




Don’t be fooled by other claims. You are getting 108 feet of our signature acetate blend tape for less than our competition. In stock and ready to ship today. At only $12.95 a roll our tape will last longer, perform better and save you money. Rolls are 1a” x 108’ in a dispenser box A-3101

Red ”Evidence” Imprint���������������������������������������������������$12.95/roll


Red/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint�������������������������$12.95/roll


Blue ”Evidence” Imprint�������������������������������������������������$12.95/roll


Blue/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint������������������������$12.95/roll


Blue ”Evidence” Imprint


Blue/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint


Arrowhead SealGuard™ Split Back Evidence Tape Want your department/agency name emblazoned across every sealed piece of evidence? No problem, we can do that for you! We love to personalize your evidence tape with the wording of your choice. Oh yeah, one more thing, it’s FREE when you order 12 rolls or more.

Red/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint


Red ”Evidence” Custom Imprint



Rolls are 1a” x 108’ in a dispenser box A-3100-1 Red ”Evidence” Custom Imprint����������������������������������$13.50/roll A-3000-1 Red/White Stripe ”Evidence” Custom Imprint��������$13.50/roll


Red/White Stripe ”Evidence” Custom Imprint


A-3100-2 Blue ”Evidence” Custom Imprint���������������������������������$13.50/roll A-3000-2 Blue/White Stripe ”Evidence” Custom Imprint�������$13.50/roll


Blue ”Evidence” Custom Imprint



Split back design allows you to tear off half the backing for easier application

800.953.3274 |

Blue/White Stripe ”Evidence” Custom Imprint


Arrowhead SealGuard™ SOLID Back Evidence Tape


Red ”Evidence” Imprint


Arrowhead SealGuard™ Solid Back Evidence Tape is made with a polystyrene base featuring a top surface that may be written on with pencil or pen. It is coated with a permanent, quick-setting acrylic adhesive that defies removal from most surfaces. The red or blue tint and black overprint will dissolve and smear when solvents like alcohol and acetone are applied to show positive proof of tampering. Dual-serrated tape edges add redundancy to the integrity. 3” core backed with 78 lb. stock Kraft liner. Tape to be used with the desktop evidence tape dispenser below. Standard tape is in stock and ready to ship today!

Red/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint


Rolls are 1a” x 108’ in a dispenser box A-3119s Red ”Evidence” Imprint������������������������������������������������$13.50/roll A-3118S Red/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint����������������������$13.50/roll A-3125S Blue ”Evidence” Imprint����������������������������������������������$13.50/roll A-3120S Blue/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint���������������������$13.50/roll A-3119S-C Red ”Evidence” Custom Imprint�������������������������������$13.50/roll A-3121S-C Red/White Stripe ”Evidence” Custom Imprint�����$13.50/roll A-3122S-C Blue ”Evidence” Custom Imprint������������������������������$13.50/roll A-3123s-c Blue/White Stripe ”Evidence” Custom Imprint����$13.50/roll

Blue ”Evidence” Imprint


Blue/White Stripe ”Evidence” Imprint


Desktop Evidence Tape Dispenser

POCKET PRO Tape Dispenser

Our single roll desk top tape dispenser makes removing and applying our solid back evidence tape a one hand operation. This dispenser automatically removes the paper liner from the tape as it dispenses. Supplied with a rubber mounted anti-skid surface that can be permanently secured to any bench top.

Pair our tape with our new Pocket Pro Tape Dispenser and you’ve got a winning combination. Our new tape dispenser is made of tough, molded ABS plastic and features a handy builtin belt clip for your convenience. Simply tear off the amount of tape you need, remove half of the paper backing and apply. When the tape is in place, pull off the other half of the backing to permanently seal. Plus, our new tape dispenser is reusable. Just insert a coin, turn 90° and pull apart to refill.

A-3115���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $79.00 40

A-3117������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $5.25 800.953.3274 |


SealGuard™ Labels “Evidence” Made of the same material as our roll tape. Printed with a matte finish that accepts most inks without smearing. Labels are 1a” x 6s”

Sold in packages of 100 | custom prints in pack of 2,000 A-3011 Red/White Stripe���������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3012 Blue/White Stripe�������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3111 Red�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3112 Blue�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3211 Red Staggered �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3212 Blue Staggered ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3200-1 Red/White Stripe Custom Imprint �������$238.00 A-3200-2 Blue/White Stripe Custom Imprint �����$238.00 A-3300-1 Red Custom Imprint �����������������������������������������������������$238.00 A-3300-2 Blue Custom Imprint����������������������������������������������������$238.00

SealGuard™ Labels “Security Seal Do Not Tamper” Labels are 1a” x 6 s” | SOLD IN PACKAGES OF 100 A-3511 Red�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3512 Blue���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3311 Red Staggered�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-3312 Blue Staggered���������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85 Labels are 1a” x 4” A-3541 Red ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$11.25 A-3542 Blue�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$11.25

A-3011 Red/White Stripe�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85

EVIDENCE A-3111 Red���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85



A-3212 Blue�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85


A-3300-1 Red ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$238.00



A-3512 Blue�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85

SealGuard™ Minis

Just the right size for small evidence packaging materials. Conveniently packaged individually for ease of use. Eliminate excessive waste with these small labels.


SealGuard™ Minis “Evidence Date Initials” Labels are w” x 3 s” | SOLD IN PACKAGES OF 500 A-3121 Red���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$30.00 A-3122 Blue �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$30.00


A-3311 Red���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.85

SECURITY SEAL DO NOT TAMPER A-3541 Red����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$11.25

SealGuard™ Minis “Evidence” Staggered Labels are w” x 3 s” | SOLD IN PACKAGES OF 500 A-3221 Red Staggered�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$30.00 A-3222 Blue Staggered�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$30.00 SealGuard™ Minis “Evidence Date Initials” Staggered Labels are w” x 3 s” | SOLD IN PACKAGES OF 500 A-3421 Red Staggered �������������������������������������������������������������������������������$25.00 A-3422 Blue Staggered�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$25.00 800.953.3274 |



A-3122 Blue���������������������������������������������������������������������������$30.00



A-3221 Red Staggered�����������������������������������������$30.00



A-3432 Blue Staggered���������������������������������������$25.00


SEQUENTIAL NUMBERING TAMPER EVIDENT VOID TAPE Our tamper evident void packaging tape provides superior positive indication of unauthorized interference of package contents. The high resolution security design is an exceptional visual theft deterrent. The tape is self voiding and delaminates upon attempts to lift or remove it, revealing a continuous ”OPEN VOID” pattern. The surface is siliconized and can not be re- sealed with clear tape if cut. Fine alignment marks increase detection of cut and re-seal attempts. This self-wound tape is designed to work with automatic or hand held tape gun dispensers and its high tactility adhesive adheres to a wide variety of surfaces. Sequential number every 12” makes this tape ideal for property room technicians. 3” core for easy tape gun application. A-11445SL Blue, 2” x 166’�������������������������������� $31.50 / roll

TAMPER EVIDENCE VOID TAPE Our High-residue Tamper Evidence Void Tape will leave an adhesive ”VOID” on the application surface when be peeled away. This is useful for applications where you want a visible mark on the application surface to show that the label has been removed. 3” core for easy tape gun application. SPECIFICATIONS

Top Coating Face Material Adhesive Peel Adhesion Keep Force Release Force Adhesive Thickness Dry Coat Weight Weather Resistance

Silicone 25# PET Film Acylic 0.6-0.8Kgf/25.4MM 24hr/kg/25.4MM <10G/25.4MM 17u ± 1u 42.5g ± 1g Good

Solvent Resistance Application Temperature Service Temperature Basic Weight Thickness Smoothness Elongation Water Resistant

Good +5°C to 49°C -5°C to +115°C 35g ± 2g 0.023mm ± 0.0002mm Good 0.02% Good

A-11445OR Orange, 2” x 100’�������������������������� $11.75 / roll

ClearGuard™ Sealing Tape For those times when tamper indicating tape is not preferred or needed, Clear-Guard™ is the answer. It has an aggressive adhesive for a strong seal. Three rows of the word ”EVIDENCE” is repeated and printed in red on clear polypropylene. 3” core for easy tape gun application. A-3635 ”Evidence” 12” x 330’���������������������������� $8.95 / roll


800.953.3274 |

Boxer™ tape Boxer tape is used to seal evidence packages. It is made of vinyl with a strong adhesive. Three rows of ”EVIDENCE” repeated. 3” core for easy tape gun application. High tension strength and adhesion strength Moisture resistant Resistant to diluted acids and alkalines Heat resistant for short exposure up to about +70°C Low temp resistant (-20°C) after application at room temperature Suitable for printing Natural rubber solvent based adhesive

A-3630 Red on White 3” x 180’������������������������ $12.75 / roll A-3632 Black on Yellow 2” x 165’������������������� $10.25 / roll

Seal-It™ Tape Seal-It™ tapes are intended for sealing evidence packages that do not require a tamper indicating seal. Wrapped around a 1” core. A-3610 Black on Yellow 1” x 108’����������������������� $7.25 / roll A-3620 Red on White 1” x108’���������������������������� $7.25 / roll

Jumbo Seal-It Tape Jumbo Seal-It tape is ideal for evidence packages that do not require a tamper indicating seal. ”Do Not Open Evidence” is printed in red on white tape. Recommended as a pre-tape for corrugated boxes and paper bags. 3” core for easy tape gun application. A-3611 ”Do Not Open Evidence” 12” x 180’������������$8.65/roll

Heavy duty TAPE GUN This quick side loading tape gun is made with heavy duty materials and features a comfort grip handle. This tape gun is ideal for used with 2” or 3” core tapes, like those seen on this page. A-3631 3” Tape Gun ������������������������������������������������������������ $24.00 A-3633 2” Tape Gun ������������������������������������������������������������ $19.00

800.953.3274 |









A-PA201 STAINLESS STEEL Hemostats Stainless Steel Hemostats are perfect for handling any piece of crucial evidence, documents being treated by chemical processing for latent print development and many other needs. (Metal tools should not be used when processing with physical developer.) Clean with alcohol and solvents or they can be autoclaved. A-6860 52” straight tip������������������������������������������������$8.50 A-6861 8” straight tip��������������������������������������������� $16.27 A-6862 10” straight tip��������������������������������������������� $24.25 A-6863 52” curved tip��������������������������������������������������$8.50 A-6864 8” curved tip����������������������������������������������� $16.27 A-6865 10” curvedtip������������������������������������������������ $24.25 Scissors All stainless construction. Measurement given in overall length. A-PA201 Cuticle 32” 1” blade�������������������������������$7.10


Cuticle Stick Cuticle sticks are an excellent tool for collection of trace evidence. Each stick is sterile & individually wrapped to prevent cross contamination. A-7007 7” 125 sticks������������������������������������������������������������������� $28.10 RETRACTABLE Ridge Counters These are identification tools for the field investigator and laboratory technician—a unique selection. For convenience and assistance in gathering and identifying physical evidence, these timesaving, laborsaving tools are a necessary part of the evidence collection and identification mission. A-2708 Fine Point Retractable Ridge Counter���������������������� $14.75

Plastic Hemostat

REVERSIBLE Ridge Counters

Plastic Hemostats are ideal for use with biological samples. They can be used like tweezers or clamps to firmly hold swatches or small pieces of evidence.

A long-time favorite of latent print examiners is back by popular demand! This virtually indestructible ridge counter features a reversible point that stows neatly inside of the body when not in use. A-2707 Reversible Ridge Counter�������������������������������������������� $7.95


800.953.3274 |







Tweezers are an excellent tool for use on blood samples or any other type of collection. They are cost effective enough to use one set for each sample taken. This leaves no room for the defense to claim that a dirty instrument tainted the samples. These tweezers are autoclavable. A-6955 12 tweezers������������������������������������������������������������$3.60 A-6957 12 sterile tweezers������������������������������������������������$9.60




A-6955 Disposable Polypropylene Tweezers

PACKAGED IN a sterile foil wrapper

Nickel Plated Tweezers These nickel plated tweezers are perfect for trace evidence collection and have serrated tips for better gripping control. A-6959 5” Bevel Point��������������������������������������������������������������������$8.75 A-6954 6” Blunt Nose������������������������������������������������������������������$10.25

sterile Retractable Disposable Scalpels

Disposable Scalpels There are often times where you will need to have a sharp knife to cut samples of carpet or scrape stains off of hard surfaces. These disposable, individually wrapped scalpels can be used one time and packed with the evidence. A-6710 Rounded blade #10, PK/10����������������������������� $18.50 A-6711 Pointed blade #11, PK/10�������������������������������� $18.50

These retractable scalpels feature a non-slip ribbed handle and surgical quality blades. The sterile, foil wrapped scalpels are available in four different blade configurations, making them ideal for collection of trace evidence. All are 10 / box A-6933 #10 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $19.75 A-6934 #11 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $19.75 A-6935 #12 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $19.75 A-6936 #15 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $19.75

800.953.3274 |


Master Trace Evidence Collection Kit This kit contains all of the items you need to collect trace evidence from a crime scene and transport it to your agency. This Master Trace Evidence Kit can be used in large agencies for multiple CSIs or one single kit for a small department. Packaged in a sturdy carry case with four separate, individually sealed storage trays for prevention of cross contamination. Every kit includes a reorder form for replacement items. Please contact your Arrowhead Forensics sales representative for customized options. Kit contents: 2 Safety Goggles 2 Black Sharpies 2 Black Ink Pens 24) 4” x 4” Clear J Lifts 10) 4” x 6” 2ml Reclosable Evidence Bags 10) 6” x 8” 4ml Reclosable Evidence Bags 50) 2 d” x 5 4” Kraft Envelopes

50) 6” x 9” Kraft Envelopes 50) 2 w” x 4 4” Glassine Envelopes 10 Transfer Pipettes 3) 50ml Polypropylene Collection Tubes 40) 6” Sterile Cotton Tip Swabs 2/pk (80 total swabs) 2) 5ml Sterile Water Ampules

10 Tongue Depressors 10 Cuticle Sticks 5 Combs 5) 3 4” x 2” x d” Evidence Slide Box 12 Plastic Disposable Tweezers 5 Round Blade Disposable Scalpels 5 Pointed Blade Disposable Scalpels

10 Straight Edge Razor Blades 15 Antimicrobial Hand Wipes 40 Swab Boxes 1 Red/White Stripe Evidence Tape

A-8864����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $163.00




In an assault, the victim’s fingernail(s) may break off during the struggle. Our Fingernail Collection Kit is used for comparison and when the clipping(s) is submitted to the crime laboratory, trace amounts of DNA may be found on the clipping and on the recovered broken nail as well.

These body hair combs may be used to collect valuable trace evidence from individuals or surfaces such as carpet. Individually sealed combs prevent cross contamination. Provided in packages of 50. Individually wrapped comb is 7” long. Open comb is 5” long.

A-6709 5) Storage containers and clippers����������������� $12.15

A-6708 50) Individually Wrapper 7” Combs����������������� $13.50 A-7026 50) 5” Combs��������������������������������������������������������$4.00

800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead Trace Evidence Vacuum The Arrowhead Trace Evidence Vacuum is the first choice for collection of microscopic trace evidence that is not noticeable to the naked eye. The most widely used, least expensive, 0.3 micron filtration vacuum available to the forensic market. This unit has a single use filter assembly to eliminate cross contamination from individual crime scenes. The vacuum comes complete with a portable shoulder strap and a handy carrying storage case and a standard 6’ hose. Filters sold separately.

3M Trace Evidence Vacuum The 3M Trace Evidence Vacuum is manufactured for the collection of trace evidence. It is a self-contained, compact unit and will fit in any crime-scene vehicle. The 3M filters come pre-sealed and are manufactured in a clean environment. Filters sold separately. A-6510 3M Trace Evidence Vacuum������������������������$326.10

A-6511 Arrowhead Trace Evidence Vacuum��������������������� $275.00 A-6514 Vacpack Backpack���������������������������������������������������� $86.65 A-6511H 16’ Extension Hose��������������������������������������������������� $59.95

evidence vacuum Filters These hermetically sealed filter assemblies are designed to be used with either the A-6511 and A-6510 vacuums. A-6512 Replacement Filter for Evidence Vacuums ��������$19.60

800.953.3274 |


New String-Lock Attachment holds bag securely in place without having to tie a knot

Hand Preservation Bags This breathable bag can be used to cover the hands of a suspected shooter, resulting in the preservation of valuable GSR evidence. This bag can also be used to prevent contamination on the hands of the deceased. Made of Tyvek® material with a drawstring and new string-lock attachment for securing the bag in place without tying. A-4830 1 pair 7” x 122”�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $2.00 48

800.953.3274 |

Scan to view A training video on how the hand preservation bag can preserve evidence

Entomology Evidence Collection Deluxe Kit Forensic entomology plays an increasingly important role in determining the time and place of death. This kit is designed for use by law enforcement agencies, coroners, forensic experts, and consulting entomologists. Each Kit Contains:

12” round folding net with handle 2 oz Ethyl acetate killing fluid Trowel for soil sampling 4 pair latex gloves, large 12) 6 x 9” specimen bags 6” Dual scale thermometer

25) 4 dram glass vials 4 plastic larvae containers 50) 1 x2” self adhesive labels 4) 9 x11” aluminum foil 50) 1 x 2” plain paper labels Packet of vermiculite Packet of cotton balls

Fine point, curved tip forceps Fine point, straight tip forceps 2) 4 oz plastic bottles Pliable larvae forceps 29 page Instructions for Use 4 oz collecting bottle Plastic tool box


Arrowhead Entomology Evidence Collection Kit Entomological evidence can be a valuable tool in assisting the investigator in determining time of death. This evidence depends on determining the species and growth stage of insects associated with a victim’s body. The contents of this kit will provide the proper tools to collect and preserve insects on, under, and around the body for examination by a forensic entomologist. Each Kit Contains: 5) 20ml Glass Vials and Labels for Adult Insects 5) 20ml Glass Vials and Labels with Preservative Fluid 1) 2oz Jar with Larval Killing Solution 1) 2oz Jar with Screen Top for Live Adults Labeled

2) 2oz Jars with Screw Top for Adult Insects Labeled 1 Stainless Steel Forceps 1 Needle Probe 10 Wooden Probes 2 Dropping Pipettes

2 Pair of Exam Gloves Instructions For Use Foam fitted plastic carry case

A-9272���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $88.50 800.953.3274 |


Combustible Gas Detector The unit detects the presence of combustible gas and nuisance vapors (Natural Gas, Methane, Ethane, Propane, Butane, Acetone, Alcohol, Ammonia, Steam, Gasoline, Jet Fuel, Hydrogen Sulfide, Smoke, Industrial Solvents, Lacquer Thinner, Naphtha) in concentrations as low as 10% LEL for Methane and alerts the user with audible and visual alarms. The 16” (406mm) flexible gooseneck provides easy access in difficult to reach locations. This meter is shipped fully tested and calibrated and with proper use, will provide years of reliable service. A-8118�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$169.95 Specifications Pump driven field calibration range������������������������������������������ 10ppm Sensor type���������������������������������������������������������������������������� Solid State Alarm������������������������������Visible and Audible @ 10% LEL for Methane Warm-up���������������������������������������������������������������������Approx. 1 minute Response Time����������������������������������������� < 2 seconds (up to 40% LEL) Duty Cycle��������������������������������������������������������������������������� Intermittent Battery life�������������������������������������������8 hours continuous use typical Dimensions����������������������������������� 8.7 x 2.83 x 1.8” (221 x 72 x 46mm) Weight��������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.4oz (520g) Features: • Quickly identifies and pinpoints gas leaks • High Sensitivity • One hand operation with thumb controlled sensitivity adjustment, to eliminate background gas levels • Visible and audible alarm at 10% (LEL) Lower Explosive Limit for methane • Locate the smallest leaks • Complete with 3 “C” batteries Gas Detected: • Natural Gas • Methane • Ethane • Propane • Butane • Acetone • Alcohol • Ammonia • Steam

• Carbon Monoxide (not to quantify) • Gasoline • Jet Fuel • Hydrogen Sulfide • Smoke • Industrial Solvents • Lacquer Thinner • Naphtha

Combustible Gas Leak Detector Fast response detection of gas leakage This unit detects the presence of propane or natural gases. Careful use of this detector will provide years of reliable service. This device can be used to detect gas leaks from small liquid gas containers such as camping cartridges, lighters, soldering torches, etc. This device is not suitable for continuous operation, industrial use, or complex systems such as heaters and ovens. A-8119�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $115.00


Features: • Detects combustible gases - Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) and Liquefied Propane Gas (LPG) from 500 to 6500ppm • Convenient compact portable size with pocket clip • Audible and visual alarm • Continuous operation up to 4 hours • LED indicators for gas leakage and static absorption • Easy one switch operation • Dimensions: 6.5 x 0.8” (164mm x 21mm) • Weight: 0.9oz (25g) • Complete with two AAA batteries

800.953.3274 |

Debris Sifting Shovel This time and labor-saving innovation is a modified coal shovel featuring precision-machined sorting holes that isolate objects greater than 3/8” (1 cm) diameter, while allowing water run off. Sifting through ashes is important because an investigator may find evidence, such as furniture hardware—even when areas have been completely burned. In addition, the absence of some remains may lead to the motive. For these reasons, it is necessary to sift through debris to collect representative samples of solid materials such as wood, ashes, wiring, melted metal or glass. A-6014����������������������������������������������������������������� $169.95

Debris Sifting Screens Sift through large volumes of potential evidence while eliminating unimportant debris with our newly redesigned Sifting Screens. These screens presort physical evidence to size, while allowing small, insignificant particles to remain at the scene. Made from heavy-duty 18 gauge cold-rolled steel with black wrinkle-finish paint, the redesigned screen now features a base screen with a single insert. Rotating the insert in 90 degree increments creates three opening sizes from 1/8” up to 1/4”. Two thumbscrews hold the insert in place and when the insert is removed, the base screen with 3/8” openings may be used. Overall size of the base screen is 18” x 18” and the insert measures 17” x 17”. A-6015����������������������������������������������������������������� $157.15

Activated Charcoal Strips Activated charcoal strips are used to maximize the containment at fire scenes. The introduction of commercially produced activated charcoal strips into fire, debris analysis has provided an easy, efficient and cost effective method for accelerant extraction. Introduced in 1985, this method provides a simple, clean and sensitive method of accelerant extraction. 800.953.3274 |


100 Strips 4” W x 12” L���������������������� $539.00


Arson Investigation Solid Sampler Kit This kit is designed specifically for the collection of materials at fire and arson scenes. The tools provided facilitate the removal of the most commonly required evidential samples, including plaster, soot excelsior, wood chips and soil samples. The supplied collection containers allow for quick and easy, contaminant-free delivery to the lab for analysis. The ”Arson Investigator’s Manual” is included. Kit INCLUDES: 1) 2.5X Magnifier 1) Evidence Tape, 1” x 500” 1) Solid Material Evidence Container, 1 Qt 1) Solid Material Evidence Container, 1 Gal 2 ) Glass Jars with Polypropylene Nozecon Cap, 2 fl Oz 6) Test Tubes, Polypropylene, High-Pressure and Vacuum Filtration 6 ) Filters and Closures 1) 5” Scissors 1) 7” Steel Blade Spatula 1) 12” Spoon 2) Glass jars with Polypropylene Nozecoe Cap, 1 fl Oz 1) 5” Disposable Scalpel 18 ) Evidence ID Labels 1) 4.75” Plastic Tweezers 2) 10cc Syringes with Needles, Disposable 1) Spatula, Stainless, Micro 1) Prober with Blade, Chrome Steel, 6” 6) Zip-Top Evidence Bags, 4” x 6” 6 ) Zip-Top Evidence Bags, 9” x 12” 6 ) Zip-Top Evidence Bags, 13” x 18” 1) Molded Polypropylene Case 1) Black, Carrying Case

A-1514��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $245.00

Arson Investigation LIQUID Sampler Kit This kit will assist the investigator in collecting arson scene liquid with as little contamination as possible. Each non-leachable glass sample bottle is equipped with a hydrocarbon-resistant cap. Filtering equipment is provided to separate debris from suspected liquids in order to minimize site contamination and facilitate subsequent laboratory analysis. The ”Arson Investigator’s Manual” is included. Kit includes: 1) Collection Hand Pump 2) Collection Bottles with Valve Heads 2) 8 Oz Nalgene Sample Bottles with Screw-On Caps 1) Transfer Funnel 1) 10’ Tubing 1) 5” Tubing Cutter 4 ) Vial: 40ml 28 x 95mm Clear Flint Screw Thread 24-400 with Teflon Lined Cap 5) Test tubes, Polypropylene, Vacuum Filtration 5 ) Test Tube and Filter Closure 25 ) Strips, Oil-Based Test Paper 25 ) Strips, pH Paper, Acid/Base Litmus 6 ) Syringe with Needle, Disposable, 10cc 4 ) Evidence Integrity Strips 10 ) Evidence ID Labels 1) Black Carrying Case

A-1516��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $359.85


800.953.3274 |

Metal arson Evidence Cans The collection and preservation of evidence which may contain accelerants can be critical in an arson case. These lined and unlined lidded paint cans allow the lab to perform the proper tests needed to determine the accelerant used. LINED & UNLINED CANS WITH lids. 4 PER package. A-1505 Unlined 1 pint�����������������������������������������������������$12.00 A-1506 Unlined 1 quart���������������������������������������������������$16.00 A-1507 Unlined 1 gallon��������������������������������������������������$23.25 A-1510 Lined 1 pint���������������������������������������������������������$12.35 A-1509 Lined 1 quart�������������������������������������������������������$16.75 A-1508 Lined 1 gallon������������������������������������������������������$24.50

KAPAK FIRE EVIDENCE COLLECTION ROLLSTOCK One aspect of evidence analysis is the examination of debris and material associated with arson. Normally, the analysis of debris from arsons is directed toward identifying the presence of any liquid accelerant residues. Kapak Fire Evidence Rollstock provides a solution for collection of evidence and is ideal for larger items such as clothing and bedding. This heat sealable rollstock locks in volatile components, provides low background that is hydrocarbon free, and is approved and used by many Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies. The evidence will not rust or degrade and this rollstock is suitable for long term storage. A-TRS18125F 3.5 Mil 18” x 125’�������������������������������������������� $450.35

accelerant storage jars To achieve the best laboratory results, liquid samples suspected of containing ignitable residue should be collected and packaged into an these teflon lined evidence jars. This way volatiles migrate and gather in the head space without leakage or possible deterioration to the jar and lid. Unlike evidence cans, these jars are best for liquid samples, not solid samples suspected of carrying accelerants. A-1530 1 oz, 48 jars����������������������������������������������������������$63.84 A-1531 2 oz, 24 jars����������������������������������������������������������$34.56 A-1532 4 oz, 24 jars����������������������������������������������������������$37.68

ADHESIVE ARSON Evidence Label This adhesive label is ideal for important evidence from an arson crime scene using lined metal evidence cans or arson rollstock bags. A-3709 ”Arson Evidence” ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$10.95 32” x 5” 100 labels, 4 per sheet

800.953.3274 |


Garrett CSI PRO ALL-TERRAIN Metal Detector All terrain versatility. Weatherproof housing designed for dusty, humid or wet environments. This unit is fully waterproof up to 10 feet. HighRes Iron Discrimination™ Allows user to set iron discrimination to one of 40 levels for precise ability to separate good targets from trash. Pro Audio Proportional audio and Tone Roll Audio features allow user to hear subtle changes in a target’s response to better judge its conductivity, size, shape, depth. Fast recovery speed Allows greater ability to pick out desired targets amongst trash items. Digital Target ID 0 to 99 Target ID scale offers increased ability to distinguish one target’s conductivity from another. Iron Audio™ Allows the user to hear discriminated iron and to alter the detector’s mid-tone signal’s range. Continuous Coin Depth Indicator To determine target depth. Graphic Target Analyzer™ (GTA) Identifies target’s conductivity. 15 kHz frequency Improved detection of small targets, gold, brass, lead, etc. Comes with carry bag, Pro-Pointer Pinpointing Metal Detector (A-1166000) and headphones. A-1140780 Garrett CSI Pro All-Terrain Metal Detector����������� $975.50 Features: • Pro Mode Audio™: Proportional Audio and Tone Roll Audio™ features allow the user to hear characteristics of a target as they would in a True All-Metal Mode. • High-Res Iron Discrimination™: Use touchpads to set iron discrimination in one of 40 levels for precise ability to separate good targets from trash. • Digital Target ID: 0 to 99 Target ID scale offers increased ability to distinguish one target’s conductivity from another. • Iron Audio™: Allows the user to hear discriminated iron and to alter the detector’s mid-tone signal’s range • Fast Recovery Speed: Allows greater ability to pick out good targets amongst trash • All Terrain Versatility: Weatherproof housing designed for dusty, humid or wet environments; unit can be submerged to a maximum 10-foot depth. • 15 kHz frequency • Ground Balance: automatic and manually adjustable for improved performance • Graphic Target Analyzer™ (GTA): identifies target’s conductivity • Continuous Coin Depth Indicator: to determine target depth • Battery Condition Indicator: shows battery life continually • Search Modes (Discrimination Patterns): 6 plus electronic pinpointing Specifications • 12 (notchable) Target ID Cursor Segments LAND • 40 Iron Discrimination Segments • Accept/Reject Discrimination • 6 (3 Standard, 3 Pro modes) Search Modes • 8 Sensitivity/Depth Adjustments • Electronic Pinpointing • Frequency: 15 kHz • Audio Tone ID Levels: 3 • Standard Searchcoil: 8.5” x 11” DD PROformance • Length (Adjustable): 42” to 51” (1.06m - 1.29m) • Total Weight : 3.03 lbs. (1.4 kgs.) • Batteries: 4 AA (included)


Garrett CSI PRO Submersible headphones Padded ear cups, for use with Garrett CSI Pro All Terrain when searching for submersed evidence. A-2202100���������������������������������$99.50 54

800.953.3274 |

Garrett CSI-250 Metal Detector Simple to operate, the CSI 250 features unparalleled performance for budget-minded departments and agencies. This advanced metal detector features a Target ID Legend designed to identify commonly sought targets in crime scene investigations. Features include a large LCD display, push button controls, 3 tone levels, depth indicator, and a headphone jack. Powered by (4) AA batteries, providing up to 25 hours of operation. Comes with carry bag and mid-range headphones. A-1140070 Garrett CSI-250 Metal Detector�������������������������$293.50 Features: • Six Touch Pad Controls • Microprocessor Controlled • Large, Easy-to-Read LCD • Three Level Audio ID Tones • Adjustable to 42” to 51” • 3 Piece Disassembly to 24” • .25” Headphone Jack • Interchangeable, Waterproof Searchcoil • Adjustable Arm Cuff with Strap Smart Controls • Graphic Target ID Cursor • Accept/Reject Notch for Trash Elimination • 8 Level Sensitivity Adjustment • Battery Condition Indicator • Continuous Target Depth Indicator • Target ID Legend with common crime scene targets • Electronic Pinpoint for Easy Target Recovery Specifications • Weight: 2.7 lbs. • Operating Frequency: 6.5 kHz • Provided with four ”AA” batteries (25 hours of operation) (Note: NiMH rechargeable batteries can be used and provide between six and eight hours of use on each 12 hour charge) • Warranty: Limited 24 months on parts and labor • Operating Temperatures: 0º F (-17º C) to 130º F (54º C) • Storage Temperatures: -20º F (-28º C) to 150º F (65º C)


800.953.3274 |


Garrett CSI PRO-POINTER Pinpointing Metal Detector The CSI PRO-POINTER speeds the search and recovery efforts of crime scene evidence. This highly–sensitive pinpointer has both audible and vibrating alarms and requires no tuning. It’s unique 360 degree, 3.5” detection area allows unrestricted scanning through debris and audible and vibrating alarms increase based on target proximity. Includes LED flashlight on handle for low lit areas, a woven belt holster and is water resistant for use in rainy conditions. A-1166000 9” L x 1.5” W 7 oz��������������������������������������������������� $169.95 Features: • Find evidence faster! Static detection (no motion required) speeds target recovery. • Proportional audible and vibrating alarms increase in intensity based on target’s proximity to quickly pinpoint weapons, shell casings, projectiles and crime scene evidence. • Automatically adjusts…Microprocessor circuitry ensures maximum sensitivity with no tuning necessary. • Pinpointing tip and 360° side scanning capability in one pinpointer. Scan with the side of the detector to quickly cover an area, then use the tip to precisely pinpoint the target. • Garrett-proven quality…Brought to you by the manufacturer of the CSI 250™ ground search metal detector for law enforcement. • LED flashlight assists in low light recoveries. • Woven belt holster…included to secure CSI PRO-POINTER to standard size belts. • Utility uses…Search walls and tight spaces for hidden items…find metal pipes in walls or nails in drywall to locate studs...check wood for nails before cutting with expensive tools. • Scraping blade to sift through soil during target recovery. • Water resistant…CSI PRO-POINTER can be washed in running water or used in the rain. Specifications • Made in the USA • Operating Temperatures: -35°F (-37°C) to 158°F (70°C) • Water and Dust: Meets IEC 60529 IP 66 standards • Battery: Single 9V battery (included) • Battery Life: Carbon: 16 hours; Alkaline: 30 hrs • Instant Power On Switch

Battery Cover

Power Switch

360º Detection with Tip Pinpointing

LED light for low light areas

LED Flashlight

Exclusive Scraping Blade


Audible & Vibration Alarms

360 Side-Scan Detection Area

Pinpointing Tip

Garrett Superscanner The Superscanner features a large 10” scan surface and detects medium size pistols, large knives, razor blades, box cutters, foiled wrapped drugs, and small jewelry. Sharp audible alarm and red LED light indicates detection of metal. Comes with 9V battery that provides up to 60 hours of operation. A-1165180 16” L x 3.25” W 17r oz������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$209.50 56

800.953.3274 |

1) When a suspected envelope is collected, use See-Through to reveal contents within it.

1) Spray UV Trap on surface that you wish to protect/control.

2) Spray See-Through until paper is soaked. Photograph any pertinent data in the envelope.

2) Shine a UV light on a suspects hand to reveal the distinctive colorization of UV Trap.



Used to inspect the contents of sealed envelopes. Simply spray on a suspect envelope and observe the contents. Will not damage ink and will not leave any marking after dry.

UV Trap is an oil-based, ultraviolet invisible identification spray designed to mark non-porous items (e.g. door handles, desks, etc.) for investigative purposes. UV Trap offers several distinct improvements over conventional ultraviolet marking products. First, UV Trap is an oil-based spray, not a dry particulate in either powder or pencil form. Consequently, it is not easily transferred to others. Second, because the ultraviolet particles are embedded inside the oil, when a marked item is touched, the ultraviolet particles are safely deposited on top of skin cells making it almost impossible to wash off. The ultraviolet particles will remain on the skin for a minimum of 48 hours despite repeated washing with soap and water. Particles are revealed by shining a UV light on suspect.

A-1590-100 100ml������������������������������������������������������������$31.50

A-2111UV 100ml������������������������������������������������������������ $35.00

UV MARKER 1) Mark desired object with the UV Marker. Ink can take up to 5 minutes to dry and will dry invisible.

These UV Fluorescent Marking Pens will write on most plastics, metals, woods and papers without visibly marking the item. You can write your name, initials, case number, agency code, date or other information that will fit on the object to identify specific items. Use it to mark paper currency in drug buys. Mark plastic baggies of narcotics or radios, television sets and weapons used in sting operations. Valve-action tip lasts longer than felt-tip and won’t dry out if cap is left off. Markings dry almost instantly. The resultant marks are invisible to the naked eye and can only be viewed under ultraviolet light. A-91195 1) UV Marker���������������������������������������������������������$4.60

2) Use a UV light to reveal marked, identifiable objects for targeted operations.

800.953.3274 |


MASTER CRIME SCENE TAc-PAK KIT The first and only crime scene pack for investigators! The all new Master Crime Scene Tac-Pak Kit features the products needed to accomplish basic and some advanced levels of crime scene processing. Secure the premises with barrier tape, mark evidence and from there move into the collection process the scene requires. Protect valuable GSR and trace evidence with our signature Hand Preservation Bags, seal evidence on the spot with our Seal-Guard Tamper Resistant Evidence Tape and collect DNA samples with the Bio-Swab. The kit will give you the ability to collect latent fingerprints, trace evidence, impression evidence, digital evidence and biologicals. Proper evidence packaging for each of these collected items is provided. The black tactical bag comes with a shoulder strap for easy transport and has more than 10 different pockets to store your supplies. The bag is compact and easily fits in the back of a patrol car. This is a cost effective solution to provide each investigator with the supplies needed for effective crime scene processing. 24) 4” x 4” Clear J Lifts 10) 4” x 6” 2ml Reclosable Evidence Bags 10) 6” x 8” 4ml Reclosable Evidence Bags 50) 2 d” x 5 4” Kraft Envelopes 50) 6” x 9” Kraft Envelopes 1) 7” x 4” x 13.5” Paper Evidence Bag 1) 8” x 5.25” x 15.5 Paper Evidence Bag 1) 12” x 7” x 17” Paper Evidence Bag 2) 8” x 12” Faraday Pouches 50) 2 w” x 4 4” Glassine Envelopes 5) 3 4” x 2” x d” Evidence Slide Box


1 Red/White Stripe Evidence Tape 10 Transfer Pipettes 3) 50ml Polypropylene Collection Tubes 40) 6” Sterile Cotton Tip Swabs 2/pk (80 total swabs) 100 Bio-Swabs 2) 5ml Sterile Water Ampules 40 Swab Boxes 10 Tongue Depressors 10 Cuticle Sticks 5 Combs

12 Plastic Disposable Tweezers 5 Round Blade Disposable Scalpels 5 Pointed Blade Disposable Scalpels 10 Straight Edge Razor Blades 15 Antimicrobial Hand Wipes 2 Fiber Brushes 1) 2oz Black Latent Fingerprint Powder 1) 2oz Dual Use Latent Fingerprint Powder 10 White Backing Cards 10 Black Backing Cards 2” Clear Lifting Tape

1) ABFO #2 Scales 1) 6” Gray Photo Scale 1 Roll ”Police Line” Barrier Tape Photo Tents (1-15) 2 Stat-Lift Dust Impression Lifters 1 Pair Hand Preservation Bags 2 Safety Goggles 2 Black Sharpies 1 Tactical Bag

A-8866 Master Crime Scene Tac-Pack Kit�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$299.99 800.953.3274 |

Crime Scene Barrier Tape


Ideal for securing crime scenes and discouraging onlookers. Our barrier tape is printed black on yellow and will clearly mark the perimeter of a crime scene. Thick low-density polyethylene film is tough enough to last until the last piece of evidence is gathered. All barrier tapes are housed on a 3” core.

PLASTIC DISPENSER: This heavy duty plastic dispenser allows for the rapid deployment of barrier tape at the crime scene. The handle includes an attached serrated blade for easy tearing and dual slots to hold the remaining tape in place. Holds one 3” x 1000’ roll. A-BTD-1������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $9.50

All rolls are 3” x 1000’ A-6100 A-6101 A-6102 A-6101F

”Police Line Do Not Cross”�������������������������������������������$14.50 ”Crime Scene Do Not Cross”����������������������������������������$14.50 ”Sheriff Line Do Not Cross”������������������������������������������$14.50 ”Crime Scene Do Not Cross” Fluorescent������������������$23.10

BOX DISPENSER: This heavy duty box is designed specifically for holding our crime scene barrier tape. It’s compact design is ideal for protection and easy dispensing. A center cut hole allows it to be hung from a rod for fast dispensing. Holds 1, 3” x 1000’ roll. A-6100B Barrier Tape Dispensing Box 10/pack��������� $10.00


Pole Material: 1 1/8” Steel Canopy Material: 500 Denier Polyester 2 Year Limited Warranty Includes: Frame, top, 4 sidewalls, stakes, rope, roller bag Dimensions: 10’ H x 10’ W x 10’ H 7’ H to valance Weight: 57 lbs

Privacy Canopy 10’ x 10’ , canopy with 4 removable walls. Great for crime scenes,dig sites, and other functions that require weather protection or privacy. Sets up and stows away quick and easy. This canopy has a lightweight steel frame. The top is made of a heavy duty 500 denier fabric that is UV protected, water resistant and meets CPAI-84 and ULC-S-109 fire Codes. Rust proof foot pads deliver superior stability and safety. Has a patented pull pin slider design for easy, finger safe set-up and take-down. Another pull pin leg adjuster allows easy leveling on uneven ground. D-Rings at the corners accommodate tie-downs for additional stability. White shown. Additional colors available. A-C1010 Canopy Tent��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$915.00 A-CBAG 4) Weighted Bags (holds up to 20lbs)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $82.00 800.953.3274 |


ALUMINUM FRAME The privacy screen is designed with the crime scene investigator in mind. This durable, nylon screen will block potential on-lookers from viewing the environment being processed. The rail system is constructed of heavy duty metal that is sturdy enough to withstand most weather conditions. Each privacy screen comes with a fabric storage bag (shown above) for convenient transportation that will fit up to 6 screens. Also included are two 40lb nylon wrapped sand bags for stabilization. Please contact us for custom printing potions. *A-3601PSC Shown

CRIME SCENE BARRIERS A-3601PSC 5’ L x 3’ H Privacy Screen, Aluminum Frame, with Carry Bag���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$285.00 A-3602PSC 10’ L x 3’ H Privacy Screen, Aluminum Frame, with Carry Bag������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$349.00

QUICK SCREEN Produced from square stock aluminum with quick release tabs for easy set up and tear down. Each screen comes with a wheeled bag and two water bladders to prevent wind knockover. The material is double thick nylon/polyester to reduce the see-through visibility. Each screen can be custom screen printed. One-man set up and tear down. A-3601QTS Small Screen, 30” x 90”���� $637.00 A-3601QTL Large Screen, 60” x 90”���� $993.00


800.953.3274 |

PELICAN REMOTE AREA LIGHTING Move light to wherever you need it with Pelican’s Remote Area Lighting Systems. Excellent for illuminating the darkest crime scene. Make those long nights more bearable with reliable, rugged lights made of with the same quality you’d expect from Pelican. Use this High Flux LED lighting to illuminate accident sites, rural field scenes and much more.




Light Source LED Life: 50000 hrs. Tested Lumen Value: 4000 (Low) 8000 (High) Lamp Heads:4 Number of LEDs: 96 Beam Spread: 90 degrees Brightness Settings: 2

Light Source LED Life: 50000 hrs. Tested Lumen Value: 2000 (Low) 4000 (High) Lamp Heads:2 Number of LEDs: 48 Beam Spread: 90 degrees Brightness Settings: 2

Light Source LED Life: 50000 hrs. Tested Lumen Value: 1000 (Low) 2000 (High) Lamp Heads:1 Number of LEDs: 24 Beam Spread: 10 degrees Brightness Settings: 2

Power Source Battery Type: 12v Rechargeable, Sealed Battery Burn Time: 14 hrs (Low), 7 hrs. (High) Battery Charge Time: 8 hrs from full discharge Battery Life: 2000 cycles Watts: 96 Voltage: 12

Power Source Battery Type: 12v Rechargeable, Sealed Battery Burn Time: 14 hrs. (Low), 7 hrs. (High) Battery Charge Time: 9 hrs. from full discharge Battery Life: 2000 cycles Watts: 48 Voltage: 12

Power Source Battery Type: 12v Rechargeable, Sealed Battery Burn Time: 15 hrs. (Low), 8 hrs. (High) Battery Charge Time: 5 hrs. from full discharge Battery Life: 500 cycles Watts: 12 Voltage: 24

Dimensions & Weight Mast Height Extended: 70.87” (179.9 cm) Cord Length: 13.78” (35 cm) Weight: 88 lbs. (40 kg)

Dimensions & Weight Mast Height Extended: 70.87” (179.9 cm) Cord Length: 13.78” (35 cm) Weight: 48 lbs. (20.87 kg)

Dimensions & Weight Mast Height Extended: 32.28” (82 cm) Cord Length: 13.78” (35 cm) Weight: 22.05 lbs. (10 kg)

A-9470������������������������ $3,394.95

A-9460������������������������ $1,909.95


800.953.3274 |

942o Light Source LED Life: 50000 hrs. Tested Lumen Value: 500 (Low) 1000 (High) Lamp Heads: 1 Number of LEDs: 2 Beam Spread: 58 degrees Brightness Settings: 2 Power Source Battery Type: Lithium ion Battery Burn Time: 4 hrs. (Low) Battery Charging Time: 2 hrs. (High) Battery Life: 300 cycles 12V Primary Sockets: 1 Dimensions & Weight Mast Height Extended: 62” Cord Length: No cord Weight: 8.4 lbs



A-1120WF with Foam�����������������������������������$43.50 Exterior Dimensions: 15” x 13” x 10”

Pelican Protector Cases are made with black Copolymer Polypropylene and solid wall construction. Pelican’s pick-n-pluck foam lets you customize the interior according to your gear. Layers of foam are pre-scored in tiny cubes. Simply measure your equipment over the grid and remove foam as needed. For organizing your supplies, Pelican offers optional padded dividers. All Pelican cases carry a lifetime guarantee against breakage or defects in workmanship. WATERTIGHT CASES: • Watertight and airtight to 30’ • Constructed of light-weight, space-age structural resin with a neoprene O-ring seal and exclusive purge valve • Supplied complete with pre-scored, pick-n-pluck foam or padded dividers (no cutting required) • Locking flanges and sturdy multiple latches for security • Comfortable molded fold-down handle Arrowhead Forensics is a full line dealer for Pelican. Please contact us for additional cases and colors available. 62

A-1120NF without Foam������������������������������$35.50 Exterior Dimensions: 15” x 13” x 10”


with CSI Dividers�����������������������$325.95

Exterior Dimensions: 21” x 19” x 19”

A-1550WF with Foam���������������������������������$235.95 Exterior Dimensions: 21” x 19” x 19”

A-1550NF without Foam����������������������������$199.95 Exterior Dimensions: 21” x 19” x 19”

A-1650WF with Foam���������������������������������$407.95 Exterior Dimensions: 32” x 22” x 13”

A-1650NF without Foam����������������������������$343.95 Exterior Dimensions: 32” x 22” x 13”

A-1610WF with Foam���������������������������������$360.95 Exterior Dimensions: 25” x 20” x 13”

A-1610NF without Foam����������������������������$302.95 Exterior Dimensions: 25” x 20” x 13”

800.953.3274 |

TRACE empty storage case This case includes 4 deep separate organizers perfect for your tools and supples. The storage under the lid is perfect for items you need within quick reach. A-1363 17”″L x 11” D x 14.5”″H������������������������������������������ $60.58

MASTer empty storage case This heavy-duty kit box can be used for storage or to design your own custom kit. Made of a rigid plastic, without any clips or inserts this compact, black case is perfect for holding brushes, tape, tweezers and much more. A-2640MC 16.5” L x 13” D x 5.5” H����������������������������������� $65.15

FIELD empty storage case This black heavy-duty field kit box can be used for storage or to design your own custom kit. Made of a rigid plastic, without any clips or inserts this compact, case is perfect for holding brushes, tape, tweezers & much more. A-Field kit box 13.5” L x 10” D x 4.875” H����������������������������������$31.50 A-PARTOL KIT BOX 10.5” L x 7” D x 3.5” H������������������������������������$19.75 cruiser empty storage case This heavy-duty kit box can be used for storage or to design your own custom kit. Made of a rigid plastic, without any clips or inserts this compact, tan case is perfect for holding brushes, tape, tweezers and much more. A-V-601 13” L x 5.75” D x 2” H���������������������������������������������������������$9.25 A-V-501 10” L x 4.25” D x 1.5” H������������������������������������������������������$8.10

tac-pak SIDE bag system This accommodates a camera body with attached lens, two extra lenses and a portable flash. Two fully padded detachable side pockets hold plenty of film and area easily removed when you’re passing through airport security. Using our optional accessory waist belt, you can conveniently wear either the main SC case with or without its attached pockets, or just the detached side pockets. When hanging from the shoulder, the lid opens away from the body for better accessibility to equipment. Both the main compartment and the side pockets feature hydro seal protection flaps behind and above the zippers to protect your equipment from water. An ergonomically designed padded shoulder strap is included. Main compartment volume: 550 cubic inches A-9263 10.5” x 8” x 6.5”������������������������������������������������������� $121.00

tac-pak backpack This backpack is a convenient way to securely store fragile items you may take to a crime scene. A padded flap separates camera equipment from interior mesh pockets, and removable dividers allow you to customize the interior to your specific needs. The backpack’s ergonomically designed shoulder straps with sternum and waist belts allow you to carry heavy loads comfortably for long periods of time. A neoprene top handle lets you lift and carry. Unique lash down tabs allow you to attach a tripod, and 16 loops can hold accessory pockets. Total volume: 1,248 cubic inches A-9264 13” x 16” x 6”�������������������������������������������������������������������� $155.25

800.953.3274 |




Zorb Blanket These highly absorbent blankets are designed to absorb any leaks that may occur from samples inclosed in large paper evidence bags and other large transport containers. They are also used to absorb biological fluids in body bags. A-7193 26” x 36” , 75 blankets�������������������������������������� $44.20 Individually packaged in a leak proof bag.

Body Sheet

emergency shroud kit

This heavy duty light blue, fluid resistant flat sheet is ideal for collection of trace evidence and large enough to wrap around the body.

Each kit comes prepackaged in a polyethylene bag that can also be used to hold personal effects. This is an economical alternative to body bags and features a white opaque water-resistant plastic sheet with a linen-like finish that helps retain fluids

A-7103 84” x 60” 5 Sheets ������������������������������������������ $12.35


1) CPE Shroud wrap – 54”″ x 108”″ 1) PP chin binder – 9 cm x 120 cm 1) Underpad – 40 cm x 60 cm 3) Toe Tag with 12”″ Thread – 11 cm x 5.5 cm 2) 60” Cords of Thread 1) Sealed polybag


A-4771����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $9.50 800.953.3274 |

flapover body bag This bag is constructed of white vinyl and comes in both 5 mil or 8 mil. 113” lockable two-pull straight zipper. Electronically sealed and bound for proper leakage control. A-FBB5 90” x 36” 5 mil��������������������������������������������������� $18.25 A-FBB8 90” x 36” 8 mil��������������������������������������������������� $19.25

straight pull body bag This bag is constructed of white vinyl and comes in both 5 mil or 8 mil. Full length lockable two-pull straight zipper. Electronically sealed and bound for proper leakage control. A-SPBB5 90” x 36” 5 mil������������������������������������������������� $14.50 A-SPBB8 90” x 36” 8 mil������������������������������������������������� $15.50

Heavy duty Flapover body bag This bag is constructed of 20 mil black vinyl and is lined with 5 mil clear vinyl. A 140” lockable two-pull heavy duty nylon curved zipper allows pouch to be opened at any spot. Supported with heavy duty polypropylene webbing for additional strength. Max weight of 500lbs under normal conditions. A-HDFBB 90” x 36”���������������������������������������������������������� $36.50

8-handle emergency body bag This bag is constructed of 20 mil heavy duty vinyl. Features 8 comfortable PVC carrying handles that are sealed into bag. A 120” lockable two-pull heavy duty nylon curved zipper allows pouch to be opened at any spot. Max weight of 400lbs under normal conditions. A-8HEBB 87” x 37”���������������������������������������������������������� $38.50

bio-hazard emergency body bag This bag is constructed of 20 mil orange vinyl. A 140” lockable two-pull heavy duty nylon curved zipper allows pouch to be opened at any spot. Supported with heavy duty polypropylene webbing for additional strength. Max weight of 500lbs under normal conditions. A-BBEB 90” x 36”������������������������������������������������������������� $39.00

UNDERWATER RECOVERY body bag This bag is constructed of bright yellow textline for easy visibility. Heavy duty vinyl coated polyester yarn is suitable for use in underwater rescue or recovery operations. Mesh bag allows water to pass through when transporting from underwater locations to surface vessels or shore. Max. weight of 400lbs when used under normal conditions. A-DSMBB 90” x 36”��������������������������������������������������������� $76.00 800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

impression evidence Impression Kits Exemplar Film Dust Lifters Casting Systems Hardeners/Waxes

800.953.3274 |


67 68 68 69 71 76


MASTER IMPRESSION KIT The Master Impression Kit features the tools of the trade for impression recovery of latent prints, tire tread, foot, and tool mark impressions. This kit is housed in a sturdy Pelican 1550 case to withstand the demands of field use. EACH KIT CONTAINS: 1) 75ml Brown Casting Cartridge 1) 75ml White Casting Cartridge 1) 75ml Transparent Casting Cartridge 1) 75ml Black Casting Cartridge 10) Mixing Tips & 6 Spreader Tips 10) Spatulas 1) Dispensing Gun

1) Zipper Carry Case 2) 2lb Blue Arrowstone Casting Material 2) 2lb White Arrowstone Casting Material 2) 2lb Buff Arrowstone Casting Material 5) 9” x 14” Stat-Lift Vinyl Static Lifters 5) Manilla Impression Storage Folders 5) Chain of Custody Labels 1) Magnetic Angle Finder

1) Reversible “L” Reference Scale 1) 1.5oz Dirt and Dust Hardener 1) Measuring Cup 5) Stirring Sticks 1) Pelican 1550 Case


Tire Tread Known Exemplar Film Tire impressions that are unaccounted for at a crime scene remain in question until they can be matched up with a suspect’s vehicle. When more detail is needed for elimination this tire tread film provides an ideal surface for known exemplars. Collecting a full circumference impression exemplar ensures that the investigator/examiner will get the most accurate impression left by the questioned vehicle tire. This tire tread film can be custom cut allowing you to collect full circumference exemplars of variable lengths. Once exemplars are collected they can be overlayed on the questioned impression for direct comparison. Wider sizes available upon request. A-5032 12.5” W x 100’ L���������������������������������������������������$85.00 EXEMPLAR INK This oil based ink performs much better than standard fingerprint ink in creating known exemplars of footwear or tire tread. Use with our Known Exemplar Film (A-5032) for ease in comparisons. A-3450 1.25 oz Oil Based Ink����������������������������������������������� $7.50


800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead STAT-LIFT™ As seen in the Journal of Forensic Identification. Validation of Vinyl Static Cling Film for the Collection and Preservation of Dust Impressions, 61 (4), 2011 \ 317. The Stat-Lift™ is a revolutionary, cost effective way to recover, transport and preserve impressions. Traditional methods for collecting dust impressions (electrostatic dust lifters and gel lifters) can be expensive and in certain conditions yield undesirable results. The Stat-Lift™ works great in all temperature conditions and holds detail when properly stored. The Stat-Lift’s™ natural state properties do not require any additional charge. Stat-Lift™ photographs well because it has a matte-like finish which reduces the amount of specular highlights. It can be packaged and preserved using simple storage methods (we recommend the A-5031-F Manilla Lift Folders). Request your free sample today and make the right impression. Stat-Lift measures 9” x 14”. BENEFITS No static charge is required Impressions maintain detail for longer periods of time Cost-effective (around $1 a piece) Easy and safe to use Works on a variety of surfaces Matte finish photographs well Natural static properties yield more contrast & detail Not sensitive to hot/cold temperatures

Scan to view A training video on using the stat-lift for your next impression lift


Arrowhead Stat-Lift Kit�����������������������������������������������������$35.00

A-5031-10 A-5031-50 A-5031-100 A-5031-R A-5031-F A-5008 A-3700 A-6204 A-6928

10) Arrowhead Stat-Lifts���������������������������������������������������$16.66 50) Arrowhead Stat-Lifts��������������������������������������������������$61.10 100) Arrowhead Stat-Lifts�����������������������������������������������$113.70 Arrowhead Stat-Lift Roll (9” x 100’)�������������������������������$123.75 100) Manilla Lift Folders (8.5” x 14”)���������������������������������$26.66 Footprint Casting Storage Box, 19” x 12” x 3”������������������� $3.50 100) Chain of Custody Adhesive Label (3.5” x 6.25”)�������$10.95 180mm x 450mm L-Reference Scale�������������������������������$14.50 Magnetic Angle Finder������������������������������������������������������$15.00

(5 Stat-Lifters, 5 Manilla Folders w/ Evidence Label, Magnetic Angle Finder, 180mm x 450mm L-Reference Scale)

1) When a general search reveals an impression, take initial photograph and proceed to lift with the Stat-Lift. To activate charge, peel off the white backing.

2) Carefully lay Stat-Lift over impression and either hold firmly in place with hand or tape one end down and apply pressure thoroughly and evenly. Roll over with an ink roller for additional coverage.

For those of you looking for a great product ... I highly recommend these as another great tool in the crime scene tool box.

3) Lift Stat-Lift™ away from impression

800.953.3274 |

4) Prepare camera for photographs using appropriate lighting and leveling methods. For best results use the Lumatec Superlite 400 with line-illuminator attachment for oblique lighting.

5) Store by taping corners in an impression storage box (found on page 73) or manilla folder for submission and processing





TRANSPARENT GelLifters Gel Lifters are a high quality latex and a bonded low tack adhesive gelatin layer. Gel-Lifters are offered as an alternative when tape and other lifting material are not ideal for the situation. They’re ideal for lifting dust prints from footwear and palm prints. When lifting a print, you are normally limited to only a few attempts. To make the most of your Gellifters, choosing the right color for a typical trace is therefore of utmost importance. The chart to the right helps you to make the best choice and achieve the best possible result. BLACK A-2904 2” x 2” 12 lifters�������������������������������������������������������������������$8.10 A-2915 5.2” x 7.2” 10 lifters�����������������������������������������������������������������$26.10 A-2920 5.2” x 14.4” 2 lifters�����������������������������������������������������������������$10.30 White A-2902 2” x 2” 12 lifters�������������������������������������������������������������������$8.10 A-2925 5.2” x 7.2” 10 lifters�����������������������������������������������������������������$26.10 A-2930 5.2” x 14.4” 2 lifters�����������������������������������������������������������������$10.30

BLACK GELLIFTER: Untreated fingerprints / Fingerprints developed with: Powders (all types, even black), Cyanoacrylate, SPR, Powder used on the adhesive side of certain tapes, Fingerprints in/on latex and vinyl gloves, Old fingerprints (relifting or improving), Postmortem fingerprinting, Shoeprints in dust, Muddy shoeprints on paper, Earprints, Micro traces, Indented writing TRANSPARENT GELLIFTER: Traces in blood / Traces in blood after chemical enhancement / Old prints (improving) / Prints in staining solutions / Muddy shoeprints on non-porous surfaces stained with Safranine O WHITE GELLIFTER: Fingerprints developed with fingerprint powders (to obtain a positive image) Comparison shoeprints

Transparent A-2935 5.2” x 7.2” 10 lifters������������������������������������������������������������������$26.10 A-2940 5.2” x 14.4” 2 lifters�������������������������������������������������������������������$10.30

PathFinder Electrostatic Dust Lifter PathFinder provides a crime scene investigator the ability to retrieve valuable evidence where photography and conventional adhesive lifting tape would be ineffective. This device lifts dust prints off of floors, carpet, upholstery, and even human skin. The PathFinder is small, lightweight, and battery operated, allowing the CSI to lift a footwear print virtually anywhere. First, place the metallized lifting film over the dust print. Next, place the grounding plate about 8” next to the film. Turn the PathFinder so that the two metal probes on the back are resting on the grounding plate and the single probe is resting on the film. Turn on the device and the film will suction down over the print. Gently brush over the film to remove any air bubbles. Last, lift and you have your dust print. Film purchased separately. PathFinder Electrostatic Dustprint Lifter comes with Grounding Plate and Instructions plus Plastic Field Case. A-6505 PathFinder Electrostatic Dust Lifter��������������$725.00 A-5022 Metalized Lifting Film Roll, 15” x 65’�����������������$65.00 A-5008 Footwear Impression Storage Box ��������������������$3.10 70

800.953.3274 |

Accutrans® Casting System Accutrans is a highly-sensitive, DNA-friendly casting material for toolmarks, firearms and lifting latent prints from difficult surfaces. Accutrans quickly and easily applies casting silicone to a variety of surfaces, including human skin, rough and textured surfaces such as brick, and curved surfaces such as bottle necks. Casting material comes in dual-stage tubes, which include casting material and catalyst. When utilized, casting material and catalyst are mixed on demand through a unique mixing tip. No hand mixing is required and casting material is only used as needed. The Starter Kit includes 4 different colors of casting silicone for application on all surfaces. Refill cartridges are available in black, brown, white, brown ICE (for cold weather) and clear. A-78510 Accutrans® Starter Kit�������������������������������������������$205.00 Accutrans Silicone wraps around 1) 75ml Brown Casting Cartridge contours with ease. This example shows 1) 75ml White Casting Cartridge Transparent Accutrans being applied 1) 75ml Transparent Casting Cartridge 1) 75ml Black Casting Cartridge to a print dusted with black fingerprint 10 Mixing Tips & 6 Spreader Tips powder on a can. 10 Spatulas 1 Dispensing Gun Zipper Carry Case KITS BY COLOR




A-78513 Accutrans® Transpartent Kit��������������������������������� $195.00 2) 75ml Transparent Casting Cartridges 40 Mixing Tips 10 Spatulas 1 Dispensing Gun Packaged in cardboard box. A-78511 Accutrans® Brown Kit�������������������������������������������� $195.00 2) 75ml Brown Casting Cartridges 40 Mixing Tips 10 Spatulas 1 Dispensing Gun Packaged in cardboard box. A-78506 Accutrans® Black Kit���������������������������������������������� $195.00 2) 75ml Black Casting Cartridges 40 Mixing Tips 10 Spatulas 1 Dispensing Gun Packaged in cardboard box. A-78512 Accutrans® White Kit��������������������������������������������� $195.00 2) 75ml White Casting Cartridges 40 Mixing Tips 10 Spatulas 1 Dispensing Gun Packaged in cardboard box. ACCESSORIES/REFILLS

A-785141 A-785151 A-785161 A-785171 WHITE A-785181 A-78514 A-78515 A-78516 ABOUT ACCUTRANS ICE A-78517 This material is perfect for the cold weather, as AccuTrans A-78518 Ice will set up in under 10 minutes at -10˚ c/14˚F. Regular A-76557 AccuTrans would set up in around 30 minuets at -10˚ c/14˚F. A-78527 A-76912 800.953.3274 |

1) 75ml Brown Casting Cartridge�������������������������� $27.50 1) 75ml White Casting Cartridge��������������������������� $27.50 1) 75ml Transparent Casting Cartridge������������������������ $27.50 1) 75ml Black Casting Cartridge���������������������������� $27.50 1) 75ml Brown ICE Casting Cartridge�������������������� $55.00 4) 75ml Brown Casting Cartridge������������������������$115.00 4) 75ml White Casting Cartridge�������������������������$115.00 4) 75ml Transparent Casting Cartridge����������������������$115.00 4) 75ml Black Casting Cartridge��������������������������$115.00 4) 75ml Brown ICE Casting Cartridge������������������$220.00 40 Mixing Tips��������������������������������������������������������$34.00 40 Spreader Tips���������������������������������������������������� $36.00 Additional Dispensing Gun����������������������������������� $69.95 71

ArrowStone Free Flow Casting Material ArrowStone Free Flow provides a dense, smooth, bubble free result with a .08% expansion. Set time 5-10 minutes. Mix 8 oz. of ambient water with 2 lbs. of casting material available in blue, tan, and white. 25 POUND A-5060 Blue�����������������$33.50 A-5062 Tan������������������$33.50 A-5064 White��������������$33.50

50 POUND A-5061 Blue����������������$53.00 A-5063 Tan�����������������$53.00 A-5065 White�������������$53.00


Cast poured with blue ArrowStone Free Flow Casting Material

Arrowstone Free Flow is 2 lb of casting material packaged in a heavy duty plastic resealable pouch. Just add 6.5-8 oz of water to pouch, knead to mix, and within minutes you’re ready to pour. This fine granulated stone requires minimal kneading. Arrowstone Free Flow is perfect for all weather conditions. The ”tap test”, or set-up time, is half of most common casting stone. A-5067 Blue�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5.15 A-5068 Tan������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5.15 A-5969 White��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5.15

ArrowStone FIELD KIT

Castone® Dental Stone

The Arrowstone Field Kit combines all the necessities of casting within one kit. Our casting material is pre-measured in 2lb mixing bags, simply ≈6.5oz add water and begin mixing. Setting time is approximately 9-15 minutes. Since each bag is self-contained, Arrowstone is easy to store and transport. This kit eliminates the need to repackage bulk material and worries over moisture control.

Dental Stone is ideal for the preservation and casting of footwear and tire track impressions. Always take pictures of the impressions with proper side-lighting before making the impression. Mix your own with 6.5 ounces of water for every pound of powder, depending on conditions.

KIT INCLUDES: 5) 2lb Arrowstone Bags in either White, Blue or Buff 5) Wooden Spreading Sticks 1) Measuring Cup 1) 1.5 oz Dust & Dirt Hardener

A-5025 A-5025C A-5050 A-5050C

25lbs, White����������������������������������������������������� $41.00 25lbs, Cream���������������������������������������������������� $41.00 50lbs, White����������������������������������������������������� $65.00 50lbs, Cream��������������������������������������������������� $65.00

A-5969KIT Arrowstone Field Kit White Cast����������������������������������������������� $33.80 A-5067KIT Arrowstone Field Kit Blue Cast������������������������������������������������� $33.80 A-5068KIT Arrowstone Field Kit Buff Cast�������������������������������������������������� $33.80


800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead adjustable Casting Frames

single use Casting Frames Casting tire and footprint impressions just got easier! When making casts of impression evidence, it’s recommended that you use a casting frame to contain the casting material until it hardens. These Disposable Casting Frames for use in the field to provide this barrier in a low-cost, disposable format. Each frame consists of two strips of heavyduty, moisture-resistant, corrugated COREX material, which can be assembled in seconds using the adhesive tabs. The size of the frame can be adjusted to accommodate most shoe impressions by varying the position of the two COREX pieces. To make larger frames for casting tire tread impressions, simply fasten together multiple units. After your cast is dry, removal is easy since the casting material won’t stick to the COREX frame—simply slide it off and throw it away—no clean up! Works great with Arrowstone casting material!

All aluminum adjustable casting frames are designed to work with Arrowstone. Available in sizes for both footwear and tire impressions, they are adjustable to fit most situations. Casting frames allow the mixture to build over the print while making a uniform edge storing and for preserving the impression. A-5007 Footwear, 74” x 12”-18”����������������������������������� $18.90 A-5012 Tire Track, 12” x 18”- 24”���������������������������������� $28.00

A-5016 Single Use Cast Frames, 4/pk ������������������������ $11.35

Rubber Mixing Bowls These Mixing Bowls are ideal for mixing castone, silicon or other casting materials. These bowls feature a non-stick surface that is chemical resistant. Available in three sizes. A-5017 1 pint (.5 L) 4” diameter���������$16.50 A-5018 12 quart (1.4L) 6” diameter���������$21.50 A-5019 1 gallon (3.8L) 82” diameter�������$24.00

Arrowhead Casting and impression Storage Boxes These boxes will help organize the storage of your casts and impressions in order to preserve the evidence. Made of an oyster white material for easy identification and recording of dates, case, time, officer’s name and any other information your agency may require. Contact your Arrowhead Forensics sales representative for custom printing. Chain of custody label sold separately. A-5008 Footprint Casting Storage Box, 19” x 12” x 3”�������������������������� $3.50 A-5013 Tire Mark Casting Storage Box, 23” x 13” x 3”�������������������������� $4.10 A-3700 100) Chain of Custody Labels (3.5” x 6.25”)��������������������������������� $10.95

800.953.3274 |


1) Break compound into small chunks within tray.

2A)Press shoe into compound

2B) Run tire over compound

shoe and Tire Examination Kit

3) Pour casting material to cast or take photograph of impression within compound


New shoe and tire exam kits featuring Bubber®, a new polymer molding medium, allow the examiner to take pattern standards with remarkable clarity. Bubber is reusable so time and medium is not wasted when test tracks do not produce detail necessary for comparative examinations. Each kit comes complete with frame work and Bubber to make many standard impressions and castings. • • • • •

Reusable Non-Toxic Excellent detail definition & clarity for comparison work Does not dry out between uses Excellent for use in educational settings

A-100-101 Shoe Exam Kit,��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $70.00 Includes: 30 oz Casting Compound, Impression Tray (15” L x 15” D x 3” T)

A-100-201 Tire Exam Kit���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $150.00 A-E0301 A-E0309

Includes: 60 oz Casting Compound, Impression Tray (60” L x 15” D x 3” T)

White) Replacement Bubber, 25oz������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $50.00 Blue) Replacement Bubber, 25oz��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $50.00


Rough Lift Gel This specially formulated glue will allow the user to lift powder prints from rough or embossed surfaces. Use Rough Lift Gel on dashboards, safes, or any textured surfaces. This product fills in the texture and will encapsulate the print. After drying the print can be lifted. A-2625B 2 bottles/pkg�������������������������������������������������� $8.00 74

Bio-Foam® Impression Foam is an easily compressible foam, engineered for accurate foot/shoe impressions. Bio-Foam Impression Foam accurately captures and reproduces the an impression in minutes! This Impression Foam is praised for its ease of handling, durability, cleanliness and unmatched quality. Because of its closedcell structure, Bio-Foam is moisture-proof to prevent distortion and contamination. Bio-Foam® is used to take detailed impressions of a suspect’s shoe. Simply press the known shoe gently into the foam. The resulting impression will provide an accurate detail of the shoe for future comparison. Sold in a single pack or a double pack. All BioFoam Impression Foam slabs are sized 13-3/4” x 5-7/8” x 2-1/4” A-5020 Single Pack�����������������������������������������������������������������������$6.00 A-5015 Double Pack�������������������������������������������������������������������$10.50

800.953.3274 |

Inkless Shoe Print Kit This Inkless Shoe Print Kit provides a clean, easy method for obtaining positive impressions from all types of footwear. It leaves no dark residues on the shoe, unlike a kit which uses ink. Simply place the suspected footwear on the shoe print pad, then press it onto one of the included our chemically sensitized sheets. In a few seconds, a permanent, black, high-contrast print will develop. The kit includes one coater, good for up to 200 impressions and 100 sheets of chemically sensitive paper. One year shelf life. A-LE25 Inkless Shoe Print Kit������������������������������������ $107.95 A-LE25 P Impression Sheets, Pack of 100������������������� $41.55 A-LE25 C Inkless Coater�������������������������������������������������� $74.99

Manfrotto 055xprob Tripod

1) Identify toolmark at scene

Designed for professional use, this is an extremely versatile tripod. Ideal for small or medium format cameras, digital or film. The tripod has a special center column support that easily re-fits, allowing the camera to be offset from leg position, making it easy to shoot from directly overhead. The flexibility of the leg angle setting (90˚) has a special low angle adapter incorporated in the center column. A set of two leg warmers included. Great for impression photography. A-6719 �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$225.00 SPECS

2) Mix base & hardener

attaches by 3/8” attachment type closed length 65.5 cm 25.79 in column tube diameter 28mm leg angles 23°. 45°. 65°. 88° legs tube diameter 29.4 . 25 . 20 mm load capacity 15.43 lbs material aluminum maximum height 178.5 cm 70.28 in minimum height 10.0 cm 3.94 in weight 2.4 kg

3) Apply mixture to surface

4) Peel cast away for comparison

Mikrosil Casting Putty KIT Mikrosil is used to obtain tool marks and other impressions. Available in a variety of colors. Each Mikrosil Kit includes a tube of Mikrosil, hardener, 10 spatulas, book of mixing pads and instructions. A-5001 A-5002 A-5003 A-5005 A-5004

Brown Kit�������������������������������������������������������������$28.50 White Kit��������������������������������������������������������������$28.50 Black Kit���������������������������������������������������������������$28.50 Gray Kit����������������������������������������������������������������$28.50 Hardener���������������������������������������������������������������$8.25 800.953.3274 |


1) Identify impression at scene.

1) Identify impression at scene

2) Lightly dust Snow Print Powder on impression with fiber brush.

2) Spray 2 coats of wax from 10”-12”. Then spray 4-6 coats from 6”. Allow 1-2 minutes drying between coats.

3) Photograph for records


3) Pour casting material into impression



Snow Print Powder is designed to provide contrast for capturing the details of shoe and tire track impressions in cold frozen or partially melted snow coverage. The slightly transparent impression in snow will not sufficiently reflect the light from the camera flash to adequately show detail. Snow Print Powder will help visualize the mark and provide surface contrast for the proper taking of record photographs. Snow Print Powder is applied to the track with a soft fiberglass brush. A light dusting is all that is needed to apply this special formulation of powder to the mark.

This spray wax forms a layer over the snow to give support and retard melting. Impression evidence found in snow or ice presents a unique set of difficulties for recovery. Due to the fact that most gypsum-based casting materials generate heat during the curing process, it is necessary to provide an insulating medium. Spray Snow Impression Wax into the impression to prepare the surface for casting. This locks the impression detail to avoid melting when the casting medium is applied. It is supplied in a 15 oz. (425g) aerosol can.

A-5014 250 ml����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $24.90

A-5010 Snow Impression Wax������������������������������������������$15.95

1) Spray Blue on footprint you wish to reveal

1) Use on impressions that are in loose or sandy soil

2) Wait 20 seconds. Fine mist spray the footprint coated in Blue to reveal purple color

2) Spray several light coats on the impression and wait 2-3 minutes

3) Photograph for records

3) Mix and pour cast material into impression



Blue is a unique tool for the development of footprints. Spraying directly on a non-porous surface will reveal the pattern of any undisturbed footprint that exists. The pattern will appear blue on a yellow background. It can be used on wooden, stone and linoleum floors and similar surfaces, which makes it an easy tool for footprint visualization, when casting is not an option.

This efficient method for preparing footprints and tire tracks found in loose or sandy soil is newly packaged in aerosol form. Features a quick-drying, clear acrylic formula that adds superior strength to impressions—lessening the chance of detail damage due to the weight of the casting material. Works great with Arrowstone. One 15-ounce can of Dust and Dirt Hardener is enough to make up to 30 full-size adult shoe impression applications. A-5009 15 oz, 30 applications��������������������������������������������$16.95

A-3125BL 100 ml������������������������������������������������������������������������������$66.00

800.953.3274 |

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

blood id & enhancement _ Phenolphthalein Kits Leucocrystal Violet Kits Test Strips/Cassettes Stains Fluorescing Reagents Synthetic/Spatter Blood 800.953.3274 |

79 80 81 82 83 85 87 79

Phenolphthalein Presumptive Blood Test Kit

Phenolphthalein Reagent

Phenolphthalein is one of the most commonly used chemicals in the field and laboratory to indicate the presence of blood. Our pre-packaged kit contains all the reagents to conduct a presumptive blood test. This simples 4 step test is easy to use and is housed in a small plastic cup. An immediate pink color on the end of the swab indicates a presumptive positive for blood. 60 tests per kit.

The key component of the Kastle Mayer reagent test, this premixed solution can be used in combination with ethanol and hydrogen peroxide in the laboratory as a confirmatory blood test. The solution requires no additional preparation. A-75025 4oz�������������������������������������������������������������������������$17.95

A-PF040 60) Phenolphthalein Presumptive Blood Tests������������� $41.95

phenolphthalein Chemical Applicators The applicator packaging virtually eliminates the possibility of contamination of chemical reagents and dramatically increases shelflife. Reagents are contained within easily crushed glass ampoules. The ampoules are then sealed inside tough, flexible polyethylene dispenser tubes. Blood causes a pink stain in just a few seconds. This test is considered by many field technicians as being one of the most reliable presumptive tests for the presence of blood. The set contains six individual tests with extraction solution. A-1310 6 Tests) Phenophthalein Blood Test�������������������������$28.50

Phenolphthalein Presumptive Blood Test KIT PACK This presumptive blood test is designed to be a simple, one shot test for the presence of blood. This portable test will fit in your pocket and allows you to test suspect stains without taking the time to mix chemicals. Simply place a small quantity of the stained material, or a portion of a swabbing of the stain, into the kit and crush the color-coded vials in sequence. Their formulation has long been accepted by the courts and proven in the field. This kit will automatically let you know if it has expired, thus minimizing the chance of a negative reading. A-7501 10 kits����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $22.10 80

800.953.3274 |

Leucocrystal Violet Presumptive Blood Test Kit Many investigators use this highly sensitive test as confirmatory test after the Phenolphthalein Presumptive Blood Test. A positive presumptive result yields a deep blue color. Packaged in a plastic box with all the necessary premixed chemicals and supplies to conduct a Leucocrystal Violet Blood Test. The premixed liquid reagents are packaged in plastic dropper bottles. A known blood standard is included to monitor the results. Contains 30 test sheets. A-1222B Leucocrystal Violet Blood Test Kit������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $41.95

Leuco-Malachite Chemical Applicators An intense blue/green color reaction in 3 seconds is presumptive evidence that blood is present. Leuco-malachite green has long been a favorite of field investigators because of its high sensitivity (1:300,000). Set of six tests with extraction solution. A-1309 6) Tests �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $28.50

Hemident® (McPHAIL’s REAGENT) Used for the presumptive identification of bloodstains, Hemident™ is nondestructive and enables the investigator to retain the evidence intact for further laboratory analysis. Each test is a compact, self-contained unit, consisting of two ampoules within a plastic pouch. Hemident™ was designed for field test use and, as such, will not distinguish between human and animal blood. Laboratory analysis is necessary to determine the source of the blood. A-1214 Hemident®, Box of 10 Tests �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$17.44

Hematrace® for forensic investigation of human blood Hematrace® is a test to identify human blood at a crime scene. The kit is stored at room temperature and has a shelf life as long as 20 months. No additional equipment is required. The results are obtained in as little as 2 minutes. It not only identifies that it is blood but also if it is human, all at the same time. Stains as old as 30 years old have been tested positive with it. No special training is required to use it. It requires as little as 3 mm to stain or as little as 1/4th of a swab thus leaving enough evidence sample for further analysis. Even though a minuscule sample is required, the test is packaged such that the extract can be preserved for years for further analysis. In one of the studies it has also been shown that DNA can be extracted from used cards in case of a need for it. The kits listed below contain test card (s), buffer vial(s), and swab(s) (all individually packed). Instructions are included with each kit on its usage, storage, stability and references. A-599010 Hematrace®, 10 individual tests����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$101.25 A-511871 Hematrace®, Single test ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$21.50

800.953.3274 |


HEMAstix® strips Hemastix are 3” plastic strips with a special blood reagent material at the tip. The strips detect the peroxide-like activity of hemoglobin in a substance. Simply rub the Hemastix on a moistened stain or across a swab that has a suspected dried blood sample on it. The reagent coated tip will turn a shade of green if hemoglobin is detected. Compare the color reaction to the chart on the side of the bottle to determine the level of hemoglobin in the sample. If the reaction is positive, take a photograph of the strip by the substance to document the reaction and retain the strip as evidence. Expired Hemastix® will generally still react to the presence of blood, but should only be used for training purposes. Please note that Hemastix® will not detect the difference between human and animal blood. Hemastix® have a shelf-life of roughly a year from the date of manufacture. A-AM2190 50 tests���������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.95

Color Match test results on the bottle.

Hexagon OBTI Human Blood Test This is a two-part test, a collection tube for the blood sample, and a test bar. A sample of the presumed human blood trace is transferred into the tube with transport medium. This mixture is added drop by drop to the test. A positive sample is typically detected within 2-5 minutes. Rapid screening test for the verification of human blood. Test provides a positive or negative result for human blood within 2 minutes. A single red line means the testing liquid is working fine but no human blood has been detected, two red/pink lines mean the test has detected human blood. A-2543 6 tests��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $38.30 A-2537 24 tests������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $95.75

Remove the individually wrapped test cassette from pouch. 82

Unscrew the red cap of the the tube being careful not to break off the red tip.

Collect sample of presumed blood with attached wand or with desired collection tool.

Return cap and wand to tube and shake gently. Buffer time can vary from 2-30 mins.

Holding the tube vertically, break off the red tip

Dispense 2 full drops into the samples well (S)

Wait 5 mins to read the results. Negative results should be confirmed in 10 mins

800.953.3274 |

Amido Black, 25g

Acid Yellow 7

Amido Black is useful for enhancing latent prints contaminated with blood, but it will not successfully develop a normal perspiration-based print. Although it will not detect the typical chemical components of latent prints, Amido Black is very sensitive to the proteins found in blood and some other body fluids. It leaves a blue-black stain and is usable on both porous and nonporous surfaces. It should be used only after all other physiological samples have been gathered and all other fingerprint development methods have been attempted. Instructions and formulations are included.

Acid Yellow 7 stain is one of the newer and more effective fluorescent stains used to enhance bloody footwear and fingerprint impressions on nonporous surfaces. Staining reveals a yellowish colored print which fluoresces under blue-green light (400-490 nm). When lifted with a white gelatin lifter the impression will often reveal enhanced fluorescence. A-1521B 25gm��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$29.95 A-1526 8oz Spray ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$22.80

A-2696 25g������������������������������������������������������������������������$11.50 A-2692 8 oz spray�������������������������������������������������������������$15.30

Coomassie Blue Coomassie Blue is a traditional protein stain used for enhancement of bloody prints. Coomassie Blue Concentrate, 25gm

A-2666����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$13 .95

LeUco Crystal Violet


Leuco Crystal Violet with Fixative Aqueous (LCV) is premixed and an effective, highly reactive to hemoglobin. Stains bloody prints a deep blue color.

Reacts with hemoglobin in blood to produce fluorescence. Can be used to locate latent blood spatter. Does not destroy DNA.

500ml Working Solution

A-1227�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$32.90 800.953.3274 |

Fluorescein, parts A,B, C, & D 250ml

A-1519B ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������$33.25


EcoSpray fine mist atomizer When do you need an ECOSPRAY ? The exact bloodstain pattern is of acute importance for analysts. It provides a better understanding of what happened at a crime scene. In some cases, the crime scene investigator might have to reveal bloodstains on non porous surfaces, such as acrylic paint, ceramic, glass, marble, etc. Because BLUESTAR is dissolved in water, spraying the reagent on such surfaces, especially vertical ones, will cause drippings, thus irreversibly distorting the initial bloodstain pattern. This is prejudicial to subsequent blood pattern analysis. To solve this problem, it is necessary to spray the smallest mist of the reagent possible on such surfaces. It is almost impossible to spray such a fine mist using a common pump sprayer. ECOSPRAY diffuses BLUESTAR in such a fine mist that the risk of drippings or spreading the blood trace is minimized. With a little training, the bloodstain will not drip or run.

Better than a sprayer, more than an aerosol. ECOSPRAY is a small fully self-contained microsprayer with a disposable gas pressure reservoir that applicates fluids with a perfect mist quality (fineness, even coating and distribution of particles). Its performance with BLUESTAR MAGNUM is outstanding. Easy to use Simply attach the disposable pressure reservoir to the ECOSPRAY body unit, fill and attach the liquid container with BLUESTAR solution. Press the button to spray BLUESTAR in a uniform mist. ECOSPRAY can be tilted down at a 45° angle or even more without losing performance, a true advantage when it comes to spraying horizontal objects or surfaces. To ensure a strong luminescence and good quality pictures, it is recommended to use the ECOSPRAY with BLUESTAR MAGNUM, which produces a more intense and longer-lasting reaction than the regular BLUESTAR. Hazard free - Environmentally safe. Non-flammable, non-explosible, non-toxic, odorless gas. Preserves the ozone layer. How does it work ? ECOSPRAY works like a gun paint sprayer. The BLUESTAR solution is sucked up from the container and is sprayed by the gas propellant in vapor phase. The performance of the metal jet nozzle is far superior to what you might obtain with a hand pump sprayer or a common aerosol, as you can see below:

A-ECS00200 EcoSpray Kit����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$68.00 Contains spray head w/0.70mm nozzle, 1 pressure refill, & 1 bottle w/cap

A-ECS00210 EcoSpray Pressure Refill�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$128.70 130g; 5 per pkg

A-ECS00220 EcoSpray Empty Bottle ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$19.00 clear, 125ml w/cap; 5 / pkg

A-ECS00221 EcoSpray Empty Bottle����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$19.00 amber, 125ml w/cap; 5 / pkg

A-ECS00230 EcoSpray 3 Nozzle Set ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$28.50 0.50mm, 0.70mm, 0.90mm


Specifications Ecospray 105mm x 50mm x 130mm Weight (empty) : 190 grams Container Crystal PETG White PP screw cap Max capacity 125 ml/4 oz Gas reservoir Aluminum solid cast Propellant pressure of 64psi Propels 440 ml/15 oz

800.953.3274 |



while supplies last. ends 4/3/13

Bluestar Forensic Tablets

Bluestar Forensic Kits

Bluestar Forensic Tablet is a new reagent whose purpose is to reveal blood stains that have been washed out, wiped off or which are invisible to the naked eye.

Bluestar Forensic kit provides the crime scene investigator with a complete tool to ascertain the presence of blood or its possible absence. The kit comes ready to use, add three catalyst tablets to the 16 oz spray bottle to obtain a single use mixture and spray on any surface.

Individually wrapped tablets. A-2580 Bluestar Forensic Tablets��������������������������������������$58.50 Makes 4 applications, WILL NOT DESTROY DNA

Will not destroy DNA

A-2531 Blustar Forensic Tablets�����������������������������������������$97.95 Makes 8 applications, WILL NOT DESTROY DNA

A-2534 Bluestar Forensic Kit����������������������������������������������$77.00 500ml (16 oz) sealed bottle of reagent; fine mist atomizer; 3 catalyst tablets for a single use mixture.

A-2581 Bluestar Forensic Training Tablets�����������������������$20.00 Makes 4 applications, WILL DESTROY DNA

A-2527 Bluestar Forensic Mini Kit�������������������������������������$42.85 Two 125ml (4 oz) distilled water in a fine mist atomizer bottle; 2 pair of individually wrapped tablets. Makes 1-2 applications.

A-2532 Blustar Forensic Training Tablets��������������������������$38.60 Makes 8 applications, WILL DESTROY DNA A-2540 Blustar Forensic Training Tablets BULK����������������$92.85 Makes 24 applications, WILL DESTROY DNA

A-2534DVD Bluestar Training DVD��������������������������������������$7.05

Bluestar Magnum Bluestar Magnum is a super strength formula, for searching minute blood droplets or stains on washed objects. Three times more powerful than Bluestar Forensic Tablets. Higher sensitivity helps reveal bloodstains. Will not destroy DNA. A-2533 125ml Solution with 3 Oxidizer Tablets�������������������$35.70

800.953.3274 |


Luminol Field Kits Designed to provide all essential materials required for the chemiluminescent Luminol method. Useful in searching large areas for traces of blood. Each kit contains a spray bottle, measured amount of liquid reagent, pre-weighed vial of Luminol powder, and complete instructions. Luminol Powder Pack (A-PF030) contains 1 spray bottle and 6 powdered reagent vials. A-PF071 A-PF027 A-PF028 A-PF030

4 oz Field Kit������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $22.40 8 oz Field Kit������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $36.50 16 oz Field Kit����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $49.10 Luminol Powder Pack, 6) Luminol Powder Vials, add 4 oz distilled water per vial (reconstitutes to a total of 24 oz)��������� $39.00

Luminol Disposable Chemical Applicators Luminol reagent requires a darkened area for observation. This is the ideal reagent for ”aged” or invisible blood stains. In fact, the older the stain, the brighter the reaction. Luminol is the most sensitive presumptive field test for blood (1:5,000,000). Set of six tests with contact paper. A-2619 6 Tests) Luminol Blood Test���������������������������������� $28.50

Hemascein® for identification of latent bloodstains Hemascein is a non-luminol test used to reveal latent bloodstains at a crime scene. It is different from other luminol tests with respect to longevity of the reaction, stability, safety, sensitivity, specificity and the recovery of DNA. No darkness is required to use this solution. The Hemascein reagent formulation is provided in a solid form, can be stored at room temperature and has exceptional stability at room temperature once mixed with water. The kit also contains 2 sprayers that minimize background effects, avoid loss of bloodstain/fingerprint patterns, recover finer details and prevent dripping. Simple instructions are included with each kit on its usage, storage, stability and references. A-810923���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$89.00 500 ml vial, 2 ABAspray®, 5 Hematrace® kit, 5 Evidence collection swabs, cup, sterile dropper and instruction sheet

A-800121���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$73.00 86

500 ml vial, 2 ABAspray®, cup, sterile dropper and instruction sheet

800.953.3274 |

Blood Spatter Documentation Kit The kit is ideal for investigators in the field who need a comprehensive adaptable measuring kit to assist in documenting blood spatter on site. Packaged in a small, durable case for easy transport. KIT Contents: 1) Protractor/Angel Finder 1) 50’ Measuring Tape 1) Tri-Fold Measuring Stick 5) Photo Marking Sheets (1-17)

5) Photo Marking Sheets - Large (1-10) 2) Ruler Tape Rolls 2) ABFO Plastic Scales 25) ABFO Adhesive Scales

10) Gray 6” Scales 10) Blue 6” Scales 10) White 6” Scales 10) 6” Black Scales

50) 2” Adhesive Scales (black on white) 50) 2” Adhesive Scales (white on black) 50) 2”/4cm Adhesive Scales (black on white) 50) 2”/4cm Adesive Scales (white on black)




Eliminates the possibility of pathogens originating from the use of human blood and nonhuman blood in the classroom. Synthetic blood mimics gross chemical composition and appearance of blood, and will give positive reactions to the common chemical tests for blood such as Luminol, Phenolphthalein, hemoglobin crystal tests such as Takyama, and protein enhancement techniques. Not suitable for blood splatter simulation.

For the purposes of teaching blood spatter pattern documentation and analysis without the hazards of human or animal blood, spatter blood was developed to have the same physical characteristics as human blood, such as viscosity, surface tension and color. Utilize this blood when creating spatter patterns for mock crime scenes or detailed teaching tools for documentation or analysis. A-12201 8 oz��������������� $22.95

A-1219B 8 oz��������������� $22.95

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

SPECIMEN COLLECTION Collection Kits Spray Bottles Bio-Swab/Bio-Guard Swabs Swab Drying

800.953.3274 |


89 90 92 93 94 98


Serology– DNA Evidence Collection Kit This pre-packaged kit is designed to provide the investigator with all the materials that are needed to collect serological evidence such as blood, semen, or other body fluids. Each Kit Contains 6 Sterile Water Vials 10 Sterile Swabs 1 Disposable Tweezer

10 Seal-guard mini’s 2 Pair of Gloves 10 Evidence envelopes

2 Sterile Gauze pads 1 Pack Filter Paper 1 Plastic Pipette

1) 5ml Collection Vial 1 Plastic carrying case 1 Instruction Sheets



Seminal Fluid Presumptive Field Test

Collection in the field for DNA testing is easy with this kit. Included is our double swab boxes that feature tabs to suspend the swabs and prevent liquids from absorbing into the box. Kit instructions, seals, sterile gloves and evidence envelopes complete this kit.

When searching scenes or collecting evidence, it is often helpful to perform a presumptive test for the presence of semen on those stains that fluoresce under UV light. The seminal fluid test is very easy to perform. Simply transfer part of the suspected stain to the provided transfer paper with sterile water contained in the first vial, then squeeze the second applicator to crush the glass ampule inside. Shake the applicator for a few seconds to ensure complete mixing of the components, remove the applicator cap, and gently squeeze the applicator to apply the reagents to the transferred stain. A positive result is indicated by a deep purple color in the presence of acid phosphatase.

Contents: 3 Sterile Cotton Tipped Swabs (2/pk) 3 Double-Swab Containers 1 Sterile Water Ampule 3 Evidence Envelopes

3 Evidence Labels 3 Pair Individually Wrapped Gloves (2 Large/1 XLarge) 1 Disposable Mask Collection Instructions

A-DNA-LES 10 Kits �������������������������������������������������������������������� $50.00 90

A-1303B 6 tests������������������������������������������������������������� $31.50 800.953.3274 |

Seminal FluiD Presumptive TMP Test The TMP (thymophthalein monophosphate) test is designed to provide a convenient, reliable laboratory test for the presumptive presence of acid phosphatase (semen). It is more sensitive to the presence of acid phosphatase than other presumptive tests. A-1302 up to 100 tests�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $41.00 ABAcard® p3o - confirmatory test for the Forensic Identification of Semen The ABAcard p30 test is designed to qualitatively detect p30 for the forensic identification of semen. p30 is an accepted marker for detecting semen in criminal cases involving vasectomized or azoospermic individuals. 433212 Kit includes: 25 test cards 25 prefilled vials with extraction buffer and 25 swabs. Each kit contains individually wrapped tests. Store at room temperature. Confirmed tests in 10 minutes. Normally the kit has a shelf life of 20 months or more at room temperature. A step-by-step instruction sheet is included with each kit. A-433212 1 test������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $26.10 A-488099 10 tests������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $116.16

Phosphatesmo KM (acid phosphatase test) This presumptive seminal fluid test turns purple in the presence of Acid Phosphatase, one of the components of seminal fluid. Lightly moisten the swab and dab the stain. Rub the swab against the paper test strips. A purple color presumptively indicates the presence of seminal fluid. However, because the test is presumptive, it should not be mistaken for a laboratory exam for the presence of spermatozoa. This test will only yield results when used on dried stains. Phosphatesmo KM is specific for acid phosphatase. Control tests with saliva, mucus, or female genital secretions give negative results. A-1312 25 test papers (15 mm x 30 mm)���������������������$170.00

semen detection test KIT - ap & Psa This semen detection kit has 25 test strips. In addition, this kit is unique in that it has two kinds of test strips: AP and PSA. In case of a strong stain, both tests will be strongly positive and will provide the investigator with a more certain conclusion that the item being tested does in fact contain semen. The AP strips are designed for quick field use, and only require the investigator to press the test paper against a moist stain, with results appearing in 15 sec. These strips also have a peel-off adhesive backing, and conveniently can be affixed to a notebook for permanent record-keeping. KIT CONTENTS: 15 AP test strips in a resealable pouch with desiccant 10 PSA test strips in individual sealed pouches 5-mL dropper Instruction sheet

A-1311 Semen Detection Test Kit - 25 total strips����������������������$42.50 91 800.953.3274 |

Industrial trigger spray bottlE These 16 oz Industrial Amber Forensic Trigger Spray bottles are perfect for a variety of crime scene applications. Made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE). A-9349 6/pack 16/480���������������������������������������������������������������������$28.75 disposable transfer pipettes These unbreakable all-in-one graduated transfer pipets eliminate the hazard of broken glass and exposure to infectious materials. Molded from see-through low density polyethylene, pipets are inert to biological fluids and most acids, and can be sealed and refrigerated. The low-affinity surface reduces the loss of cells and valuable proteins due to binding. Ideal for quick, safe transfer of fluids. A-7009 7.5mL Capacity, Pack of 500 �����������������������������������������������������������������$18.00 FLIP TOP DISPENSING Bottle HDPE Flip Top Dispensing Bottles are translucent and impact resistant. LDPE Flip top dispensing bottles give you maximum squeezability. Ideal for dispensing small amounts of sterile water on collection swabs. A-03387 Pack of 12 Bottles���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.00 PREVAL SPRAY GUN Versatile spray applicator for most kinds of liquids. Each spray gun comes with a refillable container bottle and a power unit that sprays up to 16oz of liquid, depending on viscosity. Thick liquids require more spray force so power units will be depleted a little quicker. Just replace disposable depleted power units with new ones as needed. Each bottle comes with a secure cap for liquid storage and reuse so you can change bottles for different uses. Note; do not use with gasoline or other highly combustible liquids. A-267P Sprayer w/ Bottle�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.95 A-268P Replacement Power Sprayer�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7.70 A-269P Additional Container w/ Cap �������������������������������������������������������������������������������$3.95 92

Polythylene wash bottles These bottles save time, help avoid mistakes, and increase safety. Colorcoded, wide mouth bottles are ideal for the quick identification of the many special solutions and reagents needed in your lab. Bottles are durable, chemical-resistant, squeezable, and easy to clean. One-piece colored cap and nozzle are polypropylene. Delivery tube is polyethylene. A-9504 125ml/4oz, 6 per pack Red�����������������������������������������������������������������$32.50 A-9505 125ml/4oz, 6 per pack Yellow �������������������������������������������������������$32.50 A-9506 125ml/4oz, 6 per pack Blue���������������������������������������������������������������$32.50 A-9507 250ml/8oz, 6 per pack Red�����������������������������������������������������������������$34.50 A-9508 250ml/8oz, 6 per pack Yellow �������������������������������������������������������$34.50 A-9509 250ml/8oz, 6 per pack Blue���������������������������������������������������������������$34.50 A-9511 500ml/17oz, 6 per pack Red�����������������������������������������������������������������$40.00 A-9512 500ml/17oz, 6 per pack Yellow�������������������������������������������������������$40.00 A-9513 500ml/17oz, 6 per pack Blue���������������������������������������������������������������$40.00 A-9515 1000ml/33oz, 4 per pack Red ���������������������������������������������������������������$37.00 A-9516 1000ml/33oz, 4 per pack Yellow�������������������������������������������������������$37.00 A-9517 1000ml/33oz, 4 per pack Blue �������������������������������������������������������������$37.00 Plastic SPRAY Bottles The HDPE plastic bottles come complete with white fine mist sprayers. The HDPE sprayer bottles are a great way to dispense latent development chemicals and many more chemicals. A-7661 2 oz, 48 per bag ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$45.78 A-7662 4 oz, 24 per bag ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$27.85 A-7663 8 oz, 12 per bag ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$17.50 AMber Spray BottleS The amber PET boston rounds are available in four sizes, 2 oz, 4 oz, 8 oz and 16 oz, all of which are accompanied by a white fine mist sprayer. The white polypropylene fine mist sprayers come with a clear styrene hood. A-7664 2 oz, 48 per bag ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$88.28 A-7665 4 oz, 24 per bag ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$39.00 A-7666 8 oz, 24 per bag ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$41.65 A-7667 16 oz, 12 per bag �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$18.95 Polyethylene DROPPER BOTTLES LDPE Bottles with Dropper Control Tip is made up of low-density polyethylene for reliable/repeatable dispensing. Offers excellent chemical resistance and is flexible. A-9504W White Bottle, White Caps, Pack /25������������������������������������������������$39.00 A-9504N Natural Bottle, White Cap, Pack/ 25����������������������������������������������$39.00

800.953.3274 |

ArrroWhead Bio-Swab™ Bio-Swab™ is a pre-filled, individually wrapped, gamma radiated, sterile cotton tipped applicator that will deliver the exact amount of water to collect a DNA sample. This packaging system eliminates the need for carrying sterile water and will further protect from cross contamination. Lot number on every package. MSDS sheet available upon request. A-7013 100 Swabs�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$31.00 A-7014BP Bulk Pack/500 Swabs��������������������������������������������������������������������������� $143.00

we love the bio-swab. it saves our investigators time and is hassle free. i recommend it to all my colleagues.

1) Open by blue line on applicator tip & slide packaging down

2) Crack on blue line and sterile water will flow to applicator.

3) Collect

Scan to view A training video on proper collection procedures using the bio-swab & bio-guard

4) Place in a transport tube or swab container/carton

ARROWHEAD Bio-Guard™ DNA Collection System The Bio-Guard™ DNA Collection System has everything you need for proper collection and transport. The humidity card features three humidity levels which will appear blue if moisture is absent. The desiccant will absorb moisture from the sample once placed in the container. It will dry a single cotton tip applicator in 2-3 hours and 2 applicators in 4-6 hours. The polypropylene container will protect and preserve the sample during transport to the laboratory. No more concerns with sterility, air drying, moisture, or cross contamination of DNA samples. This is the most advanced DNA collection and transport system available to crime scene investigators. State Crime Laboratory tested and approved. Validation material available upon request. A-7570 10 containers / bag; 5 bags / pkg����������������� $35.10 50 Bio-Guard Containers w/ Desiccant and Humidity Indicating Card 50 Red Chain of Custody Seals 5 Metallic Heat Seal Recloseable Bags

A-7571 10 containers / bag; 5 bags / pkg����������������� $21.00 5 Bio-Guard Quality Control Containers w/ Desiccant and Humidity Indicating Card (used last as Quality Control) 45 Bio-Guard Containers with Desiccant 50 Red Chain of Custody Seals 5 Metallic Heat Seal Recloseable Bags

A-7572 10 containers / bag; 5 bags / pkg����������������� $17.50 50 Bio-Guard Containers with Desiccant 50 Red Chain of Custody Seals 5 Metallic Heat Seal Recloseable Bags

800.953.3274 |


securswab™ duo-v According to The National Forensic Science Technology Center’s (NFSTC) NIJ funded ”Swab Collection Study” released April 24, 2012, the Bode SecurSwab DUO-V Swab System is a superior method for collection of samples. The Bode SecurSwab™ DUO-V is a complete collection system with two cottontipped swabs for wet/dry collection & two integrated desiccants for faster drying. It integrates the collection, labeling, protection, preservation, transportation, processing and storage of DNA evidence. The SecurSwab™ DUO-V is designed with a protective tube that serves as a handle during collection. The reversible cap is inverted so that the swabs are protected after collection. This reduces handling of the swabs, in turn, reducing risk of sample contamination. The integrated desiccants eliminate the need to air dry samples. A fully saturated swab dries in LESS than 6 hours. Immediately after collection, the swab can be inserted into the protective tube where the sample will dry. The protective tube reduces sample loss and protects the sample from physical and environmental damages. A-7115 100 applicators/pack, Applicator has 2 swabs for wet/dry collection�����������$295.00 A-7116 50 applicators/pack, Applicator has 2 swabs for wet/dry collection �����$170.00 Scan to view the nfstc swab collection study and results

securswab™ COLLECTION KIT The complete collection kit for documenting and transporting up to 5 samples from a crime scene, SecurSwab™ Collection Kits mean more DNA can be collected reliably, securely, and efficiently from more Crime Scenes. Each kit contains a single collector, but there is room to document and store up to 5 samples. If extra samples are required, just use a SecurSwab™ from a crime scene toolbox. KIT CONTENTS: 1) SecurSwab™ S.I.T. Collector 1) DNA Collector Transport Pouch 1) Pre-printed outer envelope 1) Sterile 3mL Water Vial 1) Tamper Proof Evidence Tape 1) Dust Mask 1) Pair of Vinyl Gloves Information Form

DNA TRANSPORT POUCH The Transport Pouch is made of paper to prevent the accumulation of moisture in the transfer and short-term storage environment. The adhesive closure prevents the sample from being tampered with between collection and accessioning or processing. The self-seal adhesive prevents the user from having to moisten the envelope closure and eliminates the risk of additional contamination resulting from saliva contamination during sealing. The large surface area provides ample room for labeling or barcoding the transport pouch making the sample easily identifiable without having to open the transport pouch. A-7121 100 pouches, 7.75” x 3.5” �����������������������������������������������������������������������������$20.00


A-7117 Case of 25 Kits�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$110.00 800.953.3274 |

securswab™ SIT The SecurSwab™ is an innovative collection system that integrates the collection, labeling, protection, preservation, transportation, processing and storage of DNA evidence. The unique design is certified to be free of human DNA and DNase and enables for more DNA to be recovered from each sample. The four matching barcodes on the wrapper provide you with the freedom and efficiency to label the sample and help maintain chain-of-custody. Cotton swab: Collect many types of samples • The E-Beam radiation renders the collector safe for use in buccal DNA collection or for assault examination. • The collector can be used for forensic evidence and DNA sample collection. Reinforced shaft: Efficiently collect and process samples • Prevents the shaft from breaking during collection, allowing a more rigorous collection. • Unique design allows the cotton head to be snapped off for easy processing, reducing sample handling and risk of contamination Reversible square cap: Reduces handling requirements • After collection, the cap can be turned around to protect and dry the sample during transport. • Square design prevents collector from rolling during air drying Protective tube: Protects sample during transport and storage • Ample room for labeling or barcoding to assist in chain of custody control • Sturdy polypropylene provides protection of swab and sample Integrated desiccant: Eliminates the need to air dry most samples • The indicating desiccant has an indicator that changes from blue to pink so the user knows when the desiccant is spent. The screw cap allows for easy exchange of a spent desiccant

A-7113 A-7114

100 Swabs���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $199.00 50 Swabs������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $119.50

800.953.3274 |


Cap-Shure™ DNA Collection Swab

Sterile Water Ampule Use these disposable vials of sterile water to pre-moisten your cotton tipped applicator swabs. Simply twist the end off and the water will slowly drip out. A-7604 100) 3ml Vials��������������������������������������������������������������$18.90 A-7601 100) 5ml Vials��������������������������������������������������������������$19.50

For collection of DNA evidence, the Cap-Shure™ protects the cotton tip and sample by using a clear plastic aerated cap. With the cap mounted on the swab, it’s easy to open and close for DNA collection. The sterile swab is centered in the middle of the air drying cap and can be transported to the lab contaminate free without the use of a box. Measures 6”long. A-7010 50 Collection Swabs w/ Wood Stem���������������� $32.50 A-7023 50 Collection Swabs w/ Plastic Stem�������������� $36.50

TRACE DNA SWAB These sterile Trace DNA Swabs are prefilled with 91% isopropyl alcohol which will self saturate the foam collection tip. Trace DNA swabs contain an isopropyl alcohol solution in the handle to rehydrate dried DNA samples for collection. Self-contained hydration fluid eliminates cross-contamination. Simply squeeze the handle to saturate the foam tip. Complete instructions on each box. The alcohol will preserve the collected DNA sample and does not require drying. Package swabs in a plastic evidence vials. Not for use on blood samples. A-70151 40 individually wrapped swabs�������������������������������$45.95 Sterile Cotton Tipped Swab

Swab evidence Labels Our Swab Evidence Labels are an easy way to mark collected swabs with case number, date collected, and collected by information. Simply remove a label from the sheet and affix to the swab shaft or to the paper sleeve in which the swabs were re-packaged. A-70165E

100 labels ������������������������������������������������������$8.40

These cotton-tipped swabs are made with USP grade cotton and are packaged 2 swabs in a sterile wrapper. Individual lot number on every package. 6” or 3” in length. A-7008 6” length, 100/pack (2 swabs/wrapper)����������������������$9.15 A-7012 3” length, 200/pack (2 swabs/wrapper)����������������������$6.95 96

800.953.3274 |

FILTERED AIR BREATHABLE SWAB A secure, individually wrapped swab that protects and air dries collected evidence. Each swab is wrapped with Tyvek to avoid cross contamination. No drying equipment needed. Simply place the swab in the protective outer sleeve and wait to dry. Each swab is sterile and sealable by the evidence information label. Can be used dry or with sterile water. A-25805pC 50 swabs, 6” overall length�������������������������$47.00 Sterile HYDRAFLOCK SWABS A new era in flock swab technology. HydraFlock provides superior collection and release of specimens. The unique microstructure of Hydra’s multi-length fibers are designed to enhance rapid absorption and quick release of biological specimens. Polystyrene handle with molded break point and large tip. A-7045 50 Large Tip swabs, 6” length,��������������������������$25.00 Sterile HYDRAFLOCK SWABS A new era in flock swab technology. HydraFlock provides superior collection and release of specimens. The unique microstructure of Hydra’s multi-length fibers are designed to enhance rapid absorption and quick release of biological specimens. Polystyrene handle with molded break point and micro tip. A-7046 50 Micro-Tip swabs, 6” length,��������������������������$25.00

Sterile Round Foam Buccal Swab This Buccal swab has high particle collection capacity. The sterile round foam tip provides an extra large surface for maximum particle or cell collection. A-701 50 swabs, 4.5” length���������������������������������������������������������$21.50 Sterile BUCCAL CEP SWAB The CEP swabs™ have a cotton paper tip using a multiple layer FP705™ DNA paper. The absorbent FP705™ DNA paper is a non-reactive material which allows DNA extraction for analysis. This swab was developed for easy use in direct cutting, punching or straight sample prep. One of the features of the CEP™ swab is an ejectable swab head or ”brush” that allows you to protect the sample in a collection tube or envelope. A-7022 100 individually wrapped swabs, 4.5” length������������� $115.10 whatman Sterile Buccal Omni Swab The Omni Swab is a multi layered absorbent paper and a non- reactive material which allows DNA extraction for analysis. The Omni Swab provides a noninvasive method of collection. The Omni Swab features an ejectable head that fits into an extraction tube after the collection of cells. A-7018 100 individually wrapped swabs, 4.5” length������������$174.00

800.953.3274 |


Cap-Shure™ DNA Collection Swab Kit Includes sterile, individually wrapped swabs with a vented, reclosable cap, vented swab boxes packaged in a reclosable carton, and integrity seals. Everything you’ll need for collection of DNA and transport to the lab. KIT INCLUDES: 20 Cap-Sure™ Swabs, 20 Swab Boxes , 40 Integrity Seals, 1 Storage Box A-7312���������������������������������������������������������������������������������$33.50

Buccal Swab Collection Kit This Buccal Swab Collection Kit is in the form of a medium-size envelope which can be mailed or hand-delivered to the laboratory. This type of collection can be done by law enforcement personnel and does not require medical personnel to do the collection. Simply follow the simple directions in the kit as to the collection of the sample by rubbing the cotton swabs in the suspect’s mouth or the inside of the cheek. Gloves provided in the kit, along with documentation forms and security labels. Once collection is complete, place swab in smaller inner envelope, seal it with one of the enclosed evidence seals and ship the sample to your laboratory. Each Kit Contains 2 Sterile cotton swabs 1 Swab box 1 Pair of exam gloves

1 Sealable evidence envelope 2 Integrity seals Instructions


Swab Dryer and Rack Our New re-designed Swab Dryer can be used to transport, contain and dry collected samples. The newly redesigned 15” W x 11” H x 8” D dryer includes a rack capable of storing (20) swabs for drying. This small, quiet and capable gently forces air across the swabs. It also includes an integrated 60 minute timer to simplify the drying process. This dryer is small and light enough to be used at the crime scene, but powerful enough to meet most drying needs in the lab. Made from durable ABS plastic Includes a rack that holds up to 20 swabs Magnetic latch simplifies chamber loading and unloading Convenient metal carrying handle allows for easy transportation and storage at the crime scene or the lab 15” W x 11”H x 8”D (38.1 x 28 x 20.3 cm) Weighs only 4 lbs. A-33600 20 Swab Capacity������������������������������������������ $415.00


800.953.3274 |



Pop Up Swab box


These swab boxes are made of 18pt, virgin fiber, solid bleached sulfate. This stock helps prevent cross contamination and is the sturdiest swab box available. Boxes are pre-cut with 2 breathing holes. Contains no biodegradable components to jeopardize the evidence. The breathable boxes are ideal for cotton tipped swabs, Cap-shure™ swabs and our Bio-Swab that have been used to collect body fluids. Ideal for swabs in sexual assault cases. Simply squeeze the box and the box pops up to prevent contamination. A-7035 A-7037 A-7034 A-7036

6” 4” 6” 4”

Printed,100 boxes ��������� $24.50 Printed, 100 boxes��������� $23.00 Plain, 100 boxes ������������ $24.50 Plain, 100 boxes������������� $23.00


DOUBLE AND SINGLE suspended SWAB CONTAINER Swab box with ventilation holes for 6” applicator swab. Printed with area for collection information. These swabs boxes are designed to suspend the swabs away from the box to prevent liquids from absorbing into the box if the swabs are still wet. A-7015 Single Swab Box 100 boxes�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $31.00 A-7021 Double Swab Box 100 boxes�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $44.00 800.953.3274 |


Blood ALCOHOL Collection KIT Has two 10ml vacuum tubes that each contain 100mg of sodium fluoride plus 20mg of potassium oxalate. This kit is designed to meet requirements for those states mandating that sodium fluoride preservative be 1% of the 10ml blood sample. The kit contains instructions and seals to establish chain of custody. Custom configurations are available. 2 Blood Tubes with 100mg of sodium fluoride 1) 6” x 9” Return Bag with Absorbent Kit Contents: 1 Blood Alcohol Consent Form 1 Collection Report 2 Blood Tube Labels 4 Security Seals

plus 20mg of potassium oxalate 1 Butterfly Needle 1 Needle holder 1 Providone Prep Pad

1 Collection Envelope Instructions

A-bak-10 10 Kits����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $61.50

Blood ALCOHOL and URINE Collection KIT This specimen collection kit is designed for ease of use at the scene and in the lab. Step-by-step instructions provide the proper collecting and submitting information to ensure the collected specimens are properly stored, clearly identifiable and ship to the lab undamaged. This kit meets the USPS mail standard for shipping biologicals. The kit has two 10ml vacuum tubes that each contain 100mg of sodium fluoride plus 20mg of potassium oxalate. This kit is designed to meet requirements for those states mandating that sodium fluoride preservative be 1% of the 10ml blood sample. The kit contains instructions and seals to establish chain of custody. Custom configurations are available. 2 Blood Tubes with 100mg of sodium fluoride 1) 6” x 9” Return Bag with Absorbent Kit Contents: 1 Blood Alcohol Consent Form 1 Collection Report 2 Blood Tube Labels 4 Security Seals


plus 20mg of potassium oxalate 1 Butterfly Needle 1 Needle holder 1 Providone Prep Pad

1 Collection Envelope 1) 60cc Hinged Custody Vial for Urine Instructions

A-baC-10U 10 Kits���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $62.15 800.953.3274 |






Blood Collection Tubes

Collection & Storage Tubes

Theses 10ml tubes are for the collection of blood to be tested for drugs, alcohol, and DNA typing. All tubes measure 16 x 100 mm

These tubes are ideal for the transport of blood collection tubes, urine, and alcohol. Made of polypropylene with leak resistant screw on caps and integrated sealing ring. They feature graduation marks for accurate measurements.

Red Stopper: For chemical serum analysis with clotting activator. Clotting time of 30 minutes. Purple Stopper: For whole blood hematology. EDTA prevents clotting. Gray Stopper: For glucose determinations. Oxalate and EDTA anticoagulants give plasma samples. Contains sodium fluoride.

A-7044 Red Top Serum Tube,pk/100��������������������������������� $51.50 A-7002 Purple Top K3 ETA, pk/100������������������������������������ $52.00 A-7005 Gray Top Potassium Oxalate/Sodium Fluoride, pk/100�� $59.95

A-3205 A-2946S A-2947S A-2948S A-2949S A-2952S A-2953S A-7000

5ml, 60 x 20mm 250 tubes / bag�����������������������������������$18.00 10ml, 94 x 20mm 250 tubes / bag �����������������������������������$26.50 10ml sterile, 94 x 20mm 250 tubes / bag�����������������������������������$34.25 30ml, 83 X 34mm 250 tubes / bag�����������������������������������$47.50 30ml sterile, 83 X 34mm 250 tubes / bag ���������������������������������$54.00 50ml, 117 x 34mm 250 tubes / bag���������������������������������$47.50 50m sterile, 117 x 34mm 250 tubes / bag�����������������������������������$54.75 4.5” x .75” 100 tubes / bag������������������$24.60

Blood Tube PROTECTIVE COVER These dual Blood Tube Protectors are an inexpensive way to ensure blood tubes will not break in shipping or storage. The two compartments prevent the glass tubes from touching each other. Measures 3.5” W x 5” H x 1.5” D. Ideal for 10ml blood tubes. A-7005CS 10 Protective Covers��������������������������������������������������$10.00

Subject’s Name

Investigating Officer’s Initials

Collector’s Name Date



Agency/Police Dept.


Identification No.


Blood Tube Specimen Security Seal This Security Seal is designed specifically for blood tubes. Label measures 7” x 1” seal. These seals can be easily written on with ballpoint pens. A-3713ISS 78” x 1”, 100 labels�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $17.50

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

Protective Gear Gloves Cleaning Chemicals Boot Covers Coveralls/Suits Respirators Eyewear Ear Protection 800.953.3274 |

_103 105 112 115 116 119 120 121


Clear Acrylic Glove Box Dispenser This heavy duty, clear acrylic glove box allows you to safely and securely mount different glove boxes. It’s clear design allow you to easily identify gloves sizes and types. Mount on the wall for convenient location near sinks, doors, hoods, etc. Holds glove boxes steady for quick one-handed dispensing. Holds 1 glove box. Wood screws included. A-BHC601�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.00

Vinyl Coated Wire Glove Box Dispenser This is a simple, yet sturdy design with white enamel coated wire to accommodate most glove boxes. It can hold one box horizontally or two boxes vertically. The open design at front and top allows any identification of glove type and size, and also for easy refilling. Includes wood screws for installation. A-BHW501����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $8.00


800.953.3274 |


the inner wrapper provides a sterile field for swabbing or dusting for prints.

POWDErED GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Latex Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Nude Sizes: S-L Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powdered, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Textured fingers Usage: For single use only Packaging: 50 gloves/box PAIRS 50/Box�������������������������������������� $21.95 A-4380 Small A-4381 Medium A-4382 Large POWDER FREE GLOVE ATTRIBUTES

STERILE LATEX GLOVES Work major cases with the added assurance of knowing your protective gloves are sterile. These sterile latex gloves are available regular or powder free. They offer superior strength, with acute sensitivity. The gloves are individually wrapped in pairs. Once you peel open the package the inner wrap provides a sterile field for swabbing or dusting for prints.

800.953.3274 |

Material: Latex Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Nude Sizes: S-L Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Textured fingers Usage: For single use only Packaging: 50 gloves/box pairs 50/Box�������������������������������������� $31.75 A-4383 Small A-4384 Medium A-4385 Large 105




Precision® Nitrile Glove

Shadow Black Synthetic Nitrile Glove

Free Form SE PowdeR Free Nitrile Glove

Precision® Violet Blue Nitrile Powder Free Exam Gloves are ultra soft and stretchy from a low modulus formulation to reduce hand fatigue for maximum comfort. They are 100% synthetic and latex free with a textured surface to provide strong grip in both dry and wet applications. Precision® Nitrile Gloves are thinner for maximum dexterity. Very strong to provide superior barrier protection. Tear and puncture resistant.

These black 100% nitrile polymer gloves are latex free, powder- free, and odor-free. Softer and more elastic than other nitrile gloves without latex additives. 100% latex free eliminates potential allergic reactions to latex protein. Textured surface provides strong grip for both wet and dry applications Superior puncture, tear and chemical resistance with excellent dexterity.

Free Form is a 7ml, blue, powder-free nitrile glove with a soft formulation that feels like latex offering greater comfort and increased dexterity for performance during the most intricate work. The Free-Form feature textured fingertips. Works well in wet environments that demand a reliable grip. Light to mid-duty tasks require a combination of comfort and durability. Precise contact and softness require enhanced tactile sensitivity. Non-stick surface properties resistant to tapes and adhesives

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Purple Sizes: XS - XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Textured fingers Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box, by weight, 90 gloves per box by weight for XL size

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Black Sizes: S - XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Textured fingers Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box, by weight, 90 gloves per box by weight for XL size

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Blue Sizes: S - XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Textured fingers Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box, by weight

100 or 90/Box������������������������������������� $13.75 A-4322 Small A-4323 Medium A-4324 Large A-4325 X-Large

100/BOX������������������������������������������������ $15.85 A-4419 Small A-4420 Medium A-4421 Large A-4422 X-Large

100 or 90/Box������������������������������������� $11.50 A-PCS770 X-Small A-PCS772 Small A-PCS774 Medium A-PCS776 Large A-PCS778 X-Large 106

800.953.3274 |




miracle POWDER-FREE nitrile exam Glove

ultraform POWDERFREE nitrile exam Glove

generation pink nitrile Exam Glove

It is 100% latex free eliminating potential risk of rubber latex sensitivities. Because of its thin gauge, the gloves are packed 200 pieces by weight in a standard size dispensing box to save you shelf space, packaging material, money and time as you don’t need to replace empty dispensing boxes as frequently.

Our unique soft formulation forms to your hand effortlessly as if it is second skin. In field tests users wearing Ultraform® actually experienced an increase in fine motor task performance compared to a bare hand. You have to feel how this feels. Packaged 300 per box for more savings.

These extra sensitive glove provides superior chemical resistance and barrier protection. Generation Pink® Non-Sterile Powder-Free Latex-Free Nitrile Exam Gloves deliver proven protection for some of the toughest crime scene situations. Boxes now hold twice the usual amount of gloves for your convenience, savings and waste reduction.

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Blue Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Fully textured Usage: For single use only Packaging: 200 gloves/box, 180 gloves/box for size XL

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Blue Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Textured fingertips Usage: For single use only Packaging: 300 gloves/box, 250/box XL

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Pink Sizes: XS-L Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: On-line chlorinated Glove Exterior: Textured fingertips Usage: For single use only Packaging: 200 gloves/box

200/BOX������������������������������������������������� $16.50 A-4374 Small A-4375 Medium A-4376 Large A-4377 X-Large

300/BOX������������������������������������������������� $30.00 A-4802 Small A-4803 Medium A-4804 Large A-4805 X-Large

200/BOX������������������������������������������������� $21.66 A-6801P X-Small A-6802P Small A-6803P Medium A-6804P Large

800.953.3274 |






Aloetouch Powder Free Nitrile Exam Glove

explorer Powder Free latex Exam Glove

Evolution One PowderFree Latex Glove

These powder-free gloves are made of nitrile for excellent barrier protection and abrasion resistance. The Aloe coating soothes and protects your hands while you work. Free of latex allergens, they provide a comfortable fit and secure textured grip.

Explorer® is an 8 mil thick, 9.5 inch long, powder free latex exam glove designed to provide extra protection and stronger resistance to wear and tear on the job. The glove fingers are almost double in thickness when compared to regular exam gloves. The Explorer® glove has little or no chlorine scent, appears in white natural latex color and provides an excellent grip as a result of our advanced single chlorinated process.

The Evolution One is a gradient dipped, polymer exam glove with Omega Shield technology. This textured and powder-free glove is tear resistant and stretches to 700% of original size without tearing. Maximum comfort is required for lasting wear. Rapid donning and anti-sticking properties are needed. Working with a variety of instruments and equipment

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Green Sizes: XS-XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Fully textured Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Latex Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Tan Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: On-line chlorinated Glove Exterior: Fully textured Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box, XL 90/box

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Natural rubber latex Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Natural Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Fully textured Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box, by weight

100/BOX������������������������������������������������� $16.50 A-4579 X-Small A-4580 Small A-4581 Medium A-4582 Large A-4583 X-Large

100/BOX������������������������������������������������� $14.50 A-4381 Small A-4382 Medium A-4383 Large A-4384 X-Large

100/Box������������������������������������������������� $17.00 A-4318 Small A-4319 Medium A-4320 Large A-4321 X-Large

800.953.3274 |




UltraOne latex extended Exam Glove

Synetron Powder-Free Latex Glove

SafeGrip Powder-Free High Risk LATEX Glove

For the highest level of protection and durability in latex examination gloves for high-risk environments, rely on Ultra One® gloves. Strong, durable and comfortable, Ultra One® gloves offer superior defense against many hazards that you come into contact with daily. With an extended cuff for increased protection, the Ultra One® glove is a proven performer. Ultra One® gloves are the best choice in a latex for heavy-duty/high-risk environments.

This glove is endorsed by The National Associa-

These gloves are up to four times thicker than standard examination gloves. They offer added durability in the palm and fingers. Textured fingers provide a secure grip in wet or dry conditions. Extended cuff offers increased protection over the wrist and forearm. Ambidextrous. Powder-free. Beaded cuff.

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Latex Type: Non-sterile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Blue Sizes: XS-XL Cuff: Extended Cuff length, Beaded Glove Exterior: Textured Finger Tips Glove Interior: Powder-Free, Chlorinated Usage: For single use only Packaging: 50 gloves/box, by weight

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Natural rubber latex Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Natural Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Extended, beaded Glove Interior: Polymer-coated, powder-free, chlorinated Glove Exterior: Fully Textured Usage: For single use only Packaging: 50 gloves/box

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Natural rubber latex Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Blue Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Extended, beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated Glove Exterior: Textured fingertips Usage: For single use only Packaging: 50 gloves/box, by weight

50/Box��������������������������������������������������� $18.00 A-4435 X-Small A-4434 Small A-4433 Medium A-4431 Large A-4432 X-Large

50/Box��������������������������������������������������� $17.00 A-4333 Small A-4332 Medium A-4330 Large A-4331 X-Large

50/Box��������������������������������������������������� $18.00 A-4338 Small A-4339 Medium A-4341 Large A-4340 X-Large

tion of Chiefs of Police and is the winner of the J. Edgar Hoover Award for protecting law enforcement personnel. This textured, powder-free high risk glove features an extended cuff and is approximately 13.8 mils thick at the fingertips, 10.6 mils thick at the palm and 8mils at the wrist. These gloves give the user unsurpassed tactile sensitivity with a nonslip grip. This latex glove is coated with Omega Shield, a space-age polymer used in long wear contact lenses for an extra layer of protection.

800.953.3274 |






Phantom POWDER-FREE Latex Glove

neopro powder-free chloroprene Glove

Diamond Grips are one of our most popular and economically priced powder-free gloves. The Diamond Grip is longer and thicker than most exam gloves for added protection. Diamond Grips feature textured fingers for a secure grip in wet or dry conditions.

These black latex gloves have the lowest allowable protein claim to minimize latex sensitivity. Fully textured surface provides non-slip grip. The dark color allows quick detection of potentially hazardous light colored substances. Lowest allowable protein claim by the FDA (equal or less than 50µg/ dm2 of glove surface). Powder-free minimizes the risk of developing latex protein or chemical residue related allergies. Eliminates powder related contamination. Fully textured surface provides superior grip in wet or dry applications. Smooth interior finish for easy donning and comfortable wear.

Made from a soft polychloroprene formulation, the NeoPro offers the barrier protection of a synthetic with a fit and feel like natural rubber latex. Resists a broad range of chemical and biological hazards and features textured fingertips for better grip.

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Natural rubber latex Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Natural Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated Glove Exterior: Textured fingers Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box, by weight

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Nitrile Shape: Ambidextrous Color: Black Sizes: S-XL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-free, chlorinated, polymer-coated Glove Exterior: Fully textured Usage: For single use only Packaging: 100 gloves/box

GLOVE ATTRIBUTES Material: Chloroprene Type: Non-sterile Color: Green Size: XS - XXL Cuff: Beaded Glove Interior: Powder-Free Glove Exterior: Textured Fingers, Polymer-Coated Usage: For single use only Packaging: 1,000 gloves/case, by weight;

100/BOX������������������������������������������������� $11.00 A-4370 Small A-4371 Medium A-4372 Large A-4373 X-Large

100/Box������������������������������������������������� $16.50 A-4523 Small A-4524 Medium A-4525 Large A-4526 X-Large

100/Box������������������������������������������������� $16.50 A-4514 Small A-4515 Medium A-4516 Large A-4517 X-Large 110

800.953.3274 |

Cotton Gloves

Nylon Glove Liners

These gloves are for protecting evidence from the examiner’s fingerprints. They are similar to gloves used to examine negatives.

These glove liners are designed to absorb perspiration from hands during periods of extended wear. These nylon liners feature a seamless construction that keeps liners from unraveling and releasing unwanted particles into critical environments. Fullfinger for complete protection from irritation caused by latex and PVC gloves. Launderable. 12 Pair / Pkg

A-4300 24/pkg������������������������������������$12.90

A-4284 A-4285 A-4286 A-4287

Full-Finger Small���������������������������������������$24.10 Full-Finger Medium �����������������������������$24.10 Full-Finger Large���������������������������������������$24.10 Full-Finger X-Large�����������������������������$24.10

kevlar cut resistant heavyweight gloves These 100% Kevlar® string-type gloves offer high tensile strength, low density, and resistance to corrosion. Gloves provide cut resistance without sacrificing comfort and dexterity, and have a reinforced thumb stitch and a continuous cuff. Gloves are ambidextrous. 1 Pair / Pkg A-3501 Small��������������������������������� $8.10 A-3502 Medium����������������������������� $8.10 A-3503 Large��������������������������������� $8.10 A-3504 X-Large����������������������������� $8.10 10 Pair / Pkg A-3501P Small������������������������������� $79.00 A-3502P Medium�������������������������� $79.00 A-3503P Large ������������������������������ $79.00 A-3504P X-Large��������������������������� $79.00

GLOVE sizing chart can be found on page 123.

800.953.3274 |


SCRUBS® NATURAL FORCE® Citrus Degreaser Towels

SCRUBS® do-it ALL™ Germicidal Cleaner Clean and disinfect hard surfaces with these fresh lemon scented wipes and spray. The formula is bleach and alcohol free. Kills MRSA: pseudomonacidal, bactericidal, virucidal and tuberculocidal. Wipe dimension: 6” x 10.5”. A-98028 90 Wipes in a Bucket���������������������������������������������������$14.05 A-98001 100 Single Pack Wipes�������������������������������������������������$64.00 A-08032 32oz Trigger Spray��������������������������������������������������������� $7.70

SCRUBS® hand sanitizer wipes Resealable flat-pack contains ten blue dual-textured wipes saturated with highly effective antimicrobial formula. Kills, absorbs and removes 99.9% of disease causing germs and contaminated biofilm. Low alcohol formula is gentle to skin; reduces drying and chapping. Also available in single packs. Wipes dimension: 6” x 8”. A-90901 100 Single Pack Wipes���������������������������������������������������$49.00


Canister contains 30 orange dual-textured towels saturated with citrus-based formula. Removes adhesive, cyanoacrylate, grease and fingerprint powders from surfaces. Great for cleaning ink from inking slabs, inking rollers and other large surfaces where inking is involved. Safe on stainless steel. Wipe dimension: 10.5” x 12.25”. A-90630 30 Wipes in Tapered Canister������������������������ $11.86

Spray Nine Multi-Purpose Cleaner/Disinfectant Spray Nine’s EPA registered broad spectrum disinfectant kills disease causing germs on surfaces. Spray Nine is proven to disinfect against Salmonella choleraesuis, E. Coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Influenza A2, Herpes Simplex Type I & II, HIV-1, and more in 30 seconds. Also helps control the growth of mold and mildew and destroys bacterial odors. Spray Nine works well on many surfaces; body fluids, blood, plastic, vinyl, rubber, walls, floors, toilets, sinks, equipment, and tools. A-99960 5oz Pump Spray�������������������������������������������������$3.50 A-26832 Quart Pump Spray���������������������������������������������$7.25 A-26801 Gallon Refill������������������������������������������������������ $22.15

800.953.3274 |

Sanizide Germicidal Solution This spray is bactericidal and virucidal, and is proven effective against HIV and tuberculosis. SaniZide’s anti-corrosive formula will not damage lenses, cements, plastics, rubber, or metal surfaces. The 30 seconds kill-time against HIV is the fastest available. A-4350 2oz������������������������������������������������������������������������ $3.00 A-4355 16oz���������������������������������������������������������������������� $8.25 A-4356 32oz�������������������������������������������������������������������� $12.50 A-4360 1gal��������������������������������������������������������������������� $21.50

Red Z Spill And Fluid Control Looking for a quick and easy way to clean up and deodorize potentially dangerous blood and body fluids? Look no further. Red Z is available in a flip top shaker bottle allowing for the controlled distribution of powder onto the spill. Just shake Red Z directly onto the spill and within seconds the spill has been solidified. The granulated gel can be scooped up with no splashing, spraying, or dripping. A-41103 Red Z 15oz Shaker Bottle������������������������������� $17.50

Antiseptic Waterless Hand Gel Formulated with Aloe Vera and a recognized anti-microbial (PCMX) to provide instant sanitizing of hands without the use of water. Complies with current OSHA standards. Decreases microbial activity for up to 6 hours after application. A-4345 4oz��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $4.00

Antimicrobial Hand Wipes PAWS Our Safetec PAWS are ideal for hand sanitizing when soap and water are not available. These 5” x 8” antimicrobial wipes are formulated with PCMX and SD alcohol to kill germs on contact, as well as aloe vera conditioning to prevent dry skin. Packaged in a convenient dispenser or individually wrapped. A-4365 50/Dispenser������������������������������������������������������������� $6.25 A-4364 160/Dispenser����������������������������������������������������������� $9.50 A-4366 100 individually wrapped wipes / box��������������������� $6.25

800.953.3274 |



Layer Thickness: 1.4 mil Adhesive Thickness: 0.3 mil Heat Resistance: 70°C for 48 hours Individually numbered

CONTAMINATION CONTROL MATS Maximize the opportunity to preserve and collect evidence. Use contamination control mats at all major scenes in order to create a pathway through a scene thereby ensuring a methodical, clinical approach to the preservation and gathering of trace evidence. The multilayered contamination control mats remove and contain dirt and dust from foot traffic and equipment wheels. Mats consist of 30, 1.5mil low-density polyethylene film sheets. Each sheet has a 0.3mil thick acrylic-based, pressure-sensitive adhesive coating. Numbered tabs ensure one-ata-time sheet removal and provide beneficial reference for accident reconstruction. Antimicrobial agent protects against growth of bacteria, mold, and fungus. Mats can easily be removed once scene has been controlled. Manufactured in a ISO 9000 facility. QC test data and reports available upon request. A-9138 18” x 36, 240 Total Sheets (30 layered mats per case, 8 cases per pack)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$179.90 A-9135 26” x 45, 240 Total Sheets (30 layered mats per case, 8 cases per pack)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$282.63 A-9137 36” x 45, 240 Total Sheets (30 layered mats per case, 8 cases per pack)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$390.36

Barrier Paper

Standard Body Fluid Clean-Up Kit

Poly-coated barrier paper is uniquely designed to provide the investigator with a multi-functional cross-contamination tool. The paper can be used by hand in roll form or from common paper cutting dispensers. Blood will not penetrate the barrier created by its poly-coated design. This allows placement between clothing during transport, within drying cabinets and clean rooms preventing cross-contamination. It also gives the investigator freedom to roll the paper across floors to access bodies and other evidence without losing vital hair, fiber or dried blood evidence.

This kit provides complete exposure protection and clean-up from potentially infectious blood or body fluid. This kit is great for crime scene vans, squad cars, laboratory and more.

A-1041BP 36” x 150’ roll������������������������������������������������������������$65.10


The standard kit contains: Red Z Solidifier Odor Mask Antimicrobial Hand Wipes

Red Bag For Disposal Biozide Hard Surface Disinfectant Scoop/Scraper

Vinyl Gloves Instructions Hard Case

A-25005 Hard Case�������������������������������������������������������������������$7.00 A-25000 Poly Bag����������������������������������������������������������������������$6.25

800.953.3274 |

Tyvek® Shoe Covers Shoe covers are manufactured using a unique flash spinning process that creates an excellent barrier against nonhazardous liquids and microorganisms as well as dry particles down to 0.5µm. Designed for cleanroom use, garments are chemically and biologically inert, tear-resistant, and low-linting. Single use shoe covers feature serged seams and elastic tops for a secure fit. Also equipped with flat, non-skid PVC soles. A-4005 A-4005XL

Shoe Cover Universal������������������������� $4.00/pair Shoe Cover X-Large���������������������������� $4.50/pair

UltraGrip Shoe Covers Our UltraGrip sole offers the ultimate in safety and traction. BarrierTech material is impervious to fluids, particulates and limited light chemical splash. 1 pair / pkg. A-4716 A-4718 A-4717 A-4719

M (11.5”)����������������������������������������������������������������$3.30 Universal (14”)�������������������������������������������������������$4.10 L (13”)��������������������������������������������������������������������$3.90 XL (15.25”)�������������������������������������������������������������$4.56

UltraGrip HIGH TOP Boot Covers These UltraGrip boot covers provide a fluid and particulate resistant barrier, performing exceptionally well in both wet and dry conditions reducing slip and fall accidents. 1 pair / pkg. A-4900 M (11.25”)��������������������������������������������������������������$4.50 A-4901 Universal (14”)�������������������������������������������������������$4.70 A-4903 L (15”)���������������������������������������������������������������������$5.20

Hazmat Boot Cover These 30.5cm (12”) high latex boot covers offer protection from a broad range of materials, both hazardous and nonhazardous. Made of 0.7mm latex rubber, these seamless, waterproof covers are designed to provide a snug fit over existing footwear for an added layer of chemical and wear protection. Sole is ribbed and textured to provide safe, dependable traction on slippery surfaces. High visibility yellow color for safety. Strong enough to be worn many times, but economical enough to be disposed of after a single use. A-4010 One Pair�������������������������������������������������������������������$6.90

800.953.3274 |


Tychem® SL Protective Clothing

Tyvek® Protective Clothing

Tychem® SL material provides effective protection against a wide range of chemicals. Tychem® SL material utilizes Saranex® 23-P film laminated to Tyvek® fabric, resulting in a rugged, durable, and abrasionresistant garment. The fabric offers a minimum of 30 minutes of protection against over 124 chemical challenges. Coveralls are ideally suited for chemical mixing, hazardous remediation, emergency medical response and nuclear environment applications. Excellent for cold weather conditions. Coveralls are equipped with a standard fit hood and elastic openings at the wrists for secure fitting. Integrated socks are composed of the same garment material. A storm flap covers the front zipper, and can be sealed with an adhesive strip to further prevent intrusion. Priced per suit.

Tyvek® protective clothing will provide personal protection to wearer and his/her clothing. Tyvek® coveralls are manufactured from flash spun high density polyethylene to create a unique, nonwoven material that provides an inherent barrier to particles down to 1 micron in size. The fabric offers an ideal balance of protection, durability, and comfort, with no films or laminates to abrade or wear away. Tyvek® coveralls are ideally suited for applications including lead and asbestos abatement/remediation, general maintenance operations, and general cleanup. Priced per suit. Excellent for cold weather conditions.

full suit with hood and boots (shown)

A-10010152 A-10010154 A-10010156 A-10010158 A-10010160

Size S�������������������������������������������������������������������� $24.60 Size M������������������������������������������������������������������� $24.60 Size L�������������������������������������������������������������������� $24.60 Size XL������������������������������������������������������������������ $24.60 Size XXL���������������������������������������������������������������� $26.10

Full Suit without Hood and Boots (not pictured)


A-13451066 A-13451068 A-13451070 A-13451072

Size M��������������������������������������������������������������������� $22.10 Size L���������������������������������������������������������������������� $22.10 Size XL�������������������������������������������������������������������� $23.40 Size XXL������������������������������������������������������������������ $23.40

Full Suit with Hood and Boots

A-4206 A-4205 A-4200 A-4201 A-4202 A-4203

Size S�������������������������������������������������������������������$8.50 Size M�����������������������������������������������������������������$8.50 Size L�������������������������������������������������������������������$8.50 Size XL����������������������������������������������������������������$8.50 Size XXL��������������������������������������������������������������$8.90 Size XXXL������������������������������������������������������������$9.10

full suit without hood and boots

A-4106 A-4107 A-4108 A-4109

Size M����������������������������������������������������������������$6.50 Size L�����������������������������������������������������������������$7.80 Size XL���������������������������������������������������������������$7.80 Size XXL������������������������������������������������������������$8.30

800.953.3274 |

SAME PROTECTION, LESS SWEAT. Breathable Protective Clothing Comfortable and cost effective protection of people, products, and environments are made easy from Arrowhead with our line of breathable protective clothing. This breathable material provides an exceptional barrier to particles, biological fluids such as blood, and an extensive list of chemicals. Arrowhead breathable protective clothing was awarded the Nelson Laboratories ASTM Method F 1670 approval rating for prevention of synthetic blood penetration. These suits are a great alternative to Tyvek when you’re at a scene that is warm, muggy or will require you to be suited up for an extended period of time. Priced per suit. Full Suit with Hood and Boots

A-4600 A-4601 A-4602 A-4603 A-4604 A-4605

Breathable Snap Close, Elastic Wrist Frocks

Size M������������������������������������������������������������������������ $7.95 Size L�������������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.95 Size XL����������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.95 Size XXL��������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.95 Size XXXL������������������������������������������������������������������� $8.10 Size XXXXL���������������������������������������������������������������� $8.50

A-4709 A-4710 A-4711 A-4712 A-4713 A-4714

Size M�������������������������������������������������������������������� $6.00 Size L���������������������������������������������������������������������� $6.00 Size XL������������������������������������������������������������������� $6.00 Size XXL����������������������������������������������������������������� $6.25 Size XXXL��������������������������������������������������������������� $7.00 Size XXXXL������������������������������������������������������������ $7.50

Coverall with no Hood or Boot

A-4707 A-4701 A-4706 A-4702 A-4703 A-4704 A-4705

Size S�������������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.00 Size M������������������������������������������������������������������������ $7.00 Size L�������������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.00 Size XL����������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.25 Size XXL��������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.25 Size XXXL������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.50 Size XXXXL���������������������������������������������������������������� $8.00

Highlighted products are being worn by the model above and to the left. Full sizing chart can be found on page 123 model measurements: • 6’ 0 tall • 165 lbs • size 10 shoE • wearing size large

800.953.3274 |


TYVEK Elastic Tapered Sleeves Sonic welded seams, serged elastic at both ends, white. A-4715 50/pkg, 18” long�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$23.00

Tecnol Fluid Shield Mask & Visor

Disposable Face Shield

Designed to reduce the exposure of potentially contaminating fluids to caregivers, this all-in-one barrier provides full facial protection, yet is comfortable to wear. The multi-layer design is made up of a double outer layer of protection and a third, innermost layer that feels soft and smooth to the user. An added anti-fog coating helps shield remain clear, allowing the user to perform tasks uninterrupted creating a safer and more efficient work environment. Masks have a Class One flammability rating, complying with the Consumer Products Safety Commission standards for flammability of clothing. The BFE rating is greater than 95%, further safeguarding the user from potentially contaminating fluids. Latex-free.

Layer of protection for face and eyes. Latex-free band and contoured foam material ensure the shield rests comfortably on the forehead. Great to shield eyes from harmful short wave UV when using the Arrowhead RUVIS. A-NONFS300 Face Shield/Each��������������������������������������$1.95

A-4075 25/pkg��������������������������������������������������������������� $75.00


800.953.3274 |

3M 8210 N95 Respirator

3M 8511 N95 Respirator with Exhalation Valve

This economical respirator provides filter efficiency of 95% against 0.3 micron particles. This lightweight respirator features an adjustable nose clip for custom fit and more secure seal. Meets NIOSH 42 CFR 84 N95 requirements.

This N95 respirator has a cool flow exhalation valve to reduce heat and humidity build-up inside the mask. The adjustable nose clip provides a custom fit and secure seal against your face. Filter efficiency is 95% against 0.3 micron particles.

A-4614 20/pkg���������������������������������������������������������������� $27.50

A-4615 10/pkg���������������������������������������������������������������������� $29.50

Nuisance dust mask

Tecnol N95 Respirator

These masks are designed for nuisance level dusts. They are not designed for respiratory protection.

This respirator is designed to provide protection from blood borne pathogens and body fluids with its patented Fluid Shield protection. It is designed to be comfortable, featuring a large breathing chamber.

A-4002 10/pkg�������������������������������������������������������������������$5.75

A-4095 35/pkg���������������������������������������������������������������������$88.20

3M Qualitative Fit Test Apparatus for respirators This fit test apparatus provides a simple and direct way to meet OSHA qualitative fit testing requirements. Equipment can be used with any particulate respirator or gas/vapor respirator with a particulate prefilter. The fit test works by spraying a sweet or bitter solution into the hood environment. If the wearer does not detect the test agent’s taste, an acceptable fit has been demonstrated. Caution: 3M™ products must be used in accordance with OSHA regulations and the user instructions, warnings, and limitations accompanying each product. Kit Contents:

1 Hood 1 Collar Assembly 1 Nebulizer #1 (Sensitivity) 1 Nebulizer #2 (Fit Test) 2 Replacement Nebulizer Insert Sets 1 Sensitivity Solution (#1) 1 Fit Test Solution (#2) 1 Laminated Instruction Booklet

A-67100-854 Fit Test Apparatus������������������������������������� $345.00 A-67100-772 Bitter Test Fit Solution Accessory������������� $23.90 A-67101-080 2/pk Replacement Hoods�������������������������� $61.94 800.953.3274 |


UVEX genesis UVextreme glasses Designed for comfort and compliance, Uvex Genesis® eyewear combines a lightweight, resilient multimaterial frame with a soft elastomer brow guard for unsurpassed impact resistance. The dual 9-base wraparound polycarbonate lens provides uninterrupted peripheral coverage and visibility. Soft, flexible “fingers” adjust and conform to any nasal profile, minimizing slippage. A three-position ratchet lens inclination system completes the custom fit. A ventilation channel between frame and lens vents the eye socket area for outstanding moisture/fog control. Lens replacement is quick, easy, and economical. Ultra-dura® lens coating provides superior scratch and chemical resistance. Uvextreme® lens coating provides antifog, anti-scratch, antistatic, and anti-UV protection. Dura-streme® lens coating features Ultra-dura® on the exterior and Uvextreme® on the interior for excellent protection and longevity. A-S3221X ��������������������������������������������������������������$15.50

UVEX Falcon SAFETY glasses The UVEX Falcon safety glasses have a frame-less style that gives them a sporty look, and also a very lightweight design which provides you with comfort all day long. The wrap around uni-lens provides superior peripheral coverage and protection of the entire eye area. Lightweight and impact resistant clear lenses. Black frames and adjustable nylon temples A-S4500X ���������������������������������������������������������������� $9.15

UVEX 7oo series SAFETY glasses Economical and stylish eye protection with sport temples for a fashionable yet comfortable fit. Sporty- wraparound desigm with clear, anit-fog lenses provide the perfect protection in any lab. A-A705���������������������������������������������������������������������$10.50

Uvex ProtEgE® Protective Eyewear These stylish ultra-lightweight glasses feature soft temple tip pads for a secure, comfortable fit. The soft clear nose pads prevent slipping and the secure wraparound brow expands to fit a wide range of users. The Floating Lens™ design offers increased flexibility for a better fit. The Uvextra® AF lens coating provides antifog protection. The clear lenses are appropriate for most indoor applications. The gray lenses minimize outdoor sunlight and glare. Eyewear meets ANSI Z87+ standard and military Vo ballistic test for impact. A-S4200X���������������������������������������������������������������� $9.50 120

800.953.3274 |

Uvex Ignite™ Safety Eyewear Uvex Ignite™ eyewear combines sleek sport-styling and a wraparound design for superior face coverage and protection. Lightweight, frameless design permits 180° of unobstructed and distortion-free vision. A comfortable soft saddle pad nosepiece and flexible temple tip pads comfortably secure the eyewear in place and help reduce slip, making these glasses ideal for extended wear. Uvextra® AF antifog coatings provide scratch and chemical resistance while performing under the most extreme conditions. Coatings are permanently bonded to the lenses and will retain their anti-scratch, antistatic, and UV protection properties even after repeated cleanings. Clear lenses are appropriate for most indoor applications. Eyewear meets ANSI Z87+ and CSA Z94.3 standards, as well as military Vo ballistic test for impact. A-S44100X������������������������������������������������������ $11.75

sperian W1o1 Protective Eyewear Designed specifically to fit female facial contours, the W eyewear series combines smaller sizes, modern designs, and updated styles to provide comfortable, extended-use protection. Lens coated with Fog-Ban® anti-fog coat for continued use. Economical eye protection designed in an attractive rose colored frame that is narrower across the front with shorter temples, providing true fit for women. Eyeglasses meet ANSI Z87+ high impact standards. A-W101��������������������������������������������������������������$9.25

sperian W2o1 Protective Eyewear Finally, safety eyewear designed to fit women! Narrower width, shorter temples and updated styles for comfortable, all-day protection at an affordable price. Lens coated with Fog-Ban® anti-fog coat for continued use. Eyeglasses meet ANSI Z87+ high impact standards. A-W201��������������������������������������������������������������$6.50

ANTI FOG TOWELETTES Antifog and antistatic premoistened towelettes are designed for use on glass, plastic and polycarbonate lenses. Ideal to prolong the use life of goggles, face shields and glasses. Individually packaged towelettes are silicone-free. A-2570 100/Box�������������������������������������������� $13.50

800.953.3274 |


ultra gun tray


Max Lite Earplugs

This rigid and durable tray has a diamond groove bottom base for gun support and grip. It's mobile, lightweight design allows users the ability to clean their gun anywhere The tray has 3 container holders which allows you to store cleaning agents and accessories. it also features four empty spaces between the three containers which gives the users the option for placing multiple hand guns on the tray without scratching the others The 24” flat bottom base gives you the option of various resting platforms including but not limited to range counters, laps, tables, benches, ground, etc.

When it comes to selecting an earmuff, comfort reigns supreme. That’s why the these earmuffs are designed with all-day comfort in mind. The headband features a unique dual-headband design, with an inner-ventilated headband for better positioning and breathability, and nondeforming outer headband that minimizes pressure on the head. Thunder also features Air Flow Control™ Technology which is standard on all earmuffs in the range. Meets 29 CFR 1910.95 OSHA Occupational Noise Exposure (US) and ANSI S3.19-1974 - Attenuation Test Protocol. 30dB Noise Reduction Rating.

Pre-shaped foam earplugs feature a smooth outer skin for maximum user comfort. Disposable plugs are nonirritating and nonallergenic. Available with or without connecting cord. Max Lite® low-pressure self-adjusting foam earplugs fit smaller ear canals. Meet ANSI S3.19 standard. CE marked. CSA certified. 30dB Noise Reduction Rating.

A-100-011-084WB ������������������������������� $40.00

A-1010970��������������������������������������������������� $32.50

A-LPF-1 200/pk����������������$39.40

Bullet Catcher Collection Chamber The Bullet Catcher was designed as a replacement for expensive water tanks used for ballistic examinations. The chamber of the Bullet Catcher is filled with ballistic fibers. Unlike cotton, which is commonly used in bullet retrieval chambers, our ballistic fibers are non-flammable, so there is no risk of fire. The user fires a bullet into the front of the Bullet Catcher. Unlike a water chamber, the bullet is captured undamaged so that examinations and comparisons to be made. The Bullet Catcher is segmented into three compartments to simplify searching. The doors are equipped with rubber clasps that hook around a welded steel hook to prevent their spontaneous opening when a weapon is being fired. The front grill of the bullet catcher is bolted to the frame and is removable. The Bullet Catcher can be used to recover bullets from all pistols and rifles with a maximum bullet velocity of 1100m per second (3,609 fps). The fibers can be used to capture approximately 10,000 shots. Replacement ballistic fibers are available. Comparison of bullets recovered from the Bullet Catcher and water recovery BULLET CATCHER


9mm Silver Tip

This Handgun Bullet Catcher is a scaled-down version of our popular Bullet Catcher designed specifically for recovering handgun bullets for comparative analysis. Just 26” long and 64 pounds, this durable device is fabricated from ballistic steel and packed with 8 pounds of non-flammable ballistic fibers to safely trap and recover rounds with velocities up to 1,535 fps, including the .44 Magnum. It is highly portable and stores out of the way when not needed to optimize working space. A-6100BCB����������������������������������������������������������������������������$3,669.75

9mm Ranger SXT

Dimensions: 53” x 20” x 12” Weight: Approximately 110lbs.

A-6100BCS�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,815.65 Dimensions: 26” x 20” x 10” Weight: Approximately 64lbs


9mm Hydrashock

800.953.3274 |























Palm Width: 3. 78 in .





proper glove SiZin g

Palm Width: 3. 15 in . Palm Width: 3.39 in.



Place the widest pa rt of your hand over the size indicator as shown.

Palm Width: 4. 21 in.


Palm Width: 4. 53 in .

Glove width can vary between gloves. For accurate glove sizing it is recommended that the user try on the glove.

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

LATENT PRINT DEVELOPMENT _125 Fingerprint Kits Fingerprint Brushes Magnetic Applicators Sterilization Products Liquid Powder Fingerprint Powder Lifting Tape/Products Backing Cards Fingerprint Pads/Ink Booking Cards Fingerprinting Binders/Kits Fingerprinting Stations Postmortem Kits Ink Removal Processing Chemicals Cyanoacrylate Products Fuming Chambers

800.953.3274 |

126 133 135 136 138 140 142 146 147 150 151 153 154 155 156 164 167


Master Fingerprint Kit The Master Regular, Magnetic, and Fluorescent Fingerprint Kit provides the materials to recover prints in almost any situation. It allows the investigator to use standard powder method or magnetic applicator method and includes a portable UV lamp (powered by 2 AA batteries). This kit is packaged in a sturdy field case. Each Kit Contains: 2) 2oz Black Powder 1) 4oz Black Magnetic Powder 1) 4oz Dual Use Magnetic Powder 1) 4oz Fluorescent Blue Magnetic Powder 1) 4oz Fluorescent Orange Magnetic Powder 1) 4oz Fluorescent Yellow Magnetic Powder

1) 4oz Fluorescent Pink Magnetic Powder 1) roll 2” Frosted Lifting Tape Powder 1) roll 2” Clear Lifting Tape 1) Mini Scalpel Cutter 1) Bottle Rough Lift 2) Fiber Brushes

1) Feather Brush 1) Zenith Magnetic Applicator 50) White Lifting Cards 50) Black Lifting Cards 1) UV Lamp

A-2640B�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$275.00 Fluorescent Fingerprint Powder Kit w/ UV Lamp The use of fluorescent powders has been increasing in recent years. Fluorescent powders will often adhere to prints that standard powders sometimes miss. They are also becoming more popular as the use of alternate light sources increases. Each Kit Contains 1) 2oz Jar of Ultra-Red Fluorescent Powder 1) 2oz Jar of Ultra-Yellow Fluorescent Powder 2 Feather Brush 50 Black Backing Cards 1 roll 2” Lifting Tape 1 Portable LW UV Lamp Packaged in Sturdy Foam Lined Carry Case

A-2218�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$152.95 126

800.953.3274 |

“Field” Fingerprint Kit The Field Kit has been designed to offer the user a range of powders for use in any situation. There is powder for dark, light and multicolored surfaces, and lifting tape for single prints or palm prints. Each Kit Contains: 3 Fiber Brushes 1) 1oz Magnetic Dual-Use Powder 1) 2oz Standard Black Powder 1) 2oz Standard White Powder 1) 2oz Standard Dual-Use Powder 1) 1oz Magnetic Black Powder 1) 1oz Magnetic White Powder 1) Standard Magnetic Applicator 1) roll 4” Clear Lifting Tape 1) roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape 50) Black Backing Cards 50) White Backing Cards Carrying Case


Contrast Fingerprint Kit With Magnetic Powder Each Kit Contains 1) 1oz White Magnetic Powder 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Powder 2) Magnetic Applicators Carrying Case

25 White Backing Cards 25 Black Backing Cards 1 Roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape


wide mouth Contrast Fingerprint Kit This kit has been designed to offer a powder for both dark and light surfaces. The kit contains a jar of black powder and a jar of white powder. With these two powders, there are few background surfaces that can not be processed. Each Kit Contains 1) 2oz White Standard Powder 1) 2oz Black Standard Powder 2 Fiber Brushes Carrying Case

25 White Backing Cards 25 Black Backing Cards 1 Roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape


800.953.3274 |


“Patrol” Standard Fingerprint Kit Many departments are now providing basic fingerprint kits for patrol cars and requiring those officers to lift fingerprints. Arrowhead’s Patrol Kits contain everything needed for these officers to do this. Each Kit Contains: 1) 2oz Standard Black Powder 1 Fiber Brush 1 roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape 50 White Backing Cards Carrying Case


“Patrol” Fingerprint Kit PLUS Each Kit Contains: 1) 2oz Standard Black Powder 1) 2oz Dual Use Powder 2 Fiber Brushes 1 roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape 50 White Backing Cards Carrying Case


“Patrol” Magnetic Fingerprint Kit Each Kit Contains: 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Powder 1 Magnetic Applicator 1 roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape 50 White Backing Cards Carrying Case



800.953.3274 |

”Chief PLUS” Fingerprint Kit Each Kit Contains: 1) 2oz Black Standard Powder 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Powder 1) 2oz Dual Use Powder 2 Fiber Brush

1 Magnetic Applicator 1 Roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape 25 White Backing Cards 1 Case


”Chief” Fingerprint Kit

”DEPUTY” DUAL USE Fingerprint Kit

1) 2oz Black Standard Powder 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Powder 1 Fiber Brush 1 Magnetic Applicator

1) 2oz Dual-Use Standard Powder 1) 1oz Dual-Use Magnetic Powder 1 Fiber Brush 1 Magnetic Applicator

1 Roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape 25 White Backing Cards 1 Case



“Commander” MAGNETIC Fingerprint Kit 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Powder 1 Magnetic Applicator 1 Roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape

25 White Backing Cards 1 Case


1 Roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape 25 White Backing Cards 1 Case

“Cruiser” STANDARD Fingerprint Kit

1) 2 oz Black Standard Powder 1 Fiber Brush 1 Roll 12” Clear Lifting Tape

25 White Backing Cards 1 Case


800.953.3274 |


POCKET STANDARD Fingerprint Kit Wouldn’t it be nice to have a fingerprint kit that could fit right in your BDUs? That’s what we thought too. Utilize both hands to get to your destination, then take out this kit and begin dusting in your desired area. 2 oz Black Standard Powder 1) 1) 2 oz White Standard Powder 2) Camel Hair Brushes

1 Magnifier 1) 2” x 4” Hinged J-Lift (Transparent) 1) 2” x 4” Hinged J-Lift (White)

1) 2” x 4” Hinged J-Lift (Black) 1) 6” x 4” x 1.5” Clear Case


POCKET magnetic Fingerprint KiT Wouldn’t it be nice to have a magnetic fingerprint kit that could fit right in your BDUs? That’s what we thought too. Utilize both hands to get to your destination, then take out this kit and begin dusting in your desired area. 1) 2 oz Black Standard Powder

1) 2 oz White Standard Powder 1) Magnetic Applicator

1 Magnifier 1) 2” x 4” Hinged J-Lift (Transparent) 1) 2” x 4” Hinged J-Lift (White)

1) 2” x 4” Hinged J-Lift (Black) 1) 6” x 4” x 1.5” Clear Case

A-2218M�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $21.95

cruiser training fingerprint Kit Utilize your command to it’s full potential. Use this kit as an inexpensive way to train new CSIs, detectives and the patrol unit. 1) 2oz Standard Black Powder 1 Fiber Brush 1 Pad Fingerprint Tape (25, 2” x 6” lifts)

10 White Backing Cards 1 Box



800.953.3274 |

combo Security Sealed Single Use Fingerprint Kit Cross contamination has been a rising issue with prosecutors in major cases. Terminate potential cross-contamination issues with this Single Use Fingerprint Kit. Each kit is Security Sealed for protection and comes with single use powders and brushes. Once a scene is processed, simply discard any unused portion and document the security and sterility of the instruments used during processing. Single Use Black Latent Powder Single Use White Latent Powder 1 Single Use Fiber Brush

1 Pad DK Fingerprint Tape (25, 2” x 6” lifts) 10 Black Backing Cards 10 White Backing Cards

Security Sealed Container

A-2221SU�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $26.00

Security Sealed Single Use Fingerprint Kit light surfaces Cross contamination has been a rising issue with prosecutors in major cases. Terminate potential cross-contamination issues with this Single Use Fingerprint Kit. Each kit is Security Sealed for protection and comes with single use powder and brush. Once a scene is processed, simply discard any unused portion and document the security and sterility of the instruments used during processing. Single Use Black Latent Powder 1 Single Use Fiber Brush 1 Pad DK Fingerprint Tape (25, 2” x 6” lifts)

10 White Backing Cards Security Sealed Container

A-2219SU������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.50

Security Sealed Single Use Fingerprint Kit dark surfaces Cross contamination has been a rising issue with prosecutors in major cases. Terminate potential cross-contamination issues with this Single Use Fingerprint Kit. Each kit is Security Sealed for protection and comes with single use powder and brush. Once a scene is processed, simply discard any unused portion and document the security and sterility of the instruments used during processing. Single Use White Latent Powder 1 Single Use Fiber Brush 1 Pad DK Fingerprint Tape (25, 2” x 6” lifts)

10 Black Backing Cards Security Sealed Container

A-2220SU������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.50

800.953.3274 |


arrowhead signature seeries fiber brushes Arrowhead’s brushes are handmade with specially formulated glass fibers to insure softness and maximum coverage without damaging prints eliminating the constant powder replenishment required for most conventional brushes. Attached to 3 different handle types to fit every individual’s need. The brush is supplied in a protective container and cap. Available in the reduced handle length of 3.5” which makes this brush an exact replacement for conventional brushes found in most fingerprint field kits now in use. Factory direct shipping from our warehouse equates to a better price and faster shipping. 132

Made of thousands of fiberglass filaments Spreads powder more efficiently and evenly Durable construction outlasts other brushes Fibers grow softer and softer with each use 6.5” length fits comfortably in your hand Contains no natural oils

800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead plastic HANDLE Fiber Brush A-2488 Fiber Brush with Plastic Handle������������ $8.15

Arrowhead WOOD HANDLE Fiber Brush A-2490 Fiber Brush with Wood Handle������������� $8.50

Arrowhead ACrylic HANDLE Fiber Brush A-2491 Fiber Brush with Acrylic Handle���������� $10.35

800.953.3274 |








The Original

Feather Brush Feather brushes work great with both fluorescent and standard powders. The feather ”ball” at the end of the brush will not damage even the most fragile prints. A-2480W A-2480J A-2480B A-2480G A-2480R

White Marabou Brush ���������������������������������������$7.25 White Jumbo Marabou Brush��������������������������$11.25 Black Marabou Brush ����������������������������������������$7.25 Green Marabou Brush ���������������������������������������$7.25 Red Marabou Brush �������������������������������������������$7.25

Zephyr® fingerprint brush The ZEPHYR® brush is 6.5” long brush consists of thousands of fiber bundles, each being composed of over a hundred individual treated-glass filaments. The diameter of the glass filaments is a fraction of the diameter of regular hair fibers used in other fingerprint brushes, resulting in a brush with unsurpassed working qualities. The outstanding characteristics of the ZEPHYR® brush are its long life, capacity to pick up and retain large amounts of fingerprint powder, and the fact that the filament ends become softer with use. Use one ZEPHYR® brush for black powder and one for silver/gray powder. A-1-0200 The Original Zephyr® Fingerprint Brush������������������������� $10.40

Camelhair Brush We offer three sizes of camelhair brushes. All are made of delicate natural hair perfect for ”cleaning up” prints after powder application. A-2479 92” Round Head ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$17.00 A-2476 7” Round Head��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$14.10 A-2473 7” Flat Head������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$14.10 134

800.953.3274 |

zenith Magnetic Applicator This highly magnetic wand is capable of carrying more than three times the powder of standard wands and features an innovative burnishing head to improve the quality of crime scene latent lifts. Features a spring-loaded ejection for easy release of powder. The pentagon shaped head ensures that the tip never touches the ground and prevents the applicator from rolling. The head is also removable so you can decontaminate between scenes. A-2917 Max Magnetic Applicator���������������������������������� $15.25

Standard Magnetic Applicator Our standard applicator is compact and can fit easily in your pocket or in most fingerprint kits. A-2910 Standard Magnetic Applicator������������������������� $15.50

Blue Magnetic Applicator This small and economically priced applicator is approximately the size of a pen. A-2908 Blue Magnetic Applicator�������������������������������� $13.75

Tex Magnetic Applicator This light weight magnetic applicator is easy to use and prevents cross contamination with a disposable shield. Individually wrapped. A-2911 Tex Applicator with 3 Shields�����������������������������$8.95 A-2912 Tex Applicator Shield 5/pk���������������������������������$7.92

800.953.3274 |


UV BOX The UV-Box is a high-efficiency chamber designed to safely decontaminate contents while providing for a safe work environment for the operator. High intensity UV lamps are positioned within the cabinet producing short wave ultraviolet light at 254nm to destroy exposed surface DNA and bacteria, leaving evidence free of contamination prior to other forensic tests, analysis or procedures. UV lamps are optimally placed to eliminate blind spots and corners and walls are smooth to ensure that the contents are irradiated from all directions. The operator is protected from UV radiation by UV absorbing window and with safety controls to ensure that lamps cannot be activated until the cabinet door is securely closed. Other safety features include UV timer, hanging rod and shelf to support or suspend items for decontamination. A-UVBOXS UV Box w/ UVC Radiation, 15” x 15” x 15”, 120V, 35lbs����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $1,099.00

wide mouth sifter jar

Avoid contaminating latent print powder with this unique powder dispenser. Dipping the power brush directly into your powder supply can cause two problems—it can compact the powder, causing lumps and the brush will transfer dirt, grime and contaminants from surface contact. Simply invert the jar and shake a small amount of powder onto a sheet of clean paper, or onto the lid. The ideal accessory for those who purchase bulk amounts of latent print powder. Dimensions: 2 1/4” dia. x 1 5/8”H. 136

A-1215 2oz Wide Mouth Sifter Jar 3/pk��������������������������������������������$11.25 800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead single use Fingerprint powders Each individually sealed, one-time use, disposable jar features Arrowhead’s signature blend of latent and magnetic powder. These powders will eliminate the possibility of cross-contamination when processing a crime scene. SINGLE USE LATENT POWDERS A-2308W Black Powder 1 oz��������������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2319W Dual Use Powder 1 oz��������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2329W Silver/Gray Powder 1 oz����������������������������������� $3.05

Arrowhead single use latent print Fiber Brush Our fiberglass single use latent print brush is designed for crime scene investigators concerned with cross contamination from scene to scene. Hand made with the same fibers as our standard brush and a fully biodegradable compost friendly handle. Each brush is individually packaged in a plastic tube. A-2498 Single Use Latent Print Fiber Brush����������������������� $3.50 137

SINGLE USE MAGNETIC POWDERS A-2409W Black Powder .5 oz�������������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2419W Dual Use Powder .5 oz�������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2429W Silver/Gray Powder .5 oz���������������������������������� $3.05 SINGLE USE Fluorescent POWDERS A-2349W Chiefs Red .5 oz������������������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2359W Fierce Yellow .5 oz��������������������������������������������� $3.05

800.953.3274 |


tieg’s liquid powder KIT Criminals utilize tape in the commission of crimes and it’s not just duct tape, any kind of adhesive tape or label can be processed for fingerprints. It may be an address label or stamp on an envelope containing a threatening letter, the sticky edge of a post-it note, cellophane tape sealing an envelope or packing tape sealing a box. Tieg’s Liquid Powder Kit is a designed to make four, 2 ounce, single use batches of liquid powder excellent for ridge detail when brushed on the adhesive side of tapes such as masking, duct, black, clear, cellophane brown packaging and nylon strapping tapes. Use immediately after mixing for best results, mixture shelf life is 1 week. Tieg’s white powder will fluoresce using UV-532 nm wavelengths. KIT CONTENTS:

4) Part A Solution 4) Part B Solution 1) 2 oz. Mixing Jar 1) Re-usable brush

A-2415W Tieg’s Black Liquid Powder Kit (yields 8 oz total)����������������������������������������������������������������������������� $60.00 A-2416W Tieg’s White Liquid Powder Kit (yields 8 oz total)���������������������������������������������������������������������������� $60.00

1. Fill 2 ounce mixing jar halfway (ap-

2. Remove cap of Part B Solution and

3. With included brush, mix the solu-

4. Using the included brush, apply the

5. Allow tape to dry 30-45 seconds.

6. Run the tape under cold sink water

7. Let the tape dry for 2-3 minutes by

For enhanced ridge detail, use an alternate light source. White or UV lights have captured the best results depending on the color of tape. For black tape, use white oblique (parallel to the floor) lighting. A UV-532nm range light may be used to enhance print detail.

prox. 1 oz) with Part A Solution packaged in dropper bottle. All of Part A will be utilized; your jar should be empty after dispensing.


pour solution into 2 oz. mixing jar until the jar is full of both solutions. Shake well before emptying.

(very light stream from the faucet) until all of the solution is completely washed off. You can also rinse the tape off in a bowl filled with cold water.

tions together until it becomes the consistency of shaving cream.

holding tape vertically to allow water to drip down tape. This will help avoid water spots after drying that can interfere with print examination.

800.953.3274 |

mixed Liquid Powder to the back of the adhesive tape thoroughly and carefully until the entire sample is covered.

wet powder Wet Powder is a pre-mixed liquid that produces excellent friction ridge detail when used to develop prints on any adhesive surface, such as masking, duct, clear, cellophane, brown packaging, and nylon reinforced strapping tapes. Shelf life is Indefinite and requires no mixing A-2626W Black Wet Powder, 250ml (~8 oz)����������������� $45.00 A-2627W White Wet Powder, 250ml (~8 oz)���������������� $45.00

® sticker, ARROWHEAD tape & label REMOVER

un-du® is back and taking the forensic market by storm. This ”all in one” award winning remover utilizes a patented formula and attached scraper tool system that safely and

quickly removes all self sticking and pressure sensitive stickers, tapes, labels and adhesives on contact. un-du® will not leave

behind any oily or greasy mess that can possibly harm ridge detail. un-du® simply evaporates leaving behind a clean sample to process. Evidence bound with adhesives or any crime commissioned with the use of tape can easily be removed with un-du® and processed for fingerprints using LCV or Tieg’s Liquid Powder. un-du® is acid free and photo safe. MSDS Sheets available. New VOC formula can now be purchased for departments in California.


A-01004H Original Formula�������������������������������������������������������������������$7.99 A-01004B VOC Compliant Formula����������������������������������������������������$8.99

Never used un-du®? scan to review a comprehensive study on it’s benefits.

1. When any self sticking tape was used in the commission of a crime consider using ud-du® to safely separate or remove the adhesive for latent print processing.

2. In a well ventilated area, apply several drops to the scraper and allow for un-du® to penetrate one end of the tape. Be cautious - the edges will most often contain valuable fingerprints.

3. Carefully and slowly peel apart tape while adding more drops to the newly revealed portion of tape.

800.953.3274 |

4 Allow the sample to air dry and then process the adhesive side of the tape with LCV or Tieg’s Liquid Powder.


what powder should i use? scan to check out this easy to use powder application chart

Arrowhead Latent Fingerprint Powders You can be confident that the powder you get will be consistent in quality every time. All of our powders are precision milled and sifted to assure quality. All of our magnetic powders are made with the same care and attention to detail as our standard powders. Arrowhead’s magnetic powders are the smoothest on the market. Use our white magnetic latent print processing of dark surfaces requires the use of contrasting powders. Use this powder only on non-pourous, non-ferrous surfaces. This powder must be applied with a magnetic applicator that acts as a ”brush” by creating a ball of powder. This ball is the only thing that touches the active surface. REGULAR


Black Powder A-2310W 2 oz�����������$5.10 A-2311W 8 oz�������� $18.50 A-2312W 16 oz������ $31.50 A-2314W 128 oz�� $165.00

Silver/Gray Powder A-2330W 2 oz�����������$5.10 A-2331W 8 oz�������� $18.50 A-2332W 16 oz������ $31.50 A-2334W 128 oz�� $165.00

Dual Use Powder A-2320W 2 oz�����������$6.50 A-2321W 8 oz�������� $18.50 A-2322W 16 oz������ $39.50 A-2324W 128 oz�� $165.00

White Powder A-2340W 2 oz�����������$5.10 A-2341W 8 oz�������� $18.50 A-2342W 16 oz������ $31.50 A-2344W 128 oz�� $165.00


Black Magnetic Powder A-2410W 1 oz������������ $6.95 A-2412W 16 oz�������� $41.00 A-2411W 128 oz���� $239.00

Silver/Gray Magnetic Powder A-2430W 1 oz������������ $6.95 A-2432W 16 oz�������� $41.00 A-2431W 128 oz���� $239.00

Dual Use Magnetic Powder A-2420W 1 oz������������ $6.95 A-2422W 16 oz�������� $41.00 A-2421W 128 oz���� $239.00

White Magnetic Powder A-2440W 1 oz������������ $6.95 A-2442W 16 oz�������� $41.00 A-2441W 128 oz���� $239.00


A-2308W Black Powder 1 oz��������������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2319W Dual Use Powder 1 oz��������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2329W Silver/Gray Powder 1 oz����������������������������������� $3.05

A-2409W Black Powder .5 oz�������������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2419W Dual Use Powder .5 oz�������������������������������������� $3.05 A-2429W Silver/Gray Powder .5 oz���������������������������������� $3.05

Arrowhead FLUORESCENT Latent Fingerprint Powders Fluorescent powders offer the best of two worlds: top quality, finely milled iron particles blended with contrasting, brilliant fluorescent powder. Fluorescent fingerprint powders have increased in popularity over the last few years. This increase is the result of the more frequent use of alternate light sources. These lights are helping to find prints that in the past were missed by conventional powders. Use a UV lamp and viewing goggles during powdering. Fluorescent powders are much lighter than standard powders due to their smaller particle size. They can be applied with conventional brushes, but we recommend using one of our Feather Brushes. This product photographs well on light or dark surfaces. Magnetic fluorescent powders allow relatively easy to photograph latent prints on textured or various colored surfaces, without lifting. REGULAR


Blue Fluorescent Powder A-2400W 2 oz�����������$10.95 A-22401W 16 oz�������$39.95

Orange Fluorescent Powder A-2470W 2 oz����������$10.95 A-2472W 16 oz��������$39.95

Blue Fluorescent Magnetic Powder A-2500B 3 oz����������� $15.00 A-2501B 16 ounce�� $54.00

Orange Fluorescent Magnetic Powder A-2475 3 oz�������������$15.00 A-2472 16 oz����������$54.00

Pink Fluorescent Powder A-2370W 2 oz�����������$10.95 A-2372W 16 oz���������$39.95

Green Fluorescent Powder A-2355W 2 oz����������$10.95 A-2356W 16 oz��������$39.95

Pink Fluorescent Magnetic Powder A-2395W 3 oz���������� $15.00 A-2376W 16 ounce� $54.00

Green Fluorescent Magnetic Powder A-2373W 3 oz���������$15.00 A-2374W 16 oz�������$54.00

Red Fluorescent Powder A-2350W 2 oz�����������$10.95 A-2352W 16 oz���������$39.95

Yellow Fluorescent Powder A-2360W 2 oz����������$10.95 A-2362W 16 oz��������$39.95

Red Fluorescent Magnetic Powder A-2453 3 oz�������������� $15.00 A-2452 16 oz����������� $54.00

Yellow Fluorescent Magnetic Powder A-2463 3 oz�������������$15.00 A-2462 16 oz����������$54.00



A-2349W Chiefs Red .5 oz������������������������������������������������������ $6.05 A-2359W Fierce Yellow .5 oz�������������������������������������������������� $6.05 800.953.3274 |

ARROWHEAD POWER-PAD FINGERPRINT DEVELOPER Quick and Easy Application The Power-Pad Latent Fingerprint Developer is a 8.6' roll of cotton. Its custom design and thick surface allows the investigating officer to dust large area for latent prints in seconds rather then hours. Why buy a mitt when you can buy a roll! CUSTOM FIT DESIGN This 12” x 8.6’ roll allows you to custom cut your Power-Pad. Use a smaller pad to dust more refined areas and if you need to dust larger areas - use a larger pad! Also - the Power-Pad is a single use applicator that prevents cross-contamination from scene to scene.

Economical With the Power-Pad, investigators can dust the entire exterior of a car in under 60 seconds with less than 1 oz of powder. Compare this to traditional brush methods that can take up to 2 hours. This time saving method is the most cost effective way to recover latent prints over large surface areas. Superior PERFOrMANCE The Power-Pad multi-layered soft and subtle surface design will not damage the ridge detail of latent prints. Team the PowerPad with our signature Latent Fingerprint Powder and discover what you’ve been missing - in less time!

A-9555S 12” x 8.6’ Power-Pad Roll (non-sterile)����������������$26.95 A-9555NS 12” x 8.6’ Power-Pad Roll (sterile)�������������������������$50.95

1. With gloves on - place palm on Power Pad to ensure you cut the proper size pad.

2. Cut Pad to the size that best fits your hand. We recommend cutting out several Pads to your size.

3. Using our single use powder, pour up to 1 oz of powder on the pad. The amount of powder will vary based on the area you are dusting.

800.953.3274 |

4. Lightly begin dusting the questioned area to reveal prints. Lift according to your standard operating procedures.


3M™ Fingerprint Lifting Tape Unquestionably the finest quality tape available for lifting prints. Pacakged in a reclosable plastic bag. 3M™ tape is pressure wound, heat treated, and fish-eye free. Clear A-2102 12” x 360” roll������� $4.95 A-2103 2” x 360” roll��������� $5.80 A-2104 4” x 360” roll��������� $9.50

Frosted A-2105 12” x 360” roll������� $4.95 A-2106 2” x 360” roll��������� $6.50 A-2107 4” x 360” roll������� $10.50

DIFF Lift Fingerprint Lifting Tape Diff Lift fingerprint lifting tape is for lifting powdered prints off rough, difficult, or textured surfaces. Examples are a latent powdered print on a doorknob, a car dashboard, or brick on a house. Rough Lift can lift a powdered print from a paper towel. This tape will stretch and bend without wrinkles. Packaged in protective jar. A-2401 12” x 5’ roll ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$18.10

Remco™ Fingerprint Lifting Tape Arrowhead is proud to offer Remco™ brand lifting tape. Remco™ is known for its superior tape that is specially made for lifting powdered latent prints. This tape is void of any air bubbles and has an adhesive that is formulated to lift powder. Remco™ tape is available in both clear and frosted and in a range of sizes. Individually packaged. Clear A-2100 A-2150 A-2200 A-2400


1” x 360”�������������� $5.10 12” x 360”������������ $5.30 2” x 360”��������������� $6.90 4” x 360”������������� $12.35

Frosted A-2010 A-2015 A-2020 A-2040

1” x 360”����������������� $5.10 12” x 360”�������������� $5.30 2” x 360”����������������� $6.90 4” x 360”��������������� $12.35

3M™ Book Tape This clear, heavy duty fingerprint lifting tape is a traditional and professional solution to removing and storing prints. It’s large 4” width affords lifting larger impressions. Thicker than traditional lifting tape to prevent fish-eyes. A-8453M 4” x 15 yds, clear�������������������������������������������� $16.35

Tape Dispensers

Latent Print Squeegee

Provides convenient, time saving method of holding, dispensing and cutting for a variety of lifting tapes. Sturdy metal construction. Sharp metal serrated cutting edge provides a quick, clean cut. A-146LW 1 to 12” roll�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7.50 A-2110 2” roll���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7.95 A-14TTW 3” roll���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$8.95 A-2111 4” roll���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.75

This small lightweight rubber squeegee will improve the clarity of your latent prints by assisting you in providing a smooth surface, and removing unwanted air bubbles in your lifting tape. Three inches in length, makes it small enough to fit in your pocket or a portable fingerprint kit. A-2071��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $4.50

800.953.3274 |

STRETCH lifting tape Our Stretch Lifting Tape is ideal for lifting prints from uneven, curved and/or contoured surfaces. This tape is ideal on light bulbs, doorknobs and steering wheels, etc. The strength, flexibility, and ability to stretch makes this tape conform to a variety of surfaces. Performs under extreme temperatures. A-2201 12” x 125” roll�������������������������$5.75

DETECTIVE lifting tape The official lifting tape in the our Detective Kit. This tape is the standard in fingerprint lifting. Packaged in a sturdy screw cap jar for added protection when not in use. A-2201J 12” x 125” roll������������������������������������������������������$5.75


After latents are developed


PADDED Fingerprint Lifting Tape

Apply strip very carefully


Remove a single strip of tape


Remove strip and latents are lifted

This padded lifting tape provides a quick alternative to traditional lifting tape on a roll. The tape features a non-stick tab for easy handling. Simply pull the tab and peel one lift at a time off the convenient pad. This lifting tape is quick, easy to use, and eliminates waste that is associated with tape on a roll. This tape is small enough to fit in your pocket. A-2161 2” x 6” 25 lifters / pad��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$3.85 A-2162 4” x 6” 25 lifters / pad��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5.10 800.953.3274 |


Arrowhead J-Lift™ HINGE LIFTERS J-Lifts™ are a combination of lifting tape and a backing card. The lifting side contains a special adhesive that is formulated to be aggressive enough to lift the powder without ripping. The J-Lifts™ are excellent for lifting of trace evidence as well. Writing space is provided for initials & date. White A-2812 2” x 2” 24 lifters�����������������������������������������������������������������$7.50 A-2810 2” x 4” 12 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$6.50 A-2814 4” x 4” 12 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$7.50 Black A-2822 2” x 2” 24 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$7.50 A-2820 2” x 4” 12 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$6.50 A-2824 4” x 4” 12 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$7.50 Clear A-2832 2” x 2” 24 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$7.50 A-2830 2” x 4” 12 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$6.50 A-2834 4” x 4” 12 lifters ����������������������������������������������������������������$7.50 A-2835 4” x 6” 12 lifters�����������������������������������������������������������������$7.85



Carefully lift clear shield

Pull back shield to reveal lifter



Apply lifter to surface carefully. Lift and return to original position.

Write case information in preprinted area at top of lift.

SCALED HINGE LIFTERS All the same feature of our J-Lifts™ now with a scale! These hinge lifters are a combination of lifting tape and a backing card. The lifting side contains a special adhesive that is formulated to be aggressive enough to lift the powder without ripping. The J-Lifts™ are excellent for lifting of trace evidence as well. Writing space is provided for initials & date. WHITE

A-2801KC 2” x 2.5” A-2802KC 2” x 4.5” A-2803KC 4” x 4.5” 144

25 lifters���� $12.00 25 lifters ��� $18.00 25 lifters ��� $22.00


A-2804KC 2” x 2.5” A-2805KC 2” x 4.5” A-2806KC 4” x 4.5”

25 lifters���� $12.00 25 lifters���� $18.00 25 lifters ��� $22.00


A-2807KC 2” x 2.5” A-2808KC 2” x 4.5” A-2809KC 4” x 4.5”

800.953.3274 |

25 lifters���� $12.00 25 lifters���� $18.00 25 lifters���� $22.00



A-tpc87 (transparent)



ARROWHEAD QUICKPRINTS Perfect for major case prints, shoe prints, individual fingers, and prints for autopsy. QuickPrints feature a white adhesive vinyl lifter and a clear polyester cover sheet. New improved smart slit design allows you to remove lifter easily. No more fumbling trying to free lift corners for application. Our new Quickprint design allows you to simply fold edge and remove the lifter. A-2610MCP A-2612MCF A-2634MCF A-2816MCF A-2618FP A-2811-100 A-TPC87


8” x 8” (palmprint) 2” x 3.75” (individual fingers) 2” x 3.75” (individual fingers) 1.5” x 1-7/16” (fingerprint) 6” x 14” (footprint) 10” x 14” (tire tracks) FD-249 8” x 8” Transparent

100 sheets������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.15 100 strips/20 clear sheets��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7.40 500 strips/100 clear sheets����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$35.00 100 sheets��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$6.15 100 sheets������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$93.00 100 sheets��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $135.00 100/10-Print Criminal Booking Card���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$17.00



1. Dust or ink desired surface. 2. Press on Quickprint 3. Known mark is now available for referencing

Arrowhead Lifting Tabs Lifting tabs are another option for lifting prints. They are made of the same material as the adhesive side of our Hinge-lift without the backer. Use them anywhere that you would use lifting tape and apply to a backing card. A-2802LT 2” x 2” 100 lifting tabs��������������������$22.85 A-2804LT 2” x 4” 100 lifting tabs �������������������$35.10 A-2806LT 4” x 4” 100 lifting tabs �������������������$51.14

800.953.3274 |


Low tack design won't damage evidence

Dedicated space for case information

EVIDENCE CONTAINMENT JACKEtS The problem of obtaining evidence at a crime scene is a difficult one, especially securing microscopic particles. The use of these evidence containment jackets aids in securing and storing trace evidence, processed tape, backing cards and much more. Low tack design lifts and stores evidence securely without the strong adhesion you find with most hinge lifters. Large size offers more service area to collect and store. A-1026-450 4" x 5", 50/pk�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.25 A-1026-810 8" x 10", 10/pk�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.50

Prescan Fingerprint Enhancer Pads When using ”Live Scan” fingerprinting units, the resulting fingerprints are not always perfect. This can often be caused by individuals with worn ridge detail, or as a result of the skin not making good contact with the scanner glass. These problems can be eliminated by using PreScan Fingerprint Enhancers. PreScan pads feature a special ridge enhancing formula that accentuates the fingerprint detail of those with worn or light ridge detail. In addition, the special ceramic pad applies the perfect amount of solution to the skin to make the best contact between the finger and the scanner, every time. A-2484 1.5” x 2.25”, Pack of 4���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $80.00 A-2469 3” x 4.5”, Single��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $63.00 EZ SCAN Ridge Enhancer

Rolled impression taken without the application of EZ SCAN Ridge Enhancer.

Due to the activities, vocation or age of some people, their damaged and worn fingerprint ridges or lack of hydration of the skin can make it difficult to obtain legible fingerprints. EZ Scan Ridge Enhancer was developed to enhance ridge detail in these instances using a new proprietary rehydration formula. Once applied to the fingers with the built-in foam applicator pad, EZ Scan Ridge Enhancer rehydrates the skin and expands the friction ridges—producing improved detail in subsequently recorded fingerprints. EZ Scan Ridge Enhancer works equally well with traditional fingerprint inking methods and live scan apparatus and won’t leave any residue on ink surfaces or a live scan platen glass. EZ Scan may also be used to restore desiccated, mummified fingers on cadavers. In cases where finger tips are dehydrated, one or two applications of EZ Scan will restore the ridges enough to permit gaining legible prints. Mummified fingers can be soaked in EZ Scan solution to restore ridge detail. Once complete, fingers can be processed through casting or conventional cadaver fingerprint taking methods.


The same finger rolled with the application of EZ SCAN Ridge Enhancer.

EZ Scan Ridge Enhancer is non-toxic and non-flammable A-2695 1.5 oz���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$20.60 800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead Fingerprint Ink Pads Arrowhead Fingerprint Pads utilize a dark ink approved for use by law enforcement. Our Ceramic Pads provide light, clear, crisp imprint, leaving minimal ink residue on fingers. Ink dries instantly and does not smear. 1.5” DIAMETER



Ceramic pad surface utilizes a light ink that gives a dark, very clear, crisp imprint, leaving no ink residue on fingers. Ink dries instantly and does not smear. 1,200 imprints/pad.

Ceramic pad surface utilizes a light ink that gives a dark, very clear, crisp imprint, leaving no ink residue on fingers. Ink dries instantly and does not smear. 1,200 imprints/pad.



Perfect Print® Pads Perfect Print® instantly develops permanent, black non-smearing, exceptionally clear prints without the mess associated with conventional fingerprint ink methods. This ink is non-toxic and will not dry out in the pad. The ceramic pad will not deteriorate with use. Any ink residue left on the fingers is easily removed by rubbing the fingers together. A-2530 A-2535 A-2520 A-2525

3” x 42” 12” x 24” 22” Round 12” Round

16,000 prints ������������$54.50 500 prints ������������������$7.50 4,800 prints �������������$21.50 1,200 prints ���������������$7.95

Porelon Fingerprint Pad This pocket sized pad is accepted as the standard by law enforcement officers worldwide. Each pad may be used to record thousands of fingerprints. Each pad is impregnated with a two year supply of ink and is suitable for the field or office. The ink is non-fading and dries in seconds. Staining ink requires soap and water clean up. Pad size is 2.5” x 5”. A-253S Porelon Fingerprint Pad���������������������������������$21.50 A-2534S Porelon Replacement Pad�����������������������������$16.25

Porelon® Palm Print Pad Featuring a 5” x 6 1/8” Porelon® ink pad in a hard plastic case, this unit is designed especially for taking palm prints. The thermal-impregnated fingerprint ink is non-fading and dries on-contact. Ink rises to the surface as required through capillary action of the micro-reticulated thermoplastic resin. FEATURES: • Permanent Ink • Lightweight, only 12 oz. • Temperature Use: 32°F to 150°F • Black Plastic Case • Quick, easy cleanup • Thousands of single impressions • Weight: 12 oz. (340.19g) • Case Size: 7.5” x 5.75” x .75” A-2487 ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $88.50 800.953.3274 |


Backing Cards

Vehicle Backing Card

After you have taken the time and effort to locate and lift a print at a crime scene, you must have the proper backing card to both preserve and document the print. Our backing cards are available in snow white or jet black on front. The backs of the cards have an area for all the information needed: case number, date, time, and diagram for the location of the print.

This specially designed backing card includes all information needed to process an automobile for Latent Print Recovery. The card includes department agency number, date/time, location, officers name, type of crime, victim name, suspect name, lift location, vehicle year, make, model, color, tag state, and number. The front of the card is snow white.

White A-2731 A-2751 Black A-2732 A-2752

3” x 5” 52” x 82”

100 Cards����������������������������������������������������� $8.00 100 Cards��������������������������������������������������� $13.25

3” x 5” 52” x 82”

100 Cards��������������������������������������������������� $17.10 100 Cards��������������������������������������������������� $37.50

A-2743 4” x 5” 100 Cards����������������������������������������������� $12.50

Backing Cards with Scale

Reversible Backing Card

These cards feature both a metric measurement scale on the print side of the card. This provides additional accuracy when photographing evidence. Back of the card is printed with convenient identification information.

The choice of many law enforcement agencies. This reversible backing card is produced from the finest quality thick paper stock. Card features matte white on one side and high gloss black on the other.

A-2744 4” x 5” A-2744B 4” x 5”


White 100/Pk���������������������������������������������� $12.50 Black 100/Pk����������������������������������������������� $18.10

A-2701 3” x 5” 100 Cards����������������������������������������������� $13.75

800.953.3274 |

Inking ROLLERS These ink rollers are provided with comfortable, unbreakable, tapered black plastic handles that suits any hand size. When turned over, the stainless steel frame prevents the inked rubber roller from contacting the table top when not in use. Printmatic horizontal roller The PrintMatic™ Horizontal Roller is a handy, versatile version of our superb PrintMatic™ pre-inked Porelon® fingerprint roller. The roller is designed for horizontal (parallel) ink-rolling of the slab. The unit’s high-impact, ABS plastic tubular housing prevents environmental contamination when the roller is not in use. And the roller features a comfortable, easy-grip thermoset plastic handle. The PrintMatic™ Horizontal Roller is an excellent choice for replacement of ink and roller assemblies used in field fingerprint taking kits.

A-2513 4” Roller������������������������������������������������������������������������ $14.50 A-25132 2” Roller������������������������������������������������������������������������ $13.10


Tubular housing to protect roller from the environment Deposits a uniform, ultra-thin layer of ink on the slab, every time Virtually impossible to over-ink the fingers Good for thousands of impressions


Net Weight: 6.6 oz. Dimensions: 8 1/2” x 1 3/4” diameter

A-2482 Horizontal Roller������������������������������������������������ $35.30 A-2483 Replacement Horizontal Roller������������������������ $29.10

Fingerprint Ink This fingerprint ink is specially formulated for the slab and roller. It is jet black and available in 2 or 4 ounce tubes. A-2502 2 oz��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5.75 A-2504 4 oz��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7.50

SupremInk™ Fingerprint Ink Disposable ink strips These inking foils are two pieces of polyester film coated with a perfect layer of ink. To use, peel the film apart to expose the ink, then roll the fingers. Ideal for elimination prints or printing children. A-2505 1” x 5” 100 foils���� $14.50 A-250535 3” x 5” 100 foils��� $26.90 A-2505310 3” x 10” 100 foils�� $50.70

Tired of messy tubes that dispense unmeasured amounts of fingerprint ink? Then try SupremInk™. Only a few drops of SupremInk™ are needed to roll a thin, even layer of ink — perfect for producing fingerprints with superb ridge detail. SupremInk™ won’t dry out on the ink slab surface — but dries almost immediately on contact with the fingerprint card. A-2485 2 oz Bottle���������������������������������������������������������������������������$6.10 A-2486 4 oz Bottle���������������������������������������������������������������������������$8.50

800.953.3274 |


Inking Slabs Our slabs are made of glass or stainless steel. Both materials offer a smooth surface that allows the user to roll a perfect layer of ink for taking fingerprints. Measures 4” x 10”

Transparent CRIMINAL BOOKING CARD LIFTERS This transparent booking cards has the front information of a standard booking card information used by law enforcement to book individuals at the time of arrest. Transparency allows you to scan the card in with no background.

A-2511 Steel Inking Slab�������������������������������������������������$12.85 A-2512 Glass Inking Slab������������������������������������������������$11.75

A-Tpc87 Criminal Booking Card 100/pk�������������������������������$17.00

FINGERPRINT CARD HOLDER This cardholder keeps fingerprint cards secure. It allows the user to roll the prints while keeping the information area of the card clean. Made of durable plastic.

CRIMINAL BOOKING CARDS This is the standard booking card used by law enforcement to book individuals at the time of arrest. These cards are printed on high contrast, 110lb paper to ensure clear prints and quick drying. These cards are just like the FBI FD-249.


Fingerprint Card Holder����������������������������� $16.90

A-Tpcb88e Criminal Booking Card 250/pk���������������������������� $45.30



These 8” x 8” format record cards are printed in process blue ink on 110-lb. index card stock. Designed to the specifications of U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service.

Retabs are designed to cover a smeared print and allow you to re-roll it. These tabs are FBI approved.

A-2151 150

Applicant Booking Card 100/pk����������������������������� $21.10

A-2542 500 tabs / roll�������������������������������������������������������� $21.60

800.953.3274 |

SOHO Fingerprint Kit The growth in small and home-based businesses, mobile workers and contractors in flexible working arrangements have created huge demand for a portable, low-volume fingerprinting system capable of generating high-quality prints. Our solution for this growing market is the SOHO Fingerprint Kit designed specifically for the small office/home office environment. Each SOHO Fingerprint Kit contains the supplies needed to produce thousands of sharp, black non-smearing fingerprints. Each Kit Contains:

1) Box of 500 ReTabs® 50) Xtreme Ink Removal Wipes 1) Carrying Case

1) 2.5” x 4” Ink Pad 1) Cardholder


Ceramic Compact Fingerprint Kit These compact folding fingerprint kits are among the most popular of their kind. When opened, these kits convert any desk or tabletop into efficient fingerprint stations. Each Kit Contains:

Ceramic Fingerprint Pad Fingerprint Card Holder

20 Ink Removal Towelettes Accessory Case Sturdy Polypropylene Carry Case


Ink Slab & Roller Compact Fingerprint Kit Each Kit Contains:

2oz Black Ink 20 Ink Removal Towelettes 40 Cleaning Towelettes 4” x 10” Mounted Ink Slab

Fingerprint Card Holder Accessory Case 3” Fingerprint Ink Roller Sturdy Carry Case


Fingerprint Binder This new portable fingerprint taking binder allows the investigator to conveniently and accurately obtain fingerprints in the field for elimination or identification. This is the ideal kit for maximum portability and efficiency. Comes with mounted Fingerprint Pad, a mounted fingerprint cardholder, a handy pouch for storing record cards and 20 super ink cleaner towelettes. Each Kit Contains:

Mounted ink fingerprint pad Mounted fingerprint card holder

Storage pouch 20 ink removal towelettes Fingerprint Card Holder Accessory Case

A-2546S Flawless Fingerprint Binder����������������������������$72.00 A-2548 Porelon Fingerprint Binder������������������������������$79.95 Size: 12” x 10.125” x 1.5” Weight: 2.3 lbs

800.953.3274 |


PERFECT PRINT Elimination Kit All persons with legitimate access to a crime scene should be fingerprinted so that any latent prints found at the crime scene related to these persons may be eliminated from further consideration. This kit consists of a booklet of 50 comparison and elimination forms and a 4.4cm x 5.7cm (1 3/4” x 2 1/4”) Perfect Print® pad. Both items are in a vinyl carrying case to protect the forms and keep them clean. Additional elimination forms and Perfect Print® pads are available. • Easy cleanup- no special ink removers required • Ink simply wipes off fingers • Pads will not evaporate

• Leaves black, permanent fingerprints • Will work on any surface

A-203750 Elimination Kit���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $20.30 A-203701 50 Replacement Elimination Forms��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5.65 A-PI51 Replacement Ink Pad��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$8.35

Inkless Pocket Print® Elimination KIT Simply the cleanest way to obtain elimination prints from victims. The only truly inkless method available to obtain elimination prints in the field. Roll the fingers on the attached square yellow pad, then roll the fingers on the special, chemically-treated paper. Each Pocket Print® contains 50 elimination sheets complete with areas for case number and demographic information. A-2546������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $25.70

Tabletop units These Fingerprint Cardholders and inking systems are permanently mounted on a 22” L x 4 1/4” W x 3/4” H black laminated base and are supplied with nonskid rubber feet as well as the appropriate screws for tabletop mounting. These fingerprint stations are available with Single or Double Ceramic Pads, or 4” x 10” stainless steel inking slabs. A-23csu Single Unit, Ceramic����������������������������������������$99.90 A-24css Single Unit, Stainless Steel Inking Slab��������$89.00 A-25cdu Double Unit, Ceramic��������������������������������������$84.00


800.953.3274 |

PrintMatic Fingerprint Stations The PrintMatic Fingerprint Stations may be placed on any desk or table to achieve regulation height for rolling and recording fingerprints. Available with one or two card holders. Each unit comes with a Flawless, Ceramic, or Porelon fingerprint pad. A built-in shelf on each unit is handy for storing supplies. Comes with wall mount brackets.

A-2552S PrintMatic Flawless with Single Cardholder������$192.85 A-2553S PrintMatic Ceramic with Single Cardholder�������$187.15 A-2554S Stadard Porelon with Single Cardholder�������������$195.71

Single Cardholder with Flawless pad.

A-2555S PrintMatic Flawless with Double Cardholder����$202.85 A-2556S PrintMatic Ceramic with DoubleCardholder����� $212.50 A-2557S Standard Porelon with Double Cardholder��������$210.00

Double Cardholder with Porelon pad.

portable fingerprint stations Perfect Print® instantly develops permanent, black non-smearing, exceptionally clear prints without the mess associated with conventional fingerprint ink methods. This ink is non-toxic and will not dry out in the pad. Any ink residue left on the fingers is easily removed by rubbing the fingers together. These portable fingerprint stations are fully assembled and ready to use. Each contains a mounted Perfect Ink pad, A-2530. Each pad has the capacity to complete approximately 800 ten-print cards and is easily replaceable. A-PI-39TL A-PI-39T A-PI-39L A-PI-39

Dual Fingerprint Station w/ Legs��������������������$230.00 Dual Fingerprint Station w/ Rubber Feet�������������$174.00 Fingerprint Station w/ Legs�����������������������������$173.00 Fingerprint Station w/ Rubber Feet����������������$128.00

800.953.3274 |


Regular Porelon® Deluxe Postmortem Kit This kit contains all the components needed for fingerprinting the deceased and infirm. It includes a set of finger straighteners, a postmortem inking tool, a postmortem record strip holder and a handy carrying case. 12) Record Strips, L/H, Standard 12) Record Strips, R/H, Standard 12) Super Cleaner Towelettes 1) Postmortem Inking Tool

1) Postmortem Finger Straighteners 1) Postmortem Record Strip Holder 1) Black, Molded Copolymer Case


BASIC PostMortem Fingerprint Kit The Postmortem Fingerprint Kit contains a semi-inkless ink pad, metal fingerprint strip holder, 50 right hand strips, 50 left hand strips, and 10 antimicrobial towelettes packaged in a plastic case. A-2800

Post Mortem Fingerprint Kit��������������������������$52.95

Postmortem Record Strip Holder

Folding Postmortem Record Strip Holder

Our regular Postmortem Record Strip Holder is designed to hold record strips for successful fingerprinting of the deceased. Simplify the task of recording prints from immobilized fingers. A-2815�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$15.27

The revolutionary-design of our Folding Postmortem Record Strip Holder allows for perfect impressions. The curvature allows for ease of operation and reduces the chance of smudges. Simplify the task of inking by mobilizing fingers. A-2818�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$24.95

Replacement record strips These unique record strips are designed specifically for use with the Postmortem Record Strip Holder or Folding Postmortem Strip Holder. They are offered in two forms— standard and adhesivebacked. These standard record strips feature a white finish and absorb ink rapidly. Made from 110-lb. index card stock, they are an exact match to standard 8" x 8" fingerprint record cards. Dimensions: 8" x 1 1/2" (20.3 cm x 3.8 cm). A-2604B Left Hand 500 cards�����������������������������������������������$49.95 A-2605B Right Hand 500 cards���������������������������������������������$49.95 A-2650B Left & Right Hand���������������������������������������������������$21.50 100 left hand cards & 100 right hand cards

A-2665B Adhesive Backed Record Strips�����������������������������$26.50 154

Postmortem Finger Straightener Kit These postmortem tools are specially designed to straighten clenched fingers of the deceased. Each of three tools feature two different-sized hole openings to accommodate the vast majority of finger sizes. Tools are made of zinc-plated steel and are supplied in a convenient carrying pouch. Weight— Tools and Case: 6 oz. A-2819�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$28.25

100 left hand cards & 100 right hand cards

800.953.3274 |

Dont, spread ink, REMOVE IT!

ARROWHEAD xtreme ink remover TOWELETTE Use these pre-moistened towelettes to remove fingerprint ink and powders from hands. These towelettes are specially formulated to remove ink and hard to remove soils and are great in the office, laboratory or for field use. Each wipe measures 6" x 8" for maximum coverage. Plus, they’re sanitary and available in hermetically-sealed packages. A-2514X 100 packets��������������������������� $16.95

WATERLESS HAND CLEANER This commercial grade waterless hand cleaner will cut through fingerprint ink with ease. Simple dispersing methods allow for quick and easy application. As an added feature, this waterless cleaner contains lanolin and will not cause dry, chapped hands. Easily remove fingerprint ink from hands as well as fingerprint powder and other hard to remove substances. A-20116 16 oz bottle���������������������������������������������������������������� $5.25 A-20145 2.5 Quart Tub�����������������������������������������������������������$23.50

Latent Print Reference Pad Our latent print reference pads create perfect, consistent test latent fingerprints again and again. Simply press your finger on the desired pad and the perfect amount of latent print residue is left behind. Latent print development techniques can then be accurately tested and gauged based on this reference standard, regardless of who placed the print. A-2792FS Sebaceous Oil Reference Pad���������������������������������������������������������������$19.10 A-2791FS Amino Acid Reference Pad��������������������������������������������������������������������$11.15

800.953.3274 |



Remove pDMAC paper from protective sleeve


Place evidence between pDMAC paper so both bright yellow sides are together


pDMAC THERMAL PAPER Preferred method for processing thermal paper and items sensitive to heat. May be used on any porous item needing latent development. May be especially useful on colorful backgrounds since there is high fluorescence when viewed with ALS. Best results usually visualized between 475nm and 515nm with an orange barrier filter or glasses. Shelf life: 6 months. To extend longevity of this protect always store in the provided amber sleeve.

Return sheets with evidence back into sleeve


A-PF038 1 Pack (2 sheets)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$18.75

Like all processes there may be a need for longer or shorter processing time depending on paper and environment. If necessary a second longer exposure can be attempted. View with ALS 475-515nm and orange barrier. Photograph results. When photographing make sure you match the lens filter to your barrier filter.

Compress sheets within sleeve for 20-30 mins


Published references; The fuming of latent Fingerprints using Dimethylaminocinnamaldehyde; Journal of Forensic Identification, 1995. Brennan, J. Bramble, S. Crabtree, S. Wright, G. Fluorescence Visualization of Latent Fingerprints on Paper using p-Dimethylaminocinnamaldehyde. Proceedings of the International Symposium on fingerprint detection and Identification, Ne’urium, Israel June 1995. 156

Fluoresce and photograph

800.953.3274 |


Nin plus ultra


The classic method for developing latent prints on paper and other porous objects.

Nin Plus Ultra is an aerosol-based latent fingerprint development product for use on porous surfaces (e.g. checks, paper, etc.). Nin Plus Ultra dramatically shortens print development time. Latent fingerprints begin developing in as few as 20 minutes with no other tools required. With the application of a wet heat source, development can be accelerated to within 5 minutes. Nin Plus Ultra does not damage the surface and does not cause inks to run. Nin Plus Ultra contains active ninhydrin. Other processes of ninhydrin tub testing involves harmful chemicals and compounds that effect the ozone layer such as freon and CFC’s. NIN PLUS ULTRA, however, provides the same results without harming the environment. It meets candle tests for non-flammability.

This is an aerosol formulation of Ninhydrin. Simply spray NIN-Print on the evidence you wish to process and allow it to air dry in a fume hood or under controlled conditions. Latent prints may take a few days to fully develop, but prints may begin to appear after a few hours. All Ninhydrin solutions should be used with proper respiratory protection or in a fume hood. Convenient and easy to use and it will not run inks.

CRYSTALS AND CONCENTRATE����������������������������������������������������� Ninhydrin Crystals, 25gm������������������ $24.95


PREMIX PUMP SPRAY��������������������������������������������������������������������� A-PF036 Methanol Base Premix Liquid, 500mL ������� $16.50 A-PF082 Premix HFE 7100 Based Formula, 8oz��� $51.00 AEROSOLS������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ A-2643 Ninhydrin Aerosol Spray, 16oz ����������� $18.75 A-2643A Aerosol Spray with Acetone, 16oz������� $18.75

A-6456 6 oz������������������������������������$18.75

A-3125NIN2 200 ml����������������������$35.50

THERMANIN CHEMICAL CALL OUT: For use on paper and other porous objects. Treatment with G3 Decolorizing Solution can reverse the dark staining and reveal the covered latents with the customary fluorescent techniques. Chemical Shelf Life: 1 Year Working Solution Shelf Life: 1 Year

ThermaNin is a ninhydrin derivative for developing fingerprints on thermal paper. Regular ninhydrin and DFO solutions are either based on polar solvents (like acetone or ether) or contain them. These turn the top (active) layer of thermal paper gray or black. Research has found that hemiketals of ninhydrin are soluble in petroleum ether (or other apolar solvents like pentane, heptane) without the need for addition of polar solvents. ThermaNin develop fingerprints on thermal paper without darkening of the surface. A-B79810 1 gram��������������������������������������������$10.21 A-B79850 10 grams����������������������������������������$84.21 A-B79860 25 grams��������������������������������������$183.95

800.953.3274 |


1,2-Indanedione An extremely sensitive amino acid reported to develop 46% more latents than DFO. The consistency and quality make this the best in the industry. A-2784 1g ���������������������������������� $31.50 A-2785 5g �������������������������������� $143.85 A-2788 10g ������������������������������ $250.25



DFO 1.8 Diazafluoren 9 One DFO is a ninhydrin 99.9% pure analogue which also responds to amino acids in prints and is used to develop latent prints on paper with better results than ninhydrin processing alone. A-3125B Traditional Formula, 4oz Spray������$41.80 A-3137B HFE 7100 Formula, 4oz Spray�������$49.50 A-3138J DFO 99.9% Pure, 5g��������������������� $274.00


3M Novec HFE-7100 This engineered fluid is a carrier solvent for Ninhydrin or DFO in latent fingerprint development on porous surfaces. Novec fluid is a non-flammable solvent that when mixed with Ninhydrin or DFO develops crystal clear prints. A-HFE7100 1 gal���������������������� $325.00


Ridge detail developed with 1,2-Indanedione will fluoresce yellow 515 - 570 nm. Optimum viewing and photographing is done with a orange or red barrier filters.

Use an alternate light source at 445 nm and orange or yellow barrier filters (goggles). Different wavelengths and barrier filters may be used as indicated depending on the substrate to be illuminated.

For use as a carrier solvent for Ninhydrin or DFO in latent fingerprint development

Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 1 year

Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 6 months

Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: N/A


800.953.3274 |

Sudan Black The Sudan Black method of fingerprint development relies upon the presence of oils and other sebaceous materials present in latent prints. One of the best methods you can use on greasy or waxy nonporous surfaces such as glass, metal, milk cartons, interiors of gloves, and candles. The resulting print development is a dark blue black. A-1602 30gm �������������������������������������������������������������������$33.70

Silver Nitrate SPRAY

Physical Developer

Silver Nitrate is generally used on porous materials after Ninhydrin processing. Silver Nitrate reacts to the chlorides present in latent prints forming a dark brown image after exposure to sunlight or uv light.

Physical Developer is a reagent that reacts with lipids, fats, and oils which are present in fingerprint residues. For those who prefer to mix their own solutions, we offer small quantities of hard to find components for the detergent solution and a kit containing a complete set of these pre-weighed chemicals. A-2622 Chemical Kit for Physical Developer, 1L��� $55.00

A-2674 8oz pump spray������������������������������������������$29.95 A-2674C 30 gram Crystals ��������������������������������������$85.95

CHEMICAL CALL OUT: Can be successful on contaminated objects: greasy objects, soda cans with dried residue of the contents.

Oil Red O Lipid Stain Used for enhancing latent prints produced by the lipids commonly found in fingerprints, foodstuffs, oils, cosmetics, and other fatty substances. Oil Red O has been found to be particularly useful in revealing latents on porous surfaces that have been wet. Compared with physical developer, the ORO technique is much less complex and gives results of impressive clarity and intensity. Oil Red Lipid Stain, 25 Grams A-3151G���������������������������������������� $33.71 CHEMICAL CALL OUT:

CHEMICAL CALL OUT: Ultraviolet light can be used instead of sunlight to develop the detail. The working solution may be applied by spraying, dipping or brushing.

Chemical Shelf Life: 1 Year Working Solution Shelf Life: 1 Year

Physical developer (PD) is used to develop latent prints on porous surfaces and on certain nonporous surfaces. Physical developer has also been found to be highly effective in developing latent prints on paper currency. Physical developer is normally applied after the DFO and/or ninhydrin methods.

CHEMICAL CALL OUT: Use to develop latent prints on paper products that are wet or have been wet Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 3-4 Months

Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 1-2 days 800.953.3274 |


ALL PRINT Allprint is the pre-packed solution for the detection and visualization of fingerprints on light, non-porous, dry or wet, even oily surfaces (e.g. wax papers, candles). Simply spray with Allprint, flush with water, fingerprints appear dark against the light surface. Allprint is a ready to use, finecalibrated reagent, packed in a spray can, to achieve the best results. A-3125AP 100 ml�������������������������������������������������������������$35.50

CRYSTAL violet Crystal Violet product is an aerosol spray used for the visualization of fingerprints on surfaces that have been treated with cyanoacrylates. Crystal Violet is also an excellent stain for visualizing fingerprints on the sticky side of an adhesive tape.This easy-to-use aerosol version of the essential Crystal Violet chemical means that there is no messy, time-consuming preparation or mixing of powder/concentrate with water. Just spray, flush with water, and see the results. Once the fingerprints are stained with the Crystal Violet spray, the results can be easily seen and photographed. A-3125CV 200 ml�����������������������������������������������������������$27.50

SPR WHITE SPR White is an aerosol-based fingerprinting product for the development of latent prints on wet, dark, smooth non-porous surfaces. SPR White is a prepackaged solution that is warranted with a shelf life of 1 year. As an investigative tool, SPR White helps preserve and collect important evidence at the scene of the crime. A-3125SPRW 100 ml����������������������������������������������������������$27.70 SPR BLACK SPR Black is an aerosol-based fingerprinting product for the development of latent prints on wet, light, smooth non-porous surfaces. Earlier methods based on dispersed particles in aqueous solutions required the field mixing of powders, water and other ingredients to achieve similar results. The process was messy and cumbersome. Furthermore, the powder often created an ineffective mud-like liquid. SPR Black overcomes past problems by incorporating product modifications, which result in a prepackaged solution that is warranted with a shelf life of 1 year. As an investigative tool, SPR Black helps preserve and collect important evidence at the scene of the crime. A-3125SPRB 100 ml��������������������������������������������������������� $27.70


800.953.3274 |

Master SPR Processing Kit Arrowhead Master SPR kits contain everything needed to apply Small Particle Reagent (SPR) in the field. Small particle reagent is a well-known technique used to develop fingerprints on wet, oily, or textured surfaces. Our mixture is far superior to others on the market because its formulation mixes better with the water and results in a cleaner application. SPR adheres to the fatty constituents of latent fingerprints to form a black or white deposit—depending on the reagent, and is a quick and simple latent print development process. Each kit includes complete instructions. After you see the prints developing, rinse the area with plain water to clean away the excess. Photograph, and when dry, lift by conventional methods. Kit Contains: 6) 8oz Vials of Black SPR 6) 8oz Vials of White SPR

1) Rinse Concentrate 3) Spray Bottles Disposable Gloves

Carry Case Instructions

A-2634 ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$54.00

Small Particle Reagent PREMIX Kit This kit has everything you need for crime scene SPR training classes. Premixed solution reduces prep time. Black or White Kit Contains: 1 Premixed SPR, 16oz pump spray 1 Premixed Rinse Solution, 16oz pump spray 2 light weight gloves Instructions For Use Black and White Kit Contains: 2 Premixed SPR, 16 oz pump spray 2 Premixed Rinse Solutio, 16oz pump spray 4 light weight gloves Instructions For Use

A-4111B SPR Kit Black����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$26.50 A-4112B SPR Kit White��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$26.50 A-4113B SPR Kit Black & White����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$31.80

Small Particle Reagent VIALS AND PREMIX Small particle reagent is a well-known technique used to develop fingerprints on wet, oily, or textured surfaces. Our mixture is far superior to others on the market because its formulation mixes better with the water and results in a cleaner application. This technique is almost as easy as using a spray bottle. Simply mix the contents of the vial in a spray bottle with 6 ounces of water. Shake the mixture and spray a gentle mist over the area you are processing. After you see the prints developing, rinse the area with plain water to clean away the excess. Photograph, and when dry, lift by conventional methods. A-2629 A-2631 A-2632 A-2630 A-4108B

800.953.3274 |

SPR Reagent White, 6) 10oz vials����������������������������������$13.95 SPR Reagent Black, 6) 10oz vials������������������������������������$13.95 SPR Premix Black, 1L pump spray��������������������������������$21.50 SPR Premix White, 1L pump spray������������������������������$21.50 SPR Reagent Black, 30gm ����������������������������������������������������������$15.50 161


Basic Red 28 DYE STAIN

Basic Yellow 40

Ardrox is a fluorescent liquid commonly used as a cyanoacrylate dye which can be used with an ultraviolet light or other alternate light sources. Each vial contains a pre-measured amount of ardrox to produce a working solution when added to one liter of solvent.

Basic Red 28 is a red dye used with a forensic light source or UV lamp after cyanoacrylate development of latent prints. To be mixed with petroleum ether or methanol.

Basic Yellow 40 is a yellow dye used with a forensic light source or UV lamp after cyanoacrylate development of latent prints. Basic Yellow fluoresces well between 365 and 485 nanometers.

A-2652 25gm��������������������������������� $10.95

A-26501 25gm �����������������������������������������������������������������$23.95

Aqueous Alcoholic Premixed , 1 liter

A-2620������������������������������������������� $19.95 Concentrate, 6 vials, makes 1 liter each

A-2612������������������������������������������� $21.00




A fluorescent dye-stain used to make cyanoacrylate-developed latent prints more visible. A fluorescent light source or ultra-violet lamp that will output light in the 280 nm to 480 nm region is required for this process.

A fluorescent dye-stain used to enhance cyanoacrylate-developed latent prints. A forensic light source that will output light between 470 nm to 550 nm is required for this process.

A fluorescent dye-stain used to enhance cyanoacrylate-developed latent prints. A forensic light source or ultra-violet lamp that will output light between 365 nm and 500 nm is required for this process.

Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 6 months

Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 6 months

Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 6 months


800.953.3274 |

Ram Mixture DYE STAIN

Ray Mixture

Rhodamine 6G DYE STAIN

This fluorescent stain mixture of Rhodamine 6G, Ardrox, and MBD is used with an alternate light source after the cyanoacrylate development of latent prints. Available as a premix liquid or a pre-measured concentrate to be mixed with one liter of solvent.

This mixture of Basic Red 28, Ardrox, and Basic Yellow 40 provides a wide range of fluorescence with cyanoacrylate developed prints. Available as a premix liquid or a pre-measured concentrate to be mixed with one liter of solvent.

Rhodamine 6G is one of the best dyes to use with cyanoacrylate developed latents and a laser or forensic light source. Available as a premix liquid for immediate use, or as a premeasured concentrate to be mixed with one liter of solvent.

A-26561 500 ml������������������������������������������������������������$21.10

A-26481 25gm ���������������������������������������������� $15.50



A-26581 500 ml���������������������������������������������������������������$21.10

CHEMICAL CALL OUT: A mixture of fluorescent dye-stains used to enhance cyanoacrylate-developed latent prints. A fluorescent light source that will output light between 415 nm and 530 nm is required for this process. Chemical Shelf Life: 1 Year Working Solution Shelf Life: 1 month

A mixture of fluorescent dye-stains used to enhance cyanoacrylate-developed latent prints. A fluorescent light source that will output light between 365 nm and 550 nm is required for this process. Chemical Shelf Life: 1 Year Working Solution Shelf Life: 6 months

800.953.3274 |

Rhodamine 6G is a fluorescent dye used to make cyanoacrylate developed latent prints more visible on various colored surfaces. Hit with a laser or alternate light source between 495-540nm. Chemical Shelf Life: Indefinite Working Solution Shelf Life: 2-3 weeks 163

LUMICYANO™ BENEFITS Fumes and Dyes all at once 2 wavelength bands : top peaks at 325nm & 515nm Improves the image of latent prints with no background noise (Yellow 560nm) Compatible with dyes/powders and DNA analysis High sensitivity with dyes/powders : better resolution than classic Superglue Employs existing fuming chambers Works on hard materials Minimizes health risks from using higher temperatures Reduces cost - no dyes or cleaning up

LumiCyano™ The Cyanoacrylate Fuming Method is a well-tried and tested means of developing latent fingerprints. It has proved its worth countless times as an effective tool for professional investigators. However, one of the drawbacks with the ‘super glue method’ is that the final image obtained is not always easy to photograph. Since the chemical deposits left after reaction are white, there may not be sufficient contrast for an effective photograph to be taken if the surface they are on also happens to be white. To overcome this, forensic scientists employ dusting or dye staining using different colors. Currently, a process requiring two distinct technical phases is employed: first the glue fumes reveal the print, then colorants (via sprinkling or bathing or the like) or powders are applied to make the print stand out against its background. Such a process multiplies contamination risks which is costly in terms of product, equipment and the application of colorants and powders may not always be compatible with DNA-search and demands strict hygiene and a high level of security. In addition, this process has two major draw-backs: it can only reveal prints in reduced or enclosed spaces and it does not work for prints left on hard surfaces. Lumicyano™ is a fluorescent cyanoacrylate. Instead of using the classical superglue with colorants, Lumicyano™ is a superglue to which a new component has been added so as to obtain fluorescent fumes. Its chemical makeup emits a ”cyanoacrylate fluorescent fume” during the fuming process, clearly and sharply defining the latent fingerprint in yellow under UVa-light in the 315-400 nm and forensic light 425-530nm wavelength bands. Product is compatible and very sensitive with dyes/powders as well as ”Lumicyano™ + dyes/powders” gives better resolution than ”superglue + dyes/powders”. Furthermore it’s compatible with DNA analysis. If required, the fluorescence can be refreshed days later. Most importantly, Lumicyano™ saves time, money and effort in the investigative process. A-CA-DYE 20ml�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$64.00 Lumicyano™ is a one-step fluorescent cyanoacrylate fuming process, similar to the ”superglue” fuming process using a standard fuming chamber but it removes the post-processing stage of dyeing or dusting with powder. We recommend examination and photography of the evidence takes place within 48 hours in order to ensure the quality of the fluorescence. The process is compatible with dyes or powders and DNA analysis. To obtain the best results from Lumicyano™ please ensure the following are observed: Ideal Evidence Samples 1) Non-porous: plastics, metal, wood, sticky surfaces… 2) Semi-porous: matt type of paper, card, skin… Fuming Cabinet & Environment Place the correct (see below) amount of Lumicyano™ into a new foil dish and position on a clean support ring on the heat source in a standard chamber at 120°C and 80% humidity level. Note: the chamber and particularly the metal support ring for the foil dish MUST be clean and MUST NOT have any old cyanoacrylate residue as this will attract the fluorescence.

Dosage & Timings Dosages depends on the nature and numbers of supports in the chamber, as Lumicyano™ does not ”over-glue” the quantity used and timings can be increased with no risk. Find recommended parameters and minimal amounts as follows:

Fingerprints on a drug baggie are developed with Lumicyano™. Without further treatment the bag is photographed with high contrast and excellent ridge detail.

Cabinet capacity

7 cu/ft 25 cu/ft 75 cu/ft

Fuming Timings


20 minutes 25 minutes 30 minutes

1.0g 3.0g 4.5g

Light Source & Camera Filters

Exhibit: drug baggie containing fingerprints. The Lumicyano™ fluorescence is Yellow 560nm. Problem: 2 step process to fume and stain. It’s best when ”excited” by one of two wavelengths of light: UV 300nm - 350nm (peak excitation at 325nm) Development technique: Lumicyano™ fuming. 425nm - 530nm (peak excitation at 515nm ”Green”) Imaging device: digital camera, orange camera filter & Rofin The use of colored filters to photograph the fluorescent fingerprints are Flare+ 2 (450nm) recommended to get optimal contrast : 800.953.3274 | Deep Yellow 520nm (Example : Tiffen Deep Yellow 15) Orange 550nm (Example : Tiffen Orange 16)


Storage & Shelf Life Keep the product out of light and store in a cool and dry place, at a constant temperature to prevent moisture building up inside of the bottle. Ideally stored in a refrigerator, it will last for 6 months. Once opened it is advisable to use within 3 months to achieve optimal performance.

Remove from storage and wait between 2 and 5 minutes to allow the product to reach ambient temperature. Shake the bottle strongly for 45 seconds to homogenize and place the recommended amount into a new dish foil. After use store it back in the refrigerator.

CYANOCRYLATE POUCHES A one-step cyanoacrylate latent fingerprint developing system with a peel open, 4” x 7” foil packet filled with super glue. The Finder Pouches are singleuse. A thin layer of cyanoacrylate is sealed between the two foil halves of each pouch. Simply open the pouch and place near a source of heat and humidity. Pouches should be refrigerated when not in use. Use inside vehicles, inside tents covering furniture, bicycles, bodies or other items too large for a regular chamber. The pouches have a shelf life of six months. A-Cn2000 5/pack������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$18.24 A-Cn2001 20/pack����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$63.77 A-Cn2002 100/pack������������������������������������������������������������������������������$265.70

Cyanoacrylate Liquid cyanoacrylate designed specifically for use in fingerprint development. Liquid glue is placed in a small metal container and placed on a hot plate with a source of humidity. The cyanoacrylate (CA) will vaporize into cyanoacrylate esters that will adhere to latent prints, making them a light, chalky white. The resultant latent prints can then be photographed or further processed with powder, dyes or stains. A-2601 A-2616

1oz������������������������������������������������ $4.75 16 oz������������������������������������������� $49.00

Fuming Small Objects: Place the item in an appropriate sealable container. Peel open the packet and place it in the container with object being processed. Fuming begins immediately. After development, reseal packet. Additional items may be fumed using the same packet.

Fuming Vehicle Interiors: Seal the vehicle from outside air and place three to four packets in different locations inside the car. Warm the vehicle interior by parking the car in sun or turning non the heat. Next, add humidity with a Portable Humidifier (A-2617C). Allow the vehicle interior to fume for 20 minutes to a few hours. After development, reseal packets and ventilate vehicle. Then, photograph developed prints, dust and lift. Rooms or areas that can be closed off should be processed in a similar manner.

Liquid glue Hot Plate This hot plate provides uniform heating and is easy to use. The hot plate features a large 7.6cm (3”) diameter heating surface and the hot plate measures 11.4cm x 11.4cm x 1.3cm (41/2” x 41/2” x 1/2”) and fits easily into a kit box for use in the field. high temperature THERMO PLATE Bi-metallic thermostat. Accuracy: ±5°C Reaches maximum temperature in approximately nine minutes. Temperature range: ambient to 371°C (700°F) Dial is graduated in °F. Perforated stainless steel base and ceramic spacers provide adequate ventilation. Four rubber feet protect bench top. Includes 3-wire cord and plug. Dimensions: 89 mm diameter x 89 mm height. Power requirements: 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 325 W. A-2559T

Fuming Hotplate����������������������������������������� $249.00


Fuming Hotplate����������������������������������������������������������� $14.50

ALUMINUM FUMING DISHES These dishes are ideal for Cyanoacrylate fuming. A small amount of cyanoacrylate placed inside the dish and placed on a hot dish or in a chamber will cause rapid fuming of the cyanoacrylate. 21/4 x 5/8”. 2 oz capacity. A-2559D 100/pk���������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.00

800.953.3274 |


CyanoWand™ The Cyanowand™ is a self igniting, butane powered heat tool. It is non-electric and is used as a flameless heat tool with variable temperature control. It is easy to use, completely portable. A hand held heat generator utilizes disposable cartridges using a cyanoacrylate monomer to emit cyanoacrylate vapor for fuming latent prints. The Cyanowand is designed for use at outdoor crime scenes, processing stolen vehicles, and in well ventilated indoor areas. Simply attach a cyanoacrylate cartridge, ignite and begin fuming. Hold the Cyanowand several inches away from the suspect surface and sweep the wand back and forth. Latent prints develop as they’re fumed. A-2606C Cyanowand™ Kit��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$153.00 Includes: heat generator with protective head cover, 1.3oz butane fuel can, extraction tool, 10 cartridges, carry case

A-2607C Standard Replacement Cartridge������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $35.00 Pre-loaded with cyanoacrylate two min. vapor, 10/pk

A-2608C Medium Replacement Cartridges������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $43.50 Pre-loaded with cyanoacrylate four min. vapor, 10/pk

A-2609C Heavy Duty Replacement Cartridges������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $53.95 Pre-loaded with cyanoacrylate continuous one hr, 4/pk

A-2610C Cyanowand™ Butane Fuel Can, 1.3 oz������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $3.75 A-2611C Cyanowand™ Butane Fuel Can, 5.82 oz����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $5.75

CN Shot™ Latent Print Developing System Utilizing the developmental properties of cyanoacrylate, this product creates an abundant amount of heat, which decreases fuming time while providing quality ridge detail. Set contains activator solution jar, activator crystals can, small poly tube of cyanoacrylate with snap close cap. Works perfectly with our disposable fuming chamber. A-2602C CN Shot™, 12 sets��������������������������������������������������� $40.95 A-2603C CN Shot™, 24 sets��������������������������������������������������� $68.95 A-2604C CN Shot™, 72 sets������������������������������������������������� $165.00


800.953.3274 |

Portable Fuming Chamber Kit This Portable Fuming Chamber is a cyanoacrylate development chamber designed with field use in mind. Constructed of shatter-resistant, 1/4” Acrylic, the unit is made to disassemble into flat sheets and fit into a tough, nylon carrying case. Total portability means easy, at-the-crime- scene usage. The chamber is easily assembled in less than five minutes, no tools required. The chamber volume is approximately 16 gallons, sufficient for processing multiple items. Transparent walls mean easy monitoring of development. The chamber features an inlet compatible with the Portable Humidifier and CYANO-WAND™, a removable inner shelf and multiple evidence hangers. This portable fuming chamber kit includes a starter assortment of consumables, including cyanoacrylate packets, magnetic and regular latent print powders, a magnetic wand, and a fiberglass brush. KIT INCLUDES: 2oz Black Latent Powder 1) Fiberglass brush 1 oz Black Magnetic Powder 1) Standard Magnetic Applicator 2) Pre-treatment and Post-treatment Pads 2) Cyanoacrylate Packets 1) Plexiglass Fuming Chamber with Shelf & Hangers 6) Evidence Clips 1) Black Nylon Carrying Case A-2599 Portable Fuming Chamber Kit������������������������������������ $268.57

What you get: Heavy Duty Base Lightweight Fiberglass Frame 15 Disposable Fuming bags Zip-Top Nylon carrying Case 4 Evidence Clips

What you get: 3 Fuming Cylinders (Disposable) 6 End Caps (Disposable) 1 Fuming Assistant Stand 4 Evidence Suspension Clips Chamber Volume: 1276 cubic inches; 5.5 gallons Chamber Dimensions Flat: 14 7/8”W x 18”L Chamber Dimensions Expanded: 9 1/2” dia. x 18”L

PLASTIC Disposable Fuming Chamber KIT

PVC Disposable Fuming Chamber KIT

This disposable fuming chamber features a simple 6 piece frame that snaps together in seconds into the sturdy 11s” x 11s” base. Fully assembled, the tent creates a 10” x 10” x 20” fuming area. Clear fuming bags allow for constant monitoring of the fuming process and eliminate messy clean-up.

This a disposable fuming chamber for use in the field or laboratory that provides an enclosed space for fuming with our CYANOWAND™, THE FINDER™ packets or CN-Shot compounds. The clear PVC fuming chamber is 0.012” thick. Only the fuming chamber and end caps are disposable while the fuming assistant stand has an unlimited life.

A-2612C Disposable Fuming Chamber������������������������� $89.95 15 disposable fuming bags, aluminum frame, 4 clips, carry pouch

A-2613C Disposable Fuming Bags 25pk����������������������� $20.50

A-2598 Disposable Fuming Chamber Kit������������������������������������$72.80 A-2597 Replacement Chambers w/end caps, 3 ea.������������������$26.25

800.953.3274 |


CApture™ Portable Fuming Systems The CApture Portable Fuming System quickly fixes latent fingerprints at the crime scene using microburst or traditional CA fuming methods, while protecting the user from hazardous fumes. Its patented* design combines all the components needed in one compact system: a heater to heat the Super Glue†; a shatter-resistant, clear protective chamber to contain the fumes as they react with the latent prints; an exhaust blower; and particulate/carbon exhaust filter. No ducting is required. Since prints may be easily developed at the scene, irrelevant evidence may be ruled out thus saving valuable laboratory processing time and storage space. Power field kit allows you to fume in the field! Patented* collapsible design. All components nest together into a compact package with handle for easy transport.

Leveling foot with locking pin stabilizes the developer in an upright position. For transport, the foot is retractable to its full ”Up” position.

Easy to use. A video, available in DVD and online, provides clear instruction on proper set up and use of the CApture.

Built-in blower pulls air from the chamber, through the filter and exhausts it from the system back into the room. An accessory Exhaust Connection Kit allows the developer to be exhausted out a window or into a fume hood. Optional field power kit allows user to take unit into field where no power outlet is available. This option is recommended for users seeking full mobility and usability at any crime scene.

Clear, shatter-resistant chamber, interior dimensions 8” w x 8” d x 16” high, provides visibility to the evidence during the fuming process. Constructed of polycarbonate, the durable chamber serves as the carrying case during transport. Three-way heater/off/vent switch activates the heater during print development and activates the vent after prints have been fixed.

Particulate/activated carbon filter cartridge traps smoke and CA fumes exhausted from the chamber. The long-lasting cartridge has capacity for 100 development cycles.

Two heater receptacles hold heater pans, one with a small amount of Super Glue† or equivalent CA adhesive, and one with a small amount of water if needed. A door keeps heat contained. A pair of needle-nose pliers is included for safe handling near hot surfaces. Ten heater pans are included.

Expandable Fuming Chamber Kit includes configurable frame pieces, clear plastic used to form the chamber, portable fan to evenly distribute fumes, and a carrying case. Allows the CApture to be used for fuming larger items. (#A-3427000)

Durable epoxy-coated steel housing. Microprocessor-controlled heater allows the user to set the temperature in one degree increments between 120° to 350° F (50° to 177° C). Once set, the temperature of the heater stabilizes at the set point (±15° F) within 3 to 5 minutes.

Inverter ready. Low energy usage of 75 watts allows the CApture to run on car battery when connected to a usersupplied inverter.


CApture Portable Fuming System������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $1,935.00

A-1257LC A-3427LC A-3423LC A-3422LC A-3421LC A-3427000 A-3426LC

250 Replacement Aluminum Heater Pans���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $81.50 Replacement Particulate/Activated Carbon Filter Cartridge��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$113.00 Stainless Steel Shelf���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $42.00 Fuming Hanger������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $21.25 Replacement Acrylic Chamber����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$135.00 Expandable Fuming Chamber Kit�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$500.00 Field Power Kit (no power outlet needed)���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$385.00

(115 volts, 60 Hz, 1 amp 115 volts, 13 amps, Weighs: 24lbs)

(kit includes: bag, 2 batteries, charger, inverter and instructions)

*Patent-pending †Super Glue ® is a registered trademark of Super Glue Corporation, Rancho Cucamonga, California


LCD displays the current heater temperature setting while in programming mode and actual heater temperature while in operating mode.

800.953.3274 |

Cyanoacrylate Glass Fuming Chamber This unit features a 1.2 cubic foot volume for handling multiple articles. A glass enclosure allows for monitoring of the development process. The 4” clear Plexiglass lid features two built-in evidence support rods and six evidence clips. The lid has a port for use of a portable humidifier. Also included is a wire mesh fuming platform, disposable fuming trays, cleaning materials, and dispersal pads. What you get: 16 oz. Cyanoacrylate Fuming Compound 100 Dispersal Pads 25 Disposable Fuming Trays 1 Pre-Treatment and Post-Treatment Pad 2 Cyanoacrylate Pouches Chamber with Lid Fuming Platform, Wire Mesh 6 Evidence Clips

cyano-force FUMING chamber wipeS

CYANO-FORCE® Citrus Fuming chamber wipes combines the strength of a natural citrus solvent with a highly absorbent, abrasive, nonscratching towel for a one-step cyanoacrylate Specifications: removing solution. It emulsifies and traps the glue, eliminatNet Weight: 13 lbs. ing a chance of redepositing on the cleaned surface. Provides Dimensions: 20 1/4” x 14” x 10 1/2” controlled application and a safer alternative to using harsh Chamber volume: 10 gallons solvents. A-90630 30 Wipes��������������������������������������������������������������$11.86

A-2614C Disposable Fuming Bags 25pk����������������������������������������$238.57

DeFumigator™ Cyanoacrylate Fume Extractor Portable humidifier Humidity is often used to enhance and accelerate latent print development. The addition of humidity in the processing of Ninhydrin treated documents is common place and it’s also a key component in Cyanoacrylate fuming techniques. This humidifier provides a controlled method of introducing moisture to both of these processes. The Humidifier can be used in conjunction with Cyano Fuming Chambers and also for humidifying documents processed with Ninhydrin by using the included hose nozzle attachment. This humidifier has the added advantage of containing a germicidal bulb which prevents bacteria and other contaminants from being introduced to evidence. The humidifier includes 1 Replacement Mineral Absorption Pad and 500mL Deionized Water. A-2617C Portable Humidifier������������������������������������������������������ $273.00

When your Cyanoacrylate fuming cycle is complete, what are you going to do about the fumes that remain in the fuming chamber? The DeFumigator is a self-contained Cyanoacrylate filtration system that connects directly to our fuming chambers. The noxious odors and fumes inside the chamber are drawn through a >99% efficient filtering system comprised of a HEPA Filter and a Bonded Carbon-Activated Filter. The DeFumigator is equipped with a built-in timer with presets for 5, 10, 15 and 30 minute cycles as well as a continuous running position. No tools required. Select the extraction time needed and handle other tasks while the DeFumigator does its job. A-2616C A-2618C A-2619C

800.953.3274 |

Defumigator®����������������������������������������������$551.42 Replacement HEPA Filter��������������������������$109.25 Replacement Carbon Filter�����������������������$137.08 169

Cyanoacrylate Laboratory Fuming Chamber This Laboratory Fuming Chamber was specifically designed to handle large volumes of physical evidence that are of a non-porous nature. The primary purpose of the chamber is for use with most Cyanoacrylate fuming methods. The chamber features three heating elements used for accelerating development of latent fingerprints when liquid cyanoacrylate compounds are used. The chamber is equipped with an inlet and outlet port, one on either side permitting the use of accessories such as the CYANOWAND™ and connection to the DeFumigator™ Cyanoacrylate Fume Extractor. The inlet port also allows connection of a Portable Humidifier when adding moisture is required. The acrylic chamber door permits an unrestricted view of the contents during fuming procedures.Latent prints developed using cyanoacrylate are the result of the fumes from the compound combining with the moisture content of a latent print. When the fumes come into contact with this moisture, the process of polymerization takes place. This results in a hard, white residue conforming to the ridges of the latent print. Use of a fuming control card is recommended to aid in the determination of development time. A-2616CC Cyanoacrylate Lab Fuming Chamber���� $1,585.00 Dimensions: 30” x 12” x 34”

What you get: 16 oz, Cyanoacrylate 25 Disposable Fuming Trays 100 Print Dispersal Pads 2 Cyanoacrylate pouches

5 Pre and Post-treatment Pads 50 Fuming Control cards Wire Mesh Fuming Platform 6 Evidence Support Rods 24 Evidence Clips

heat accelerated Cyanoacrylate Laboratory Fuming Chamber This newly redesigned Cyanoacrylate Fuming Chamber features a 4.0 cubic-foot volume for processing a large number of items simultaneously. Two heating elements, operating independently or simultaneously, allow for safe cyanoacrylate accelerated development of latent prints. The heater elements are self-limited to surface temperatures of approximately 230 degrees. Closely monitor latent print development through the clear, polycarbonate front door panel. By utilizing the built-in control print hanger, the guesswork’s taken out of fuming time. Two inlet ports will accommodate a Cyanowand, Portable Humidifier and DeFumigator. In order to prevent build-up of cyanoacrylate on the polycarbonate surfaces, use the supplied CyanoBloc Treatment Pads before the initial use. A-2615C

Cyanoacrylate Lab Fuming Chamber��� $1,092.85 Dimensions: 30” x 12” x 22”

What you get: 16 oz, Cyanoacrylate 25 Disposable Fuming Trays 100 Print Dispersal Pads 2 Cyanoacrylate pouches


800.953.3274 |

1 Pre and Post-treatment Pad 50 Fuming Control cards Wire Mesh Fuming Platform 4 Evidence Support Rods 16 Evidence Clips

PRODUCT FEATURES: Heating Elements: Multiple heating elements, operating independently or simultaneously, allow for safe accelerated cyanoacrylate development of latent prints.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Choose from multiple sizes, from bench top to floor standing. Multi-chamber cabinets available. Caster wheels standard on all models except bench top series. Optional UV Lamp decontamination. Optional side and rear windows for 360˚ view of development.

Door: The heater elements are self-limited for precise surface temperatures and a large clear front door panel allows for close monitoring of latent print development. Inlet Ports: Two inlet ports will accommodate accessories such as the optional Fume Extractor, portable humidifier, and standard fuming wands. Blower: The unit is equipped with a low noise blower and built-in timer adjustable for up to 30 minute cycles, as well as a continuous running position. Timer: Select the extraction time needed and handle other tasks while the fume extraction unit purges harmful vapors from the chambers.

arrowhead Cyanoacrylate Fuming Chamber and extraction system This Laboratory Fuming Chamber is an effective way to use cyanoacrylate fuming for latent print development on various surfaces. The Air Science Fume Extraction unit allows for safe purging of the cyanacrylate when the printing cycle is complete. In the basic fuming chamber, vapors of cyanoacrylate combine with fingerprint residues and polymerize to form a hard, whitish deposit. Once developed, such prints may either be photographed without further treatment, may be enhanced by dusting with powders for subsequent lifting by tape or stained with dyes. The fume extractor is a self-contained cyanoacrylate filtration system that connects directly to the Laboratory Fuming Chambers via the inlet port. The noxious odors and fumes inside the chamber are drawn through a >99% efficient filtering system comprised of a HEPA Filter and an activated Filter. A-2620C A-2621C A-2622C A-2623C A-2624C

4 CU/FT Chamber 31” W x 13” D x 21” H������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$850.00 6.5 CU/FT Chamber 31” W x 13” D x 34” H������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,395.00 Fume Extracting Unit, 9.5” W x 9.5” D x 9.5” H ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$450.00 Replacement HEPA Filter for Fume Extracting Unit����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$120.00 Replacement Carbon Filter for Fume Extracting Unit ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$105.00

800.953.3274 |


PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Choose from multiple sizes, from bench top to floor standing. Multi-chamber cabinets available. Caster wheels standard on all models except bench top series. Optional UV Lamp decontamination. Optional side and rear windows for 360˚ view of development.

SafeFume Cyanoacrylate Fuming Chamber The Air Science Technologies SAFEFUME fully automated Cyanoacrylate Fuming Chamber is designed to safely and effectively process items using the cyanoacrylate fuming method. It provides a controlled environment for processing latent fingerprints on most non-porous surfaces while eliminating exposure to hazardous fumes. The SAFEFUME uses an advanced ‘touch computer screen’ that monitors and controls humidity levels, hot plate fume cycle time, door lock, and internal circulation fans. All parameters are preset but can be user controlled by simply touching the computer screen. Once fuming is complete, a purge cycle evacuates harmful vapors through its high capacity carbon filter system. Unit features: all polypropylene construction, lexan front door with integral lock, touch activated 5.7” diagonal computer screen, fluorescent lighting, stainless steel hanging rods, and stainless steel work surface. All filters included. Optional carts are available. Larger sizes available upon request. A-SAFEFUME30S A-SAFEFUME30T A-SAFEFUME48S A-SAFEFUME48T A-SAFEFUME60S A-SAFEFUME60T A-SAFEFUMETRI A-SAFEFUMEQUA

30” W x 28” D x 48” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$4,499.00 30” W x 28” D x 82.25” H������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5,225.00 48” W x 28” D x 48432” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5,695.00 48” W x 28” D x 82.25” H������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$6,455.00 60” W x 28” D x 48” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7,325.00 60” W x 28” D x 82.25” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$8,999.00 60” W x 28” D x 82.25” H������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12,500.00 60” W x 28” D x 82.25” H�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$15,000.00

TRI and QUAD chambers feature independent chambers and filtration systems to permit simultaneous but separated processing. These cabinets are available in tall configurations only.


800.953.3274 |



36" unit requires (1) pre-filter and (1) Cyanoacrylate filter. 48" unit requires (1) pre-filter and (1) Cyanoacrylate filter.. 76” unit requires (2) pre-filters and (2) Cyanoacrylate filters.

Patented, recirculatory ductless filtration Door is automatically locked during fuming Seamless gasket to ensure door is sealed Custom filter for cyanoacrylate fumes 500 cycles per cyanoacrylate filter 50 cycles per prefilter

Each unit is shipped complete with filters, (3) shelves.

A-CA-9000 A-CA-6000


Misonix Cyanoacrylate Fuming ChamberS Safely fuming evidence with consistent, reproducible results has never been easier. Place your evidence in the chamber, add super glue to the heating element and push the start button. Within minutes, high quality latent fingerprints are developed. The Misonix exclusive design ensures that hazardous cyanoacrylate fumes are safely removed. Precise humidity control, a high temperature heating element and internal circulation fan give you complete control of the fuming process. A patented self-contained ductless filtration door is automatically locked during fuming. Additional features include a micro-processor display, a programmable internal circulation fan, aluminum and steel frame, safety glass locking door, internal fluorescent lighting, and easy to clean interior. A-CA-3000

36” Cyanoacrylate Chamber�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9,985.00


48” Cyanoacrylate Chamber�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$11,775.00


76” Cyanoacrylate Chamber�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$34,500.00

A-CA-2818 A-FE-2013 A-CA-6000c

Replacement Cyanoacrylate Filter���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $724.00 Replacement Pre-Filters (Pack of 6)������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $207.00 Cart with wheels�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,300.00

36”H x 30”W x 25”D, 120V/60hZ, Shipping Weight: 311 lbs

48”H x 30”W x 25”D, 120V/60hZ, Shipping Weight: 350 lbs 76”H x 70”W x 46”D, 120V/60hZ

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

OPTICAL ENHANCEMENT Magnifiers LED Magnifiers Tabletop Magnifiers Comparison Microscope Microscope Cameras

800.953.3274 |

_175 176 178 179 180 181 175

m-h classification magnifier This German-crafted magnifier has the finest optics and the most distortion-free flat-field lenses available to the police market today. An independent study by the Science & Practices Committee of the California State Division of the International Association of Identification rated this magnifier the best overall of seven top models tested. It rated the highest in center sharpness, overall sharpness, brightness, contrast, color correction, magnification and ease of handling. The view is crystal clear and in sharp focus across the entire field. Providing generous 4.5 x magnification and with a wide 5.4cm (28”) diameter opening at the base, This magnifier is simply the best classification magnifier available for fingerprint examination and classification. A number of different reticles (coding discs) are available and fit snugly into the round opening of the magnifier. Finest optics and most distortion-free flat-field lens on the market. Powerful 4.5X magnification. Adjustable lens housing moves up and down for perfect focus A-51000 4.5 Magnifier �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$193.00 A-51001 Henry Disc ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$105.00

The only magnifier our latent print section uses.

JC300 wide field Fingerprint Magnifier

JC100P Fingerprint magnifier The JC100P is one of our most popular magnifiers. It is solid cast stainless steel, ensuring wobble free performance. The optics assembly is nickel plated brass that houses a 4.5x magnification, two element, optical glass lens system. Focus by simply raising or lowering the optics assembly on its finely threaded mount. A-6436 JC100P 4.5X Magnifier����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$97.50 A-6437 JC101LR Black Anodized Locking Ring������������������������������������$10.85 A-6438 JC101H Optional Henry Disc���������������������������������������������������������������������$27.71 M2 Professional Fingerprint Magnifier

The JC300 allows the user to study a much larger field of view than standard fingerprint magnifiers. A thumbscrew allows fast and simple focus adjustments. Images appear sharp and focused over the entire viewing area. The 3.2x wide field magnifier is constructed with a study aluminum frame. The magnifier weighs 15 oz and measures 42” x 44” x 3”. A-6441 JC300 Fingerprint Magnifier���������������������������������������������������������������$159.95 A-6442 Optional Henry/Battley Disc�����������������������������������������������������������������$58.85 JC400 Super Wide Field Magnifier

The M2 is an excellent fingerprint magnifier that provides 4.5 x magnification using a two element glass optics system which provides great clarity with minimum distortion. The magnifier’s height adjustment knob allows for easy positioning of the optics. The M2 is constructed of machined aluminum with an optical black anodized finish. The base is designed for use with the PF series classification discs and features spring loaded ball bearings allowing full 360 degrees rotation of the classification discs.

This high quality magnifier features an exceptionally wide field of view. Focusing is quick and simple using the thumbscrew locking adjustment. The all aluminum frame features a 3.5x magnification. A-JC400 JC400Super Wide Field Magnifier ���������������������������������������$159.95 A-JC401H Henry/Battley Disc���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$62.85

A-6439 M2 Magnifier 4.5x �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$58.40 A-6440 Optional Henry Disc �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$26.57 176


800.953.3274 |

Ultraloupe Magnifier with Scale Our Ultraloupe Magnifiers come in three sizes and magnifications. They feature an easy to read built-in metric scale and large lens for easy viewing. The transparent acrylic base allows ambient light to illuminate the evidence being observed. A-6433 5x magnificaion, 4” base����������������������������������������������������������������������������$32.10 A-6434 7x magnificaion, 3” base����������������������������������������������������������������������������$31.00 A-6435 10x magnificaion, 1w” base������������������������������������������������������������������$31.80

Ultra-Domes These unique dome shaped magnifiers are ideal for scanning fingerprint cards and comparisons. The Ultra-Domes are small enough to fit in your pocket and are virtually unbreakable. Available in three different sizes, and 4x magnification. Each Dome comes with a polish cloth. A-6947 A-6948 A-6949

4x Magnifier, 2” diameter������������������������������$28.50 4x Magnifier, 2.5” diameter���������������������������$34.50 4x Magnifier, 3” diameter��������������������������������������������������������������$55.00

FOLDABLE LINEN TESTer 5x power optical quality lens. These popular magnifiers are found in laboratories worldwide. Triple fold type provides flat field viewing without distortion. Ideal for ridge counting or biological applications. Provides sharp clear image with fold-out durable construction. Base has Inch and metric scale. Portable and foldable. Measures 2.25" W x 1.5" L x .5" T when folded down. A-ULlnt5p 5x Magnifier����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$10.95

800.953.3274 |


4x LED magnifier

Opti-Pak Magnifier Unique design with compact size to conveniently carry in a pocket. Durable plastic case slides open for use as a handle and snaps shut as protective case when not in use. A-P704 �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$8.12 1oX Aspheric Lens

This 3’ round, optical quality, 4x magnifier offers an unbreakable, scratch resistant lens which is ideal for reading any fine detail. LED lit for brilliant illumination at a dark scene. Requires 3 AAA batteries. (not included) A-SV3LPLED 4x Magnifier����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$13.99 7x LED magnifier

This pocket size magnifier features a 10x magnification, LED lighting and 35mm lens. It uses two AA batteries. A-1035���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$21.80

This pocket size, optical quality, 7x magnifier is the strongest compact magnifier we offer. It features an unbreakable, scratch-resistant 1 1/3” lens. LED lit for brilliant illumination. Requires 3 AAA batteries. (not included) A-SV2LPLED 7x Magnifier��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7.99

round handle magnifier 5” round handle magnifier. 2.5x power lens with 6x power bifocal or 4” round handle magnifier. 2x power lens with 4x power bifocal. A-SV5P 5” 2.5x Magnifier (shown left)�������������������$21.99 A-SV4P 4” 2x Magnifier�����������������������������������������������������������������$14.99

2x Acrylic Lens Magnifiers Handheld lightweight acrylic magnifiers produced to high ophthalmic standards. Mounted in a black plastic frame with an easy grip handle. 2x magnification. A-C604 4” round�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$16.10 A-C624 2” x 4” rectangle���������������������������������������������������������������������$16.10


800.953.3274 |

Illuminated UV and white LED Magnifier Equipped with next generation, surface mount LEDs, these innovative designs create the new standard for illuminated magnifiers. Your investment in new technology quickly pays for itself through energy savings and increased visibility and time saved with viewing through a large magnifier. Made in the USA. A-82400UV ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$599.00 Lighting Features Specialized Ultraviolet/Visible Light LED combination Allows for Ultraviolet Only, Visible only, or combination blend Excellent tool for fingerprints, trace evidence and biological searches Highest lumen output in a lighted magnifier Reduced glare, heat and energy consumption Multi-angle LEDs for shadowless lighting at a full range of focal lengths and heights User controlled LED groups shine desired level of light exactly where required Superb dimming software via convenient, reliable membrane switch 43” Arm Reach

Standard 4 diopter (2x) lens measures 7” x 5.25”

Optical Features Precision ground, optical grade glass Largest lenses in the industry Standard 4 diopter (2x) lens Lens Size: 7” x 5.25” Electrical Features Low voltage (15-24v) power supplies are autoswitchable with worldwide approvals Plug in around the world by simply switching the end power cord Energy Star compliant (each unit uses 8 watts maximum) Auto shut off at 4 hour intervals to prevent energy waste while users are away Standard 120V Plug in

Now THIS is what I call a bench Light! Well worth the price paid.

desktop magnifier Luxo Magnifiers This magnifier features a 5” diameter, 3- (1.75x) or 5-dioper (2.25x) magnifying lens, all steel housing and a 22-watt circline fluorescent lamp for 360˚ shadow-free illumination. Flexible 45” or 30” arms have external springs that are individually calibrated for proper balance and ease of positioning. On/Off switch and 3-wire cord. Choice of mounting clamp or weighted base. Color: Light Grey

A hands free flexible desk/counter gooseneck style magnifier. 4” diameter, 2x power lens and 6x bifocal lens. Requires 3 AAA batteries. (not included) A-DTled 2x Magnifier ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$41.99

A-16353Lg 5-diopter lens; 30” L arm; base mount �������������������������� $250.00 800.953.3274 |


m3f forensic COMPARISON microscope A GReAT TOOL FOR BALLISTICS, TRACE EVIDENCE & EDUCATION! When a firearm, a bullet, and/or a cartridge case are recovered from a crime scene, forensic examiners compare the ballistic fingerprints of the recovered evidences. When the ballistic fingerprint on the test-fired bullet or cartridge case matches the ballistic fingerprint on the recovered bullet or cartridge case, investigators can conclude that the recovered bullet or cartridge case was also fired from the recovered gun. A confirmed link between a specific firearm and a bullet or cartridge case recovered from a crime scene constitutes a valuable lead in the investigation. Such lead may allow the investigators to connect the firearm to a person, who may then become either a suspect or a source of information helpful to the investigation. This comparison microscope is the tool needed to assist in finding that confirmed link. Together with the Moticam Microscope camera and the Motic Trace comparison software, it has never been easier to do comparisons. Simply connect the Moticam to your computer and get immediate live comparison imaging. Don’t just compare images side by side. With this software you can overlay several live images, resize and independently rotate each of them. Match two firing pin marks with ease from live images or recall from a saved set. Check handwriting authenticity in a matter of seconds or determine whether two pieces of fabric belong to the same set. Don’t settle for expensive old technology, go Digital. Motic Trace is a software solution, please check the minimum hardware requirements of your Digital Microscopes or Moticam cameras. A-M3F�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$2,870.00

PRODUCT OVERVIEW Professional Power Forensic Comparison Trinocular Microscope Image of Both Specimens is shown Side-By-Side for Detailed Analysis. Perfect for Crime Scene Investigation and Forensic Science! Analyze and Compare Bullets, Bullet Cartridge Casings, Scratch Marks, Wires, Fibers, Hair, and Paint Fragments Each side of the unit is a fully functional microscope, with the ability to independently set the magnification and illumination. Two Separate Specimens can be Studied Simultaneously with a Split Screen Viewing. The Comparison Bridge brings Both the Beam Paths together. SPECIFICATIONS 110 VAC Power Requirement High Quality Metal Construction Precision Made Glass Optics Cordless top and bottom LED illumination EYEPIECES AND MAGNIFICATION Trinocular Eyepiece included: W10XD, 18mm Objectives: 4XD, 10XD, 40XRD micro, 1X macro 1X – 20.5mm FOV Stage Plate, Specimen Cup, Contrast Plate Cordless, Top & Bottom LED CAMERA SPECS High Resolution 3 MegaPixel Digital Camera System. Capture high resolution digital microscope images, 2048x1536 pixels. Sensor: CMOS Live Resolution: 3.0M pixels Optical Calculation: 1/2” Pixel Size: 3.2 micron Focusable Lens: 16mm WARRANTY INFORMATION 3 years on all microscope equipment. The microscope warranty covers problems arising from normal usage. WHAT YOU GET 1) Comparison Microscope 1) 3 megapixel Micrscope Camera 1) MoticTrace Comparison Software


800.953.3274 |

Stereo microscope The M29TZ is ideal for laboratory, industrial and educational use. This stereo microscope features zoom objectives with a continuous magnification range of 10X to 40X, offering added versatility that is not an option with fixed power stereo microscopes. Trinocular Port accepts both video and SLR adapters. A-M29TZ-SM90CL�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $1,045.00 MAGNIFICATION 1X to 4X continuous zoom OPTICAL SYSTEM Paired widefield eyepieces are 45° inclined, with diopter adjustment. Interpupillary adjustment from 55mm to 75mm. Trinocular Port accepts both video and SLR adapters. Interlocked eyepiece tubes with diopter for increased focus acuity. Viewing head rotates 360°, locks in place by tightening thumb screw. Paired objectives are parfocalled, parcentered, and achromatic. Magnification changed by rotating magnification dial. ILLUMINATION 3W LED illumination provides bright, white light with virtually no heat. Top light adjusts for optimal lighting angles. Variable transbase illumination allows user to control brightness. Easy-to-replace LED illumination is energy-efficient and rarely requires bulb replacement. Dual illumination switches allow for 3 light settings. FOCUSING Rack and pinion focusing with slip clutch and tension adjustment. “Slip-clutch” system prevents users from damaging the focusing mechanism. STAGE 100mm reversible black/white plastic contrast plate and 100mm frosted glass stage plate. Blue filter for transmitted light. Locked-on stage clips. FRAME Rugged, cast metal frame. Height: 14-3/4 in. (375mm) Base: 9-1/2 x 6-3/4 in. (242mm x 167mm) Net wt.: 8.2 lbs. (18.1 kgs)


MOTiCAM CMOS CAmeras The result is the new line of Moticam CMOS cameras which are redesigned from the ground-up making sure that only the highest levels of quality and servicability are met. This new range of cameras is manufactured to stricter tolerances while also benefiting of several efficiencies in production resulting in a cheaper, better line of cameras. The Moticam 5 is ideal for documentation and high-resolution live imaging camera in a sensible package. The Moticam 580 features an 5MP SD card and HDMI output. All operate on an OS system of Windows XP or high and Mac OSX. MOTICAM 1SP SPECS





Sensor: CMOS Live Resolution: 1280 x 1024 Optical Calculation: 1/3” Focusable Lens: 12mm

Sensor: CMOS Live Resolution: 2.0M pixels Optical Calculation: 1/3” Pixel Size: 3.2 micron Focusable Lens: 12mm

Sensor: CMOS Live Resolution: 3.0M pixels Optical Calculation: 1/2” Pixel Size: 3.2 micron Focusable Lens: 16mm

Sensor: CMOS Live Resolution: 5.0M pixels Optical Calculation: 1/2.5” Pixel Size: 2.2 micron Focusable Lens: 12mm

Sensor: CMOS Live Resolution: 640 x 480 Capture to SD Card: 5.0MP Output: HDMI 1080p, USB, RCA Optical Calculation: 1/2.5” Focusable Lens: 12mm


1.3 megapixel Camera�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $349.00 2 megapixel Camera����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $499.00 3 megapixel Camera����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $799.00 5 megapixel Camera����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $999.00 5 megapixel Camera w/ HDMI Output����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $999.00 800.953.3274 |


APPLICATIONS: • Tools and toolmarks • Fingerprint/palmprint record cards • Latent prints • Footprint evidence • Trace evidence • Documents: printed and handwritten • And much more

User-friendly capture software included.

Moveable work table is fully adjustable.

FXE350 Specifications :

Screen Diagonal Size: 22” Display Dynamic Contrast Ratio: 50,000:1 Contrast Ratio: 10,000:1 Image Max H-View Angle: 170 Image Interface: VGA and DVI Max Resolution: 1680 x 1050 pixels Response Time: 5 ms Signal Input Camera Type: CCD 1/4” sensor F: 1.4-3.0 Zoom: 12x Optical (216x digital) Resolution: 0.38 MP Gain: -3 to 28 Db Power: 6V – 12V 60Hz Unit Power: 110-120V AC 60Hz Dimensions: 17” x 19” x 27” (Fully extended) (43.2cm x 48.2cm x 68.5cm) Weight: 44 lbs.

FXE350 Software PC

Requirements: • Operating System: Windows XP, Vista, 7 (32 or 64 bit) • Memory: 1 GB • CD/DVD reader (for install only)

Digital Forensic Evidence Examination Station

FXE350 Contents: 1) Digital Evidence Examination Station 1) FXE Capture Software (DVD) 1) Mini USB-USB 2.0 cable 10) Acetate Sheets, 11.6” x 18.6” 2) Screen clips (for acetate sheets) 2) Magnets, pin-style, set of 4 each

This Forensic Digital Optical Desktop Video Magnifier, makes evidence examination a far FXE350 Features: simpler task than ever before. It facilitates viewing small details with its moveable view• Auto Focus creates the clearest view without any need to ing table and fully adjustable magnification—up to 50X. The magnifier features a wide make adjustments. range of color correction, brightness and contrast on the oversize 22-inch LCD, highresolution (1680x1050 pixels) viewing screen. This opens many new doors for forensic • Adjust pre-set video modes for high contrast viewing that is examination of the many forms, shapes and sizes that physical evidence may take. Digital most comfortable for the operator’s individual eyesight. technology affords first generation sharp, clear, high-resolution images regardless of the • Increase or decrease brightness using camera gain control, subject matter. The forward-mounted camera is high above the table, so you have plenty regardless of direct or ambient light. of room to work with three-dimensional objects. This entire unit requires the use of a single 110-120 V AC power receptacle. The FXE350 is at home in virtually any size labora- • Use the Position Locator beam to mark the center of the image for easy evidence placement and recording. tory. It adds a new level of sophistication to the whole process of evidence examination and identification. • 16 magnification levels up to 50X with a crisp, sharp image let Physical mark-up The FXE350 has a magnet bar built into the screen to support acetate sheets (included) so that the print or document examiner can mark items of interest. With the use of a dry erase marker or china marking pencil, the sheets can be written on, erased, and used again. This is an excellent tool when comparing latent prints to rolled prints side by side or examining details of evidence. Video Capture With the video capture device and software, what is seen on the FXE350 screen can be captured by any computer with a USB port. JPEG images can be saved for use in presentations, stored as electronic records, or transferred to a photo editing program for sizing and submission to an AFIS. With Video Capture, all of the enhancements available on the FXE350 can be saved and viewed by others A-6434F Digital Forensic Evidence System w/ Video Capture Unit & Software���������������$3,750.95 A-6435F 10 Acetate Sheets (11.9” x 14.9”)����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$49.95 A-6436F 6 Replacement Magnets�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.95 182

you precisely adjust the image to the size you need.

• Lock the focus onto an object you want to view while repositioning it. The camera stays focused on the object and not your hand. • Two LED light banks on either side of the camera provide object illumination, which is diffused to prevent glare and reflections when viewing shiny or reflective objects. LEDs never need replacement: 100,000 hours of operation. • The large low-friction work table moves a full 16 inches from left to right for easy examination of large objects. • The work table’s braking mechanism lets you lock the table movement down tight when you want it to hold steady. • The LCD flat panel display allows you to adjust the height and angle of the screen for the best view and better ergonomics while viewing. • The Screen Capture Module and software create high resolution JPEG Photos for transfer via USB connection to a computer.

800.953.3274 |



TU R N B A CK T O P A G E 1 6 4 FO R M O R E D E T AI L S 800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

photography, scales and documentation _185 Illumacam Photo Stands Tripods/Accessories Camera Filters Scales Measuring Wheels Laser Measurers Thermometers Crime Scene Notebooks Sketching Templates Marking Tents/Cones Marking Labels

800.953.3274 |

187 188 190 194 197 204 205 207 208 211 213 216



800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead BLUE RING ILLUMACAM The Illumacam features a combination Illuma-Light and Canon PowerShot G12 camera system, with a narrow band pass filter. The Illuma-Light has a series of bright white and 470nm blue LED lights that provide 360 degree shadow-free lighting. The Canon PowerShot camera is a simple, easy-to-use digital camera, that shoots in both RAW and JPEG formats. No need for a mounting or holding another blue ALS - this all in one light is designed to free hands for the photographer while still providing the bright, 470nm light that is desired for proper fluorescence. A-CSI022���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $1,995.00 KIT CONTENTS



Canon PowerShot G12 8GB Memory Card USB & AV Cables Battery Charger Battery Pack Neck Strap User Guide/CD Two Battery Packs Power Supply/Charger Clear & Frosted LED Covers Narrow Band Pass Filter 21mm Adapter Ring User Guide 2 Pair Orange Nylon Framed Goggles 1 Pair Plastic Orange Goggles Kit case Training DVD

800.953.3274 |


Megapixels: 10 MP Optical Zoom: 5x LCD size: 2.8 inches LCD dots: 461,000 Video Resolution: Yes Boot time: 2.44 seconds Recycle time: 2.92 seconds Shutter Lag: 0.6 seconds Lines Per Picture Height: 2,049 DIGITAL OPTIONS

Ask us about a special latent software that has many powerful processes for enhancement of latent fingerprints including a sophisticated Fourier transform engine.



Base: • 19.25”wide x 18” deep • Matte black powder coated steel • Laser etched with 28 x 30 cm grid Column: • 36” tall (working range 3” - 30” above base) • Sliding steel spring with trigger release • Ruled (inches and cm) Forensic Lights: 2) 55K White LED, black anodized aluminum 2) 395nm UV LED, black anodized aluminum 2) 455nm LED, black anodized aluminum Flexible arms: 4) vinyl coated flexible steel arms w/ C-clips, table mountable 2) vinyl coated flexible steel arms w/ C-clips, attached to camera mount Weight: 22 lb. (9.979kg)

The UV light (395nm) in use with a DSLR with macro lens can be used for close-up photos of fingerprints developed with fluorescent powder. (camera not included)

Larger evidence such as footwear castings can be photographed by raising the mounted camera using the column adjustment. The resulting photo is made possible by using the white light from an oblique angle. (camera not included)

The SirchStand™ camera mount is compatible with most DSLR cameras (1/4” diameter, 20 thread count) (camera not included

The flexible arms at all four corners of the base Hold two dimensional evidence flat using and the two on the camera mount can be re- the four included magnets. moved, allowing for a variety of configurations.

Add any of the six included Forensic Lights as Quickly and precisely increase or decrease needed—bending the flexible arms to precisely the lens-to-subject distance using the column height adjustment. (Camera not included) position them.

SirchStand™ Forensic Photography Stand The SirchStand™ is a high quality, versatile, and portable copy stand for forensic photography. It features an easy to adjust column, allowing one-hand operation to raise and lower the camera. The base is magnetic, finished in a matte black, and etched with a 1 cm square grid for scaling. The stand also features flexible arms both on the base and on the camera mount where the LED forensic lights (white, UV 395nm and 455nm blue) can be used for oblique light photography, or with camera filters for photographing bodily fluid stains, enhanced cyanoacrylate fuming results, or fluorescent powder developed latent prints. The unit is sturdy, able to support most mid-range to large cameras, and guarantees a 90 degree angle to the object. Even with all of these robust features, the stand is very mobile. It weighs 22 lb., and has an easy to remove column, so it can be taken directly to the crime scene or to the Medical Examiner’s office. This unit is built with the forensic photographer in mind, making forensic photography that much easier. Photo Stand Includes: 1) SirchStand™ Forensic Photography Stand 2) 55K White LED, black anodized aluminum 2) 395nm UV LED, black anodized aluminum


2) 455nm LED, black anodized aluminum 4) Light Absorbing Material, 18” x 13.5” 4) Magnets, 4 each

A-6702���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$995.00 800.953.3274 |

Arrowhead copy stand The Arrowhead Copystand is a versatile system ideal for anyone using 35mm or lightweight video cameras weighing up to 5 lbs. This user friendly copystand includes a rigid 3 foot aluminum column and a 16” x 20” gray laminate baseboard with a complete grid for easy copy positioning. The optional lights and light arms mount at the rear of the baseboard to allow easy copying of oversized originals. A unique dual brake locking system eliminates lateral carriage shift assuring precise positioning of the camera carriage. The camera carriage features two machined steel shafts with a 3.5” front-to-back travel which allow easy centering of the camera lens over the baseboard. Includes 36” column, carriage and baseboard. Users may adapt their own lighting for tuned in camera and filtering options. These stands are superior to any others, when used for close-up and measurement purposes (on scene, or in the lab). The stand design adds more stability than a traditional tripod, an added benefit, especially when used for close-in photography Column & Carriage Column 36" long - custom black anodized aluminum extrusion. Carriage Friction drive, dual drive rollers, dual guide rollers, large drive knob, dual brake pads. Counterbalance spring Long life constant torque. Dual brake pads Feature positive "no-shift" carriage position lock. Camera support plate 2-1/2" H x 5" W, cork pad. Camera alignment Up to 3-1/2" forward, 4 mounting holes for side alignment.

Baseboard Overall Dimensions 20"W x 19"D x 3-1/2"H Working Area 20"W x 16"D Surface Black powder coated steel with gray screened centering grid Weight 33 lbs

A-6703���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$500.00 Arrowhead LIGHTED copy stand This copy stand combines our traditional stand with 2 halogen lamps. A hi/lo lamp intensity control allowing user to reduce lamp wattage during the setup and composition stages thereby reducing environmental heat levels. This feature also extends lamp life dramatically. These stands are superior to any others, when used for close-up and measurement purposes (on scene, or in the lab). The stand design adds more stability than a traditional tripod, an added benefit, especially when used for close-in photography. Supports cameras up to 5lbs. Column & Carriage Column 36" long - custom black anodized aluminum extrusion. Carriage Friction drive, dual drive rollers, dual guide rollers, large drive knob, dual brake pads. Counterbalance spring Long life constant torque. Dual brake pads Feature positive "no-shift" carriage position lock. Camera support plate 2-1/2" H x 5" W, cork pad. Camera alignment Up to 3-1/2" forward, 4 mounting holes for side alignment.

Baseboard Overall Dimensions 20"W x 19"D x 3-1/2"H Working Area 20"W x 16"D Surface Black powder coated steel with gray screened centering grid Weight 41 lbs

HALOGEN SPECS Includes two (2) adjustable halogen copylights and two (2) fixed copylight arms. Copylights contain separate on/off switches. Light Output 300W each, 600W total Bulb Ushio #1000896 - JCD120V-300WC Electrical 120-5A Halogen Light Control Conveniently mounts directly beneath front of baseboard Power switch Permits on/off control of both light simultaneously Dimmer switch Lowers light output for focusing and composing


cam cover protective sleeve This Cam Covera must-have accessory for crime scene photographers, offering a shield from the elements and prevent cross contamination. Compact size fits easily in the pocket or camera bag and is designed to be for single use. It features a unique eyepiece opening that adapts to most camera viewfinders, allowing composition of shots through the camera’s lens, not through the plastic. All camera and lens controls are easily seen and operated through the Cam Cover. It can be used either hand-held or on a tripod and will fit over any shoe mounted flash. The drawstring enclosure will fit any lens up to 7 inches in diameter and up to 14 inches long. A-6727 Cam Cover 2 Pack�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$8.95 A-6727B Cam Cover Bulk Pack 20) 2/pks������������������������������$179.00

800.953.3274 |



Manfrotto 394 Photo Kit QR The is the most stable and easy-to-use photo system of the 390 family, designed to ensure maximum durability through its high quality metal construction. This system has an integrated compact photo head with a quick camera attachment that provides fast, multi-angle movements. The tripod legs are made of large aluminum tubes to maximize stability and compactness, and they can be independently set in two different angle positions. The product also comes with a convenient bag for packing and transportation. Center column can be removed and pointed down for impression photography. A-6761����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$127.00 SPECS closed length 20.08 in leg angles 25°. 52° leg cross sectionthree faceted leg sections 4 number legs tube diameter 18.14 mm load capacity 7.72 lbs maximum height (w/ centre column down) 49.61 in minimum height 56.69 in weight 3.24 lbs

Head Included * No Head Options on pages 193


Manfrotto 055xprob Tripod Designed for professional use, this is an extremely versatile tripod. Ideal for small or medium format cameras, digital or film. The tripod has a special center column support that easily re-fits, allowing the camera to be offset from leg position, making it easy to shoot from directly overhead. The flexibility of the leg angle setting (90˚) has a special low angle adapter incorporated in the center column. A set of two leg warmers included. Great for impression photography. A-6719 ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$225.00 SPECS attaches by 3/8” attachment type closed length 65.5 cm 25.79 in column tube diameter 28mm leg angles 23°. 45°. 65°. 88° legs tube diameter 29.4 . 25 . 20 mm load capacity 15.43 lbs material aluminum maximum height 178.5 cm 70.28 in maximum height (with centre column down) 142.0 cm 55.91 in minimum height 10.0 cm 3.94 in weight 2.4 kg

Head Included *No Head Options on pages 193


800.953.3274 |

Gorilla bendable slr tripod w/ ball head This SLR Bendable Tripod is an ultra-versatile mini-tripod or grip that can be used with large SLR cameras with zoom lens attached or with camcorders (max. load capacity of 6.6 lb/3 kg). Its three multisegmented flexible legs can be formed to grip almost any protrusion, be it a branch, doorknob, rock, or uneven surface. Each of the joints can bend and rotate 360°, to wrap around objects. The bottom rubber segment on the legs is larger to allow it to be used in the traditional way. Comes supplied with a ball head camera mount that allows camera to swivel in every direction. A-6721�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$99.95

Manfrotto magic arm w/ Quick Release Plate Your extra arm in the lab. One lever locks three pivot points. Supplied with a quick release camera plate with secondary safety lock based on the 200PL-14 system. Ideal for mounting a camera or a camcorder exactly at the angle you need it. Fits any 5/8’’ female sockets, works especially well with the Super Clamp. Weight: 2.4 lb | Max Load Capacity: 8.8 lb

A-6714����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$206.00 Manfrotto VARIABLE FRICTION arm w/ Quick Release Plate Articulated arm with large locking knob. Variable friction and locking of arm obtained by adjusting the knob. Supplied with quick release camera plate with secondary safety lock based on the 3157N camera plate mechanism. Ideal for mounting a photographic or video camera exactly at the angle you need it. Fits any s” female socket, works especially well with the Super Clamp. Weight: 2.4 lb | Max Load Capacity: 8.8 lb


SWING. Swivel. sway. These arms allow you to position a camera or light source in virtually any position. Set it to 90° for impression photography, go hands free and position a light source at the perfect angle for the best ridge detail. The possibilities are endless, and when matched with the Manfrotto Super Clamp (not included, page 190), your third hand has never become more versatile.

800.953.3274 |



Manfrotto Super Clamp KIT

Its reduced size is the most important plus feature. Plus, the Nano Clamp is 4 kg of payload in 110 grams of weight and the right size for any pocket.

This universal clamp can be securely mounted on any tube from 0.51 to 1.77 in. Attachment is s” hexagonal socket.

A-386BCK 2 Nano Clamps, 1 Flexible Steel Arm ��������������$105.00 A-386BC 1 Nano Clamp����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$41.00 A-237HD Flexible Steel Arm��������������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 SPECS attachment (top)Adapter 1/4 UNC - 3/8 UNC lighting attachment attachment numberhole 1/4 - 3/8 1/4 - 3/8 clamp range - max. (round tube) 35.0 mm 1.38 in clamp range min (round tube) 13.0 mm 0.51 in load capacity 4 kg 8.82 lbs material aluminum weight 120 g

A-6715K 2 Super Clamps, 1 Flexible Steel Arm�������������������������$99.00 A-6715 1 Super Clamp�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$32.00 A-237HD Flexible Steel Arm ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$36.00 SPECS attachment   clamp range - max. (round tube) clamp range min (round tube) load capacity weight

16mm hexagonal + M5 & 1/4” threads 13.0 mm 0.51 in 55.0 mm 2.17 in 15 kg 33.07 lbs 0.5 kg


use 2) Superclamps and the Flexible steel arm to attach an ALS flashlight to your tripod.

use 2) Superclamps and the Flexible steel arm to attach an ALS flashlight to your counter top

use a Superclamp and the Flexible steel arm to attach an ALS wand for easy positioning


800.953.3274 |

Manfrotto COMPACT BALL HEAD Medium size, light, with quick release - perfect for amateurs and professionals. Aluminum body. Attachment: a” Female | Weight: 1.34 lbs | Max Load Capacity: 17.64 lbs.

A-498RC2 ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$145.00

Attachment: a” Female | Weight: .93 lbs | Max Load Capacity: 13.23 lbs.

A-496RC2 ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$100.00

Attachment: a” Female | Weight: .71 lbs | Max Load Capacity: 8.82 lbs.

A-494RC2 �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$78.00

Manfrotto 3D junior Head 056 A self-adjusting conical bearing locking system allows 360˚ rotation on both the vertical and horizontal plane. This is the ideal head for 35mm and light to medium format work. Height: 3.9 in; Weight: 1.1 lb | Max Load Capacity: 6.6 lb A-6723����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$56.00

Manfrotto Basic Pan Tilt Head with Quick Lock 3-way photo head constructed of ultra durable and lightweight technical polymer, the 804RC2 easily withstands the daily rigors of the professional photographer. A unique spring feature has been added to the 804RC2 to assist in the tilt motion of the head to compensate for heavier, off-centre loads. Ergonomic and newly designed handles fit comfortably in the hands, while the standard quick release plate fits snugly in the low-profile receiver. Attachment: a” Female | Weight: 1.65 lb | Max Load Capacity: 8.82 lbs.

A-804RC2 ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$89.99

Manfrotto SMALL BLACK POCKET SUPPORT An always-on support, easy and ready to use in any situation. It fits all compact cameras with the standard tripod attachment screw. Once installed and folded, it almost disappears and the camera can still be stored in its pouch thanks to the ultra-slim and compact design. Anytime you need to hold your camera in a specific position, the three legs with no-slip rubber feet can be independently set on any surface to provide maximum stability and security. The all-metal structure and the strong springs give a steady and safe support. A-MP1C01 Small Digital Camera Ready������������������������������������������������$28.00 A-MP3D01 Digital SLR Camera Ready����������������������������������������������������$39.00

800.953.3274 |


CAMERA BARRIER FILTERS All filters are ”Made in the USA” from high quality ground optical glass. Tiffen’s ColorCore process ensures consistency from filter to filter, year after year. They are only filters that match the Kodak Wratten series in light transmission and color curves. We have the only UV Haze filter to match the photometric specifications of Kodak Wratten filters. These filters reduce the UV portion of the spectrum by greater percentage than any other filter on the market.



52mm ���������������$74.19 55mm ���������������$74.19 58mm ���������������$78.29 62mm ������������ $107.19 67mm ������������ $107.19 72mm ������������ $144.19

Once mounted, this filter may be rotated in its bezel to reduce glare. It also will enable colors to become more saturated and appear clearer, with better contrast.

This image is fingerprints on a mirror. The prints are ”as found” with no pre-processing.

52mm ������������$35.99 55mm ������������$35.99 58mm ������������$39.09 62mm ������������$53.59 67mm ������������$53.59 72mm ������������$95.79

Commonly used as a barrier filter with a Forensic Light Source emitting UV to violet blue light.


ORANGE 16 FILTER A-52oR16 A-55oR16 A-58oR16 A-62oR16 A-67oR16 A-72oR16

A-52DY15 A-55DY15 A-58DY15 A-62DY15 A-67DY15 A-72DY15

52mm ������������ $59.79 55mm ������������ $59.79 58mm ������������ $64.29 62mm ������������ $91.69 67mm ������������ $91.69 72mm ���������� $158.69

Commonly used as a barrier filter with a Forensic Light Source emitting blue light.

A-52R25 A-55R25 A-58R25 A-62R25 A-67R25 A-72R25

52mm �������������� $35.99 55mm �������������� $35.99 58mm �������������� $39.09 62mm �������������� $53.59 67mm �������������� $53.59 72mm �������������� $95.79

Commonly used as a barrier filter with a Forensic Light Source emitting green light.

Coaxial Light Guide & Illuminator Designed to aid the investigator in the visualization and photography of impression evidence on all reflective surfaces (such as glass, polished metal & plastics, varnished wood, glossy paper) using standard photographic equipment and techniques. The device is nondestructive to any evidence tested. It is a first step in the examination of evidence which will not compromise further testing procedures. The coaxial path followed by the light results in a uniform bright field reflection directed along the lens axis and onto the imaging plane. The only interruption of the bright field is the ridge detail present on the surface of the mirror. Since the ridge detail prevents a direct reflection of the coaxial light onto the film, it appears dark to the camera. The resulting image is that of a dark fingerprint on a light background. The use of coaxial lighting allows positioning the camera directly above the mirror, minimizing offset ridge reflections. The result is similar to the silver plates used with iodine fuming when examining cadavers for fingerprints. A-6061��������������������������������������������������������������������� $765.00 194

Peca Filter Kit This filter kit contains nine forensic filters and three step rings. These are the most common filters used by forensic specialists. The filters are high quality glass and are sized for 67mm filter threaded lenses. Most common investigative macro lenses have thread mounts between 55mm and 67mm. This kit contains step rings that can be used to accommodate lens filter thread mounts of 55mm, 58mm (Fujifilm IS-1), 62mm, and 67mm (Zeiss 50mm Macro). Kit Contents: • 916 UVIR Cut Filter

(Camera Sees Only Visible Light)

• 900 (18a) UV Filter

(Camera sees UV and IR)

• 902 (70) • 904 (87) • 906 (87a) • 908 (87b)

• 910 (87c) • 912 (88a) • 914 (89b) • 3 step rings

A-FK67AH�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,300.00 800.953.3274 |




CURVE MAKES arrowhead EXPOSE curved barrier filter The only orange filter you’ll ever need. Discover how much more detail is ”exposed” with this unique filter. This filter has a unique curved design that has rendered more ridge detail when taking photographs with the 532nm TracER Laser and other alternate light sources in the UV-550nm range. This Long Pass Filter blocks outside laser/ALS light and passes longer wavelengths emitted from trace evidence samples to capture images with more detail using a suitable camera. 62 mm diameter, polycarbonate material. A-62532 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$296.00

Prints treated with Lumicyano™. Photographed with standard orange barrier filter. Fluoresced with the Polilight Flare Plus at 450nm.

Prints treated with Lumicyano™. Photographed with curved orange barrier filter. Fluoresced with the Polilight Flare Plus at 450nm.


Attach necessary step-up ring


INTERCHANGABLE Camera Filter kit This series of camera filters is for use in the laboratory as well as in the field for crime scene investigation in order to visualize evidence conveniently. Applications for these filters can range from questioned documents suspected of alterations, body fluids, gunshot residue and other latent evidence that’s invisible to the naked eye, but can be revealed using UV light and other alternative light sources. Knowing which filter to use in combination with which forensic light source is not an exact science. Light conditions, the type of surface or material in question and state of the substance (wet, dry, new, old, etc...) often influence which combination works best. This filter set offers the investigator the ability to easy switch out filters and to work with a variety of cameras if a department has different camera models without the added cost of purchasing specific sized filters. Kit includes 8 adapters: 49 mm, 52 mm, 55 mm, 58 mm, 62 mm, 67 mm, 72 mm, 77 mm. Also includes 3 filters (red, orange, yellow and padded carrying case. A-K212����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$575.00 800.953.3274 |

Slip desired filter into mounting bracket


Slide mounting bracket onto attached ring


Master Measuring Scales Kit The Master Measuring Scales Kit contains the greatest assortment of measuring scales imaginable. From our 1/2” (1.3cm) wide Photo Evidence Rule to the 30 ft. (9m) Jumbo Photo Evidence Rule Tape, practically any measuring task can be accomplished. Some scales are disposable, some you’ll use over and over again. And you’ll also find call-out evidence ID numbers with included scales. This vast assortment includes English and metric scales, and some are even printed in both. Even fluorescent scales that glow brightly under longwave UV light have been provided. After all, the measure of a well-equipped crime scene photographer is the equipment he carries. KIT CONTENTS: Photo Evidence Rule Tape, .5” x 500” Photo Evidence Rule Tape, 1” x 500” Photo Evidence Folding Scale. 0-24” x 0-12” Big Numeral Tri-Fold Reference Scale, 36” (Straight) Big Numeral Tri-Fold Reference Scale, 90cm (Straight) Disposable Photo Evidence Rule, 2”, White on Black, Set of 100 Disposable Photo Evidence Rule, 2”, Black on Gray, Set of 100 Disposable Photo Evidence Rule, 2”, Black on White, Set of 100 Blue Vinyl Photo Evidence Ruler, 6”, Set of 10 Fluorescent Green Vinyl Photo Evidence Ruler, 6”, Set of 10 Fluorescent Orange Vinyl Photo Evidence Ruler, 6”, Set of 10 White Vinyl Photo Evidence Ruler, 6”, Set of 10 White Magnetic Evidence Scales, 6”, Set of 10 Gray Magnetic Evidence Scales, 6”, Set of 10 Black Magnetic Evidence Scales, 6”, Set of 10 Photo Evidence Rule, Black on Gray, 2”, Set of 10 Photo Evidence Rule, White on Black, 2”, Set of 10 Photo Evidence Rule, Black on White, 2”, Set of 10 Photo Evidence Tape, 1” x 30’ Jumbo Photo Evidence Tape, 1.25” x 30’ Adhesive-Backed Photo Evidence Scale, Roll of 150 Photograph Measure/Identifier Numbers with 0-4cm Scale

Photograph Measure/identifier Numbers with 0-2cm Scale Evidential Photography Scales, 10cm, Set of 10 Evidential Photography Scales, 5cm, Set of 10 White Photo Evidence Scales, Set of 10 Gray Photo Evidence Scales, Set of 10 Blue Photo Evidence Scales, Set of 10 Black Photo Evidence Scales, Set of 10 Transparent Photo Evidence Scales, Set of 10 Adhesive-Backed Photo Evidence Scales, White on Black, 2”, Set of 50 Adhesive-Backed Photo Evidence Scales, Black on Gray, 2”, Set of 50 Adhesive-Backed Photo Evidence Scales, Black on White, 2”, Set of 50 Adhesive-Backed Scales, with 2” & 50mm Repeat, Roll of 150 Set of 2 Reversible Scales in Macrography Photography Big Numeral Reference Scales, 2”, Set of 12 Big Numeral Reference Scales, 6”, Set of 12 Big Numeral Reference Scales, 12”, Set of 12 Forensic Scale, Black on White, 105mm x 105mm Forensic Scale, Black on White, 4.125” x 4.125” Forensic Scale, Fluorescent Orange, 4.125” x 4.125”, Set of 5 Forensic Scale, Fluorescent Green, 105mm x 105mm, Set of 5 High-Impact, Copolymer Carrying Case with Handle, 18” x 13” x 9”

A-6224���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $312.57

Photo Series Identifier Cards Available in two sizes, these cards are designed to serve as the first photograph in a series of crime-scene photos. They contain metric and fractional scales, a color scale and areas to clearly identify the series of photographs that follow. A-6970 4” x 5a” 25/pad ������������������������������������������������������������$6.80 A-6980 82” x 11” 25/pad�����������������������������������������������������������$12.90


800.953.3274 |

Vinyl Photo Documentation SCALES

Magnetic SCALES

These plastic photo rulers feature fractional and metric scales. The phosphorescent scale will glow in the dark. Additional colors and custom imprint available on request.

Arrowhead was the first to offer magnetic rulers that allow crime-scene photographers to easily include a scale on vertical metal surfaces,making them a must for any crime-scene kit. These economical rulers are printed in fractional and metric.

2”/5cm 10 rulers/pkg���������������������������������� $6.50 A-6208������������������������������������������������������������ White A-6207������������������������������������������������������������� Black A-6209���������������������������������������������������������������Gray A-6212��������������������������������������������������������������� Blue A-6214������������������������������������������ Phosphorescent 6”/15cm 10 rulers/pkg�������������������������������� $8.75 A-6306���������������������������������������������������������� White A-6206����������������������������������������������������������� Black A-6106�������������������������������������������������������������Gray A-6108������������������������������������������������������������� Blue A-6110���������������������������������������� Phosphorescent

2”/5cm������������������������������������������������������������������������������$2.50 A-6102M������������������������������������������������������������������������� Gray A-6202M������������������������������������������������������������������������Black A-6203M�����������������������������������������������������������������������White A-6204M�����������������������������������������������������Phosphorescent 6”/15cm���������������������������������������������������������������������������$3.00 A-6106M������������������������������������������������������������������������� Gray A-6206M������������������������������������������������������������������������Black A-6306M�����������������������������������������������������������������������White A-6307M�����������������������������������������������������Phosphorescent

800.953.3274 |


ABFO No. 2 Photomacrographic Scale This ruler was designed to give the photographer and the developer the ability to have a scale for small items that need a clear scale for development. The white metric corner square includes an 18% gray half tone and is commonly referred to as an ABFO #2. These rulers are available in plastic, magnetic, and one time use removable adhesive paper. MAGNETIC�������������������������� $5.25 A-6200M��������������������������� White A-6240M���������������������������� Black A-6241M������������������������������Gray A-6242M��������� Phosphorescent

PLASTIC�������������������������$4.50 A-6200�������������������������� White A-6137��������������������������� Black A-6138���������������������������� Gray A-6141��������Phosphorescent

ABFO No. 2 ADHESIVE Photomacrographic Scale This ruler was designed to give the photographer and the developer the ability to have a scale for small items that need a clear scale for development. The white metric corner square includes an 18% gray half tone and is commonly referred to as an ABFO #2. These rulers are available in plastic, magnetic, and one time use removable adhesive paper. REMOVABLE ADHESIVE PAPER 1 time use 25 / pk����������������������������������������������������������������$10.00 A-6200A���������������������������������������������������������������������������������White A-6201A����������������������������������������������������������������������������������Black A-6202A����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� Gray

Mini ABFO #2 Adhesive Forensic Evidence LabelS Our adhesive mini ABFO #2 evidence tags are printed on matte finish complete with recording scene and date. Printed white, available in fractional or metric. This is an inexpensive way to place a scale in any photograph. 100 labels/roll��������������������������������������������������������������������$15.00 A-6245�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1” A-6246 ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2” A-6243������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2cm A-6244������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4cm


800.953.3274 |

Adhesive Photo Documentation Rulers With Case Number & Date These paper adhesive photo rulers are an inexpensive way to place a scale in any photograph. They will stick to almost anything and stay in place while the picture is being taken. They are printed with crisp numbers on a matte finish with an area to mark case number and date. 8cm���������������������������������������������������$5.65 50 rulers / pkg

2”/5cm Scale��������������������������������� $6.80 50 rulers/pkg

5cm������������������������������������������������� $5.50 50 rulers/pkg

A-6131���������������������������������������������White A-6232����������������������������������������������Black A-6136����������������������������������������������� Gray

A-6430A���������������������������������������� White A-6530A����������������������������������������� Black A-6630A�������������������������������������������Gray

A-6431������������������������������������������� White A-6531�������������������������������������������� Black A-6631����������������������������������������������Gray

Roll of 150������������������������������������ $12.00 A-6430AR�������������������������������������� White 3”����������������������������������������������������� $5.50 50 rulers / pkg

2”����������������������������������������������������� $6.25 50 rulers/pkg

A-6330������������������������������������������� White A-6230�������������������������������������������� Black A-6130����������������������������������������������Gray

A-6430������������������������������������������� White A-6530�������������������������������������������� Black A-6630����������������������������������������������Gray 800.953.3274 |


Reversible “L” Reference Scales These reference scales are two-sided with one side printed black on white, and the other white on black. They are made of rigid plastic. The scale is designed for impressions, but can be used in any picture that needs scale in length and height. Hinged models offer more versatility.

A-6204 180mm x 450mm Hinged������������������������������������������������������������$13.00 A-6203H 150mm x 300mm Hinged������������������������������������������������������������$11.25 A-6201 150mm x 300mm�������������������������������������������������������������������������$10.25

“Bureau” Reference Scale Kit Designed for the rigor of the bureau this kit is primarily for measuring footwear and tire track impression comparison. Made of rigid plastic and feature glare free finish. The scale set provides maximum contrast by featuring black markings on a white background on one side and white markings on a black background on the reverse. Alternating black and white bands provide an excellent visual reference from a distance and crosshairs at each end provide a means for checking and correcting perspective distortion. The L-shaped scale is rigid and will always provide an exact 90° scale. Kit Contains: 1) “L” Reference Scale 180mm x 450mm Hinged 1) “L” Reference Scale 150mm x 300mm 2) Rulers 15cm A-6205������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$26.50


800.953.3274 |

double sided ruler - 15omm A-6308 White/Black, 150mm, pk/10������������������������������������ $9.50

T RULER A-6203F White 4”x6” Fractional������������������������������������������ $7.10 A-6203 White 10cm x 15cm����������������������������������������������� $7.10

Medium “L” Reference Scale This plastic 7” medium ”L” Reference Scale is available in white, black, or gray. Priced per scale. A-6247 White 7”������������������������������������������������������������������� $8.50 A-6248 Black 7”������������������������������������������������������������������� $8.50 A-6249 Gray 7”������������������������������������������������������������������� $8.50

Gun Barrel Scale Unique round metal design allows precise, accurate interior barrel length measurement. This critical measurement is now quick and easy using this scale. Made to fit loosely in various barrels. They provide non-obstructive contact with tight plastic sleeve and nylon tip on end. Pre-gauged to within ± .010 per 24 inch (61cm) graduated length. Each scale is tested by a Master Vernier Caliper in compliance with Federal SPEC-GGG-C-11C and National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) test #731-241460. Each scale is issued a Letter of Certification recorded as a trackable document (available upon request). Two sized scales included in the set, one for small bore (22 caliber) and one for larger bore 930 caliber +). Both scales have fractional and metric ruler and come in a protective storage tube. A-2230HR 22 caliber and 30 caliber set������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $139.00

Superficial Trauma Discoloration Cards Official color match critique standard. Record the 12 digit number printed on the front of the card proceeded by the selected color number(s) of 1 to 48. Light skin and dark skin cards available. The STD Cards are designed to provide a repeatable and accurate Standard Color Matched Selection of colors to visually compare and record what is observed. This is accomplished, not by trying to guess what color to call it, but by the number representing the color. Pick the color number closest to the bruise present. More than one color might be present from the center of the bruise to the outside perimeter. Record colors and locations accordingly. Holding a STD Card next to the bruise while photographing provides conclusive evidence. A-STD0523 Dark Skin Tone 2.25” x 3.75” Card���������������������������� $12.00 A-STD0524 Light Skin Tone 3.75” x 6.25” Card��������������������������� $12.00

800.953.3274 |


TRi-Fold Scale This compact scale has already been an incredibly popular item with many agencies because of how it can fold down to fit easily in pouches and pockets. Useful as frame-of-reference in photographs at crime scenes, this tool is perfect for recording foot prints, blood spatter, and tire tracks. The 3 Piece Folding Angles are made of strong 1/16” plastic, held together by brass grommets, and are printed with a bold readable design. Black text and increments on a yellow background help the ruler stick out on the job site and in photographs. The black rectangle patterns allow for the readability of measurements at a much greater distance. Versatile design allows measurements to be taken in a straight line using 1 side or on x and y adjustable axis using the reverse side. Rigid plastic cleans with soap and water or can be decontaminated with 10% bleach. A-FR38 Feet/Inches (38” total length)���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$13.80 A-FR67 Metric���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$13.80

Roll Adhesive Photo Documentation Ruler Photo Evidence Rule Tape AND Dispenser Apply this tape to glass, metal, wood or virtually any surface, and remove after photographs are taken. This tape provides a means of permanently recording 1/16” increments, 12” repeat. Printed black on matte white and housed on a 1” core. Provided with our sturdy Metal Tape Dispenser. Tape measures 1” wide by 500” long.

The white ruler tape contains 30 separate 12” rulers with both metric and fractional scales. When traditional rulers are place on curvatures they lose their scaling ability, this is less than ideal and not have a scaling guide by the wound/bruise photography is not an option. This scale will stick to curvatures and keeps scalability while contouring to various objects. A-6600����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.50

A-601ED�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $10.50

Fiberglass Measuring Tape ADHESIVE Ruler Tape This fractional yellow tape has large numbers on a continuous tape. 12” rulers repeated. 30’ long x 1.5” wide. 202

A-6602����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.25

This measuring tape is 14” wide by 7’ long. It works well as the vertical scale in blood spatter analysis, or will provide a long scale in pictures that may cover a large surface area. Easily cleans with bleach and is reusable. A-6202����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $7.95

800.953.3274 |

STEEL Measuring Tapes These steel tapes are housed in an impact resistant, yellow ABS case. Tape measures come with a handy folding steel hook designed to fit the hand comfortably while allowing deployment and rewind. The FatMax Extreme (A-6154) features a high-visibility Mylar® polyester film that provides visibility in low lighting. Metric. FATMAX EXTREME - 1-1/4” wide FATMAX - 1-1/4” wide LONGTAPE - 3/8” wide A-6154 25’ Measuring Tape�������$45.60 A-6155 25’ Measuring Tape�������$29.50 A-6150 50’ Measuring Tape�������$20.50 A-6156 40’ Measuring Tape�������$35.50 A-6153 100’ Measuring Tape�����$25.50

FIBERGLASS Scene Measuring Reel Tapes These large measuring tapes come in either 100’ or 300’ lengths. These tapes contain an exclusive two-color blade (yellow and white) in both metric and fractional scales. One person can easily use them and provide accurate measurements over long distances. A-6001 100 feet; metric/fractional������������������������������ $27.00 A-6002 100 feet; 1/10th scale�������������������������������������� $27.00 A-6003 300 feet; metric/fractional������������������������������ $57.00

Pocket Rod Available in inches or metric units, the Pocket Rod™ can be used as any tape measure. However, when pulled completely from it’s housing, it becomes a straight, metal reference scale that can be placed against a wall for reference. When set on the ground, the numbers read from ground level up. When you are done, simply retract the Pocket Rod™ tape back into its plastic housing. The Pocket Rod™ is 2 meters (6’ feet) tall with black numbers on a white background on one side and red numbers on a white background on the other side. A-PR61 Inches������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$22.50 A-PR61M Metric������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$22.50 800.953.3274 |


Durawheel Commercial Distance Measuring Wheels Designed and built for demanding forensic professionals, comes with a lifetime warranty. Features: Measures to 9,999 Feet 12.5” Diameter Wheel Hi-Traction Tire Heavy Duty Chassis Debris Scraper Belt Driven Counter Imperial or Metric Calibration Folds to Fit into Padded Case Lifetime Warranty Pistol Grip Brake Counter Controls

SPECS: Wheel diameter: 12.5” Tread width: .857” Folded Length: 19” Extended Length: 37” Weight: 6 lb.

A-DW-PRO������������������������������������������������������������������������ $160.00

Rolatape Distance Measuring Wheels As a leading manufacturer of distance measuring wheels, Rolatape offers models from small indoor use wheels for simple jobs to large circumference wheels that handle the rough terrain. A-6005 Small Single Wheel Feet/Inches����������������������� $51.20 A-6007 Small Double Wheel Feet/Inches��������������������� $75.00

MAGNEtIC ANGLE FINDER This angle finder is great for use in trajectory reconstruction or leveling methods for impression photography. A-6928�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$13.50

Classic Compass 2 degree graduations, declination adjustment, 0-35 degree inclination scale, and inch/mm scale. Measures 32” x 22”. A-BN9020�������������������������������������������������������������������������� $18.95

Protractor/Angle Finder This 6” protractor/angle finder is high strength plastic with brass hardware. Measures transfer inside, outside, and slope angles. The finest multi-purpose protractor on the market. A-2791E 6”������������������������������������������������������������������������� $6.80

Round Inspection Mirror These round inspection mirrors are ideal for locating evidence in tight places. Comes with built in pocket clip. A-2718E 14” Round Mirror, extends 8”������������������������ $6.00 A-27185E 24” Round Mirror, extend 14”������������������������ $9.50 204

800.953.3274 |



bosch dtect 150 wall scanner

• Accuracy: ±0.0-Inch (1.0mm) • Range: 2-Inch to 800 Foot • Multi-surface area mode: Calculates

• Accuracy: ±1/16-Inch (1.5mm) • Range: 2-Inches to 230-foot • Multi-surface area mode: Calculates

the total area of several individual surfaces with a common length or height • Seven measuring modes: Length, area, volume, min/max, continuous, indirect length, multi-surface area measurements for versatile applications • Built-in vail bubble: Provides visual reference when measuring horizontal distances

Maximum precision for maximum safety when scanning walls for bullets or other materials within wall/concrete. Avoid accidentally striking unwanted objects when drilling or searching for evidence. The ultra wideband radar sensor system provides millimetre-accurate detection of ferrous/non-ferrous metals, live cables, wooden studs and even plastic pipes. Five different modes enable the best possible detection on any surface and it doesn’t require any calibration

A-GLR225 Laser Measurer��������� $201.00

A-DTECT150 Wall Scanner������ $1,050.00

the total area of several individual surfaces with a common length or height • Built in memory storage: Stores up to 30 measurement modes and results • Integrated 1.6X magnification view finder: For long range and outdoor measurements

A-GLR825 Laser Measurer������� $488.00

bosch GLm 8o DIgital angle finder The high-tech solution for convenient measurement of angles. Highly effective when used for distance laser measuring and bullet trajectory. Matched with the the new A-R60 Level, (shown below) for the most powerful digital way of measuring! • New functionality due to integrated 360° incline sensor • Precise and easy to operate due to illuminated display which turns automatically • Up to 25,000 individual measurements per battery charge due to Li-Ion technology • Automatic storage of the last 20 measured values and one constant • Can be recharged via standard micro USB port • Timer function can be switched on/off – for precise measurement from difficult positions • Small and handy • Reliable aid on any crime scene due to robust design

SPECIFICATIONS: Battery����������������������������������� 3.7 Li-ion Battery Laser Diode���������������������Class II 630 - 670 nm Leveling Accuracy (Vial)����������������������� +/- 0.2° Measuring Accuracy���������������Typ. +/-1/16-in Range�������������������������������������������2-in to 265-ft Weight (oz.)������������������������������������������������� 5 oz.

A-GLM80 Digital Angle Finder������������������������������������� $261.50 A-r60 Digital Angle Finder Level������������������������������$99.00

800.953.3274 |


Each system contains: Laser range meter PD 40 Hand strap 2 AA batteries Battery compartment key Soft pouch Operating instructions Accuracy: ± 1 mm Laser: 635 nm, Class 2 Measuring range: 0.05 m - 200 m Measuring functions: Single & continuous IP protection class: IP 54 Battery type: 2 x AA Operation time: ≤ 10000 measurements Dimensions (LxWxH): 4.7” X 2.6” X 1.1”

Accuracy: +/- 1/25” Dimensions: 4.7” X 2.6” X 1.1” Each system contains: Laser range meter Soft pouch Hand strap Target plate 2 ”AA” batteries; instructions

Hilti PD42 Laser System

Hilti PD4o Laser System

The Hilti PD42 Laser range meter measures distances, offsets and calculates volume faster and more accurately than tape measures. Designed for easy operation at any crime scene. Has a built in optical sight viewing window that allows it to measure distances in direct sunlight up to 650 ft. Adds & subtracts measurements, calculates sq ft. and volume. 3 Pythagorean modes, painters area, memory and timer functions. Backed by the Hilti Lifetime Service, including no cost calibration during the first two years.

The Hilti PD4o Laser range meter measures distances, offsets and calculates volume faster and more accurately than tape measures. Designed for easy operation at any crime scene. Has a built in optical sight viewing window that allows it to measure distances in direct sunlight up to 650 ft. Adds & subtracts measurements, calculates sq ft. and volume. Backed by the Hilti Lifetime Service, including no cost calibration during the first two years.

A-320285 Hilti PD42 Laser System������������������������$875.00

A-320280 Hilti PD40 Laser System������������������������$540.00

Digital Laser Specifications: • Working Range: Up to 50’ interior visible range • Working Environment: Designed for Interior use • Vial Sensitivity: Level +/- 20 minutes – Plumb +/- 30 minutes • Line Accuracy: +/- 1/4 @ 50’ • Leveling Type: Manual, with base adjusting screw • Level Beam Accuracy: ±1/4-in @ 50-ft (6.3mm at 16.5m) in dot mode • Laser Diode: Class 2M/3R (>1mW), 635nm to 670nm. • Laser Class : Class 2M/3R • Batteries: 3 ”AA” Alkaline (included) • Battery Life: Up to 100 hours intermittent use This product complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 Angle Finder Specifications: • Resolution: 0.05° • Repeatability: .01° • Accuracy: ±0.2° • Battery: Standard 9 volt (included) Kit Contents: 1) Laser Projector 1) Range Finder 1) Angle Finder w/Carrying Case 1) Laser Targets Short Plastic Photo Evidence Numbers (1-15) 10) Vinyl Photo Evidence Scales 10)Photographic Identifier Numbers 1) Carrying Bag Black Nylon Dimensions: 6” x 9” x 10” Weight: 3.457 lbs. (1.568 kg.)

Digital Measurement Kit The new DIGMK300 Digital Measurement Kit is a versatile tool kit designed to assist the investigator at the crime scene with photography, laser trajectory, Blood spatter, and other relevant field work. The three measuring devices and accessories make crime scene investigations easier, quicker, and more accurate. A-6225�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$321.37 206

800.953.3274 |

Entomological analyses are dependent on ambient temperature and micro-habitat associated with the corpse; thus, always record the temperature at the crime scene, body/ground interface, maggot mass, etc Use Infrared Thermometers for accurate reading without touching the subject, surface and possible evidence. Entomology kits can be found on page 49.

Dial Pocket Thermometer Temperature range of 0° to 220°C with a degree division of 2°. 1” dial with 5” stem and plastic pocket case. Shock resistant, stainless steel parts, break resistant polycarbonate crystal. Safe-T-Set™ external recalibration design with 1 point calibration for 1% at dial midpoint. For accurate measurement, the bimetal stem should be inserted a full 2” to the dimple in the stem. Protective cover features a pocket clip for easy storage and transportation. A-6974������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$23.50

Infrared Thermometer

Digital Pocket Thermometer This stainless steel and plastic construction thermometer is small enough to carry in your shirt pocket and features a large LCD display. Readings are updated every second. Hold button freezes a reading for later observation. Can read in F or C. Unit operates continuously on a single replaceable silver oxide battery. Temperature range is -58° to 572°F with accuracy of ±1F. Stem Length is 3.5”. Stem diameter is .16”. Overall length is 64”.

If you’ve ever used an infrared thermometer, then you may have been fooled regarding the temperature reading. That’s because IR thermometers project a measurement cone at a surface and take the average temperature of the cone at the target. Although most IR thermometers have a laser pointer, a laser is a line, not a cone, and you may think that you’re getting temperature at the laser point only. Fluke’s 62 Max+ uses two rotating laser pointers that show you the size of the measurement area. It covers the temperature range from -30°C to 650°C with a response time less than 300 ms. A-62B Fluke® 62 Max+ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$158.00 -22 to 1202°F; Accuracy ±1.0 °C

A-6973�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$37.50 800.953.3274 |


ALL-WEATHER POCKET Notebooks These are the truly go-anywhere, anytime, in any weather notebooks. The pocket notebooks are conveniently sized to take with you on your outings. With a Polydura cover and the Universal pattern, these 100 page (50 sheet) notebooks are perfect for any situation. A-133PN 3” x 5”���������������������������������������������������������������������� $5.25 A-RR146 4” x 6”���������������������������������������������������������������������� $6.75

notebook & field book covers These covers are made specifically to fit the Rite in the Rain products. They add convenience for carrying writing utensils as well as added protection. Tan



A-RRc980 A-RRC946 A-RRc395

A-RRc980B A-RRc946B A-RRc395B

4s” x 7”����������������������� $16.95 4” x 6”�������������������������� $13.95 3” x 5”�������������������������� $12.95

ALL-WEATHER PEN While a pencil works great on our all-weather products, sometimes you just need a pen. The No. 97 All-Weather Clicker Pen writes on wet paper, upside down and in temperatures from -30F to 250F. Flat Black Metal barrel. A-97AWP Black Tactical Clicker Pen������������������������������� $12.35




ALL-WEATHER Spiral Notebooks


If you’re needing a large format notebook, look no further. The Maxi-Spiral Notebooks have strong Polydura covers and wire-o binding. Journal ruled pages.

Great for traveling with you anywhere, this mid-sized FieldFlex Bound Book is filled with 128 pages (64 sheets). Universal patterned paper. Each sheet is our heavier 32# ”Rite in the Rain” paper.

A-RR393MX 82” x 11”, 84 pages������������������������������������ $14.95 A-RR393 4s” x 7”, 64 pages�����������������������������������������$8.50 208


A-RR374 4s” x 74”����������������������������������������������������� $13.95 A-RR374MX 82” x 11”������������������������������������������������������ $17.95

800.953.3274 |

PREMIUM PREMIUM CRIME CRIME SCENE SCENE NOTEBOOK NOTEBOOK Your Your documentation documentation is is vital. vital. Protect Protect your your report report and and documentation documentation with with this this heavy heavy duty duty notebook. notebook. Designed Designed for for use use on on aa per per case case basis, basis, no no longer longer do do you you have have to to worry worry about about damaged damaged reports reports from from scene scene to to scene. scene. Once Once your your done done with with the the report, report, remove remove the the pages pages and and add add it it to to the the case case file. file. Fill Fill the the notebook notebook with with our our case case documentation documentation pack pack (A(ARRCSIR) RRCSIR) and and you’re you’re ready ready for for you you next next case. case. The The information information provided provided can can ensure ensure that that you you write write down down aspects aspects of of the the scene scene that that may may have have been been overlooked. overlooked. Pre-printed Pre-printed ”Rite-in-the ”Rite-in-the Rain” Rain” pages pages offer offer durabildurability ity to to write write in in wet wet weather weather conditions. conditions. Protective Protective cover cover is is flexible flexible to to fit fit in in your your BDU BDU pocket pocket and and includes includes metric metric and and fractional fractional scales. scales. AA handy handy pocket pocket on on the the inside inside cover cover allows allows you you to to hold hold documents documents already already obobtained tained about about the the case. case. This This notebook notebook contains contains 50 50 pages pages of of possible possible case case data. data. Pages Pages include: include: CSI CSI Team Team Responding Responding Legal Legal Issues Issues CSI CSI Field Field Report Report Temperature/Weather Temperature/Weather Data Data Odors Odors at at the the Crime Crime Scene Scene Tire Tire Impression Impression Evidence Evidence Vehicle Vehicle Information Information Photographic Photographic Log Log Evidence Evidence Diagrams Diagrams Fingerprint Fingerprint Processing Processing

Chemical Fingerprint Processing Inventory Checklist Body Diagram Gunshot Wound Information Firearm Information Bullet Indicating Information Entomological Observations Medical Examiner’s Form Blank Journal Pages for Reports Blank Grid Pages for Diagrams

Customize Customize the the notebook notebook with with report report details details already already assigned assigned to to your your department. department. A-RRCSI A-RRCSI Crime Crime Scene Scene Notebook Notebook w/50 w/50 Documentation Documentation Pages���$31.50 Pages���$31.50 A-RRCSIR A-RRCSIR 50 50 Documentation Documentation Pages Pages Refill������������������������������������� Refill�������������������������������������$9.25 $9.25

800.953.3274 |


Portable desktop


Recycled aluminum Saunders utility clip board. The low profile clip, 1” lower compartment, removable 7/8”upper compartment, and antimicrobial treated surface make this a sturdy, convenient tool for the forensic professional. A-0223����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $33.50

This Polydura storage clipboard is the key to your outdoor office! Store 8 1/2” x 11” data sheets, pencils, and other field equipment inside the durable plastic shell. It has a warmer feel than a metal clip board. The new design has more space inside for sheets, has a convenient carrying handle, and an improved clasp. Lightweight and completely weatherproof, the ”Rite in the Rain” Field Desk lets you take your office outdoors! A-RR295�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $19.95


Forensic/Tactical Search Mirror

”Rite in the Rain” Grid Sheets are a favorite for many outdoor professionals. They have plenty of room to sketch and take notes. The sheets are padded in 50’s and 3 hole punched. 2 pads (100 sheets) per pack. A-RR1104 Cross Section 4” Grid��������������������������������������������� $15.95 A-RR1136 Journal 4” Rule������������������������������������������������������� $15.95

The 3” X 5” mirror is high quality and useful for directing light into crevices and side lighting footwear/tire impressions. There are no cut outs allowing small objects (such as bullets) to be placed on the scale within the printed circles for accurate photo documentation. The mirror comes in a sturdy black leatherette carrying case. A-6348������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$12.50


800.953.3274 |

Master Crime Scene Sketching Kit Outfitted with everything needed to quickly and accurately diagram a crime scene. The included polydura field case provides a firm writing surface and protects the sketching templates and paper when not in use. The polydura field case with convenient carrying handle for easy transport across the scene. Kit Includes:

Pad of Cross-Sectional Paper Mechanical Pencil Heavy Duty Square

Protractor/Angle Finder General Traffic Sketching Template Set General Crime Scene Sketching Template Human Figure Sketching Template

Directional Compass 50’ Measuring Tape Polydura Case

A-6340CSK��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $190.50

Standard Crime Scene Sketching Kit This basic kit provides all the components needed for traffic accident reconstruction. Easily stored in any vehicle, the kit is self-contained and protected in the included polydura field case. Protractor/Angle Finder Kit Includes: Pad of Cross-Sectional Paper Mechanical Pencil

General Traffic Sketching Template Set Polydura Case

A-6341CSK����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $40.50 800.953.3274 |








Crime Scene Templates

Traffic Templates

Our templates will aid in crime and accident scene sketches. They will make your sketches more uniform and clear for future reference.

Called ”the most recognized piece of plastic in the accident investigation world” by the National Association of Traffic Accident Reconstructionists and Investigators (NATARI), this instrument allows crash investigators, engineers, architects, claim adjusters, lawyers and other professionals to quickly prepare scale maps of traffic accidents, calculate speeds from skidding distances, estimate stopping and acceleration distances, change miles-per-hour to feet-per-second (Metric model changes kilometers-per-hour to meters-per-second), measure angles and grades and illustrate arrangement of parked vehicles. Made of transparent plastic, it also serves as a clinometer to measure road grades and superelevations when used with a slightly modified clipboard. A detailed, illustrated 20-page instruction manual is included

A-6335 A-6340 A-6341 A-6345 A-6351

Crime Scene; 82” x 11”�������������������������������� $15.95 Double Traffic 2 Set Template; 4” x 8”�������� $14.95 Universal Traffic 5 Set Template; 14” x 7”� $13.95 Human Figure; 82” x 11”����������������������������� $17.00 Sniper Template; 4” x 8”������������������������������ $17.00

A-SN1000 Traffic Template; 10 3/4” x 4 1/2”����������������������������$15.00 212

800.953.3274 |

VERSA CONES - pre-printed Versa-Cones can be used in conjunction with ID Tents or Disposable ID Tents to pre-mark evidence and then number it for proper sequencing. Simply place the tents on top of the Versa-Cone. Each marker is angled to nest perfectly without obscuring the hole on the top that can be used to anchor the markers to the ground with a crime scene flag. Available in five bright colors (red, green, yellow, blue and white) to help mark multiple categories of evidence and provide the best contrast at a crime scene. White cones are especially useful at arson scenes to mark accelerant trails and provide a good photographic contrast to the scene. Use in conjunction with reflective circles, crime scene flags or chemical light sticks. VersaCones are stackable and compact for easy handling and storage and are made of a durable high-impact material. The base measures 11.4cm x 11.4cm (4.5” x 4.5”) and insures stability in windy conditions. Additional colors available. YELLOW A-6095 1-20������ $84.30 A-6096 21-40���� $84.30 A-6097 41-60���� $84.30 A-6098 61-80���� $84.30 A-6099 81-100�� $84.30

BLUE A-6090 A-6091 A-6092 A-6093 A-6094

1-20������ $84.30 21-40���� $84.30 41-60���� $84.30 61-80���� $84.30 81-100�� $84.30

RED A-6078 A-6077 A-6076 A-6074 A-6073

1-20������ $84.30 21-40���� $84.30 41-60���� $84.30 61-80���� $84.30 81-100�� $84.30

VERSA CONE carry bag w/ strap This attractive, bright yellow nylon carrying case can be used to transport and store up to 20 of our Evi-Paq® Versa-Cones. A business card holder sewn into the side can be used to identify a specific set of cones, or used for identification if the bag is ever lost. The adjustable shoulder strap makes it easy to transport. A-6084������������������������������������������������������������$14.15

Arrowhead Evidence Photo Marking Cones

Evidence Marking Disc Cones

5” tall and made of bright orange rubber, not plastic. They clearly mark evidence for photography and identification without cluttering the scene.

Perfect for placing on angled surfaces such as hillsides. They are also resistant to displacement by wind due to the low rise design.

A-6025 A-6050 A-6051 A-6075

Numbers 1 - 25�������������������������������������������������������������������� $96.00 Numbers 26 - 50������������������������������������������������������������������ $96.00 Numbers 51 - 75������������������������������������������������������������������ $96.00 Numbers 76 - 99������������������������������������������������������������������ $96.00

800.953.3274 |

A-6025D 1-25 numbered set ������������������������������$31.00 A-6026D 26-50 numbered set ����������������������������$37.50 A-SA6275 16” tall wire disc cone holder��������������$12.75


HINGED L-SCALE Cut out ID TENTS The design of these innovative crime scene markers makes them the most convenient evidence markers available. Each marker features two 3.5” x 3” surfaces and a third horizontal surface featuring a distinctive 2.5” or 5.5” cut-out printed with a metric reference scale, creating a useful L-shaped reference scale that can be used to frame evidence and act as a useful photographic reference. The inclusion of a scale allows for perpendicular photo angle or wall photos. Each scale also includes a set of photo cross hairs to help correct parallax. Each tent also features 2 hinges which allow you to use the tent in 3 ways. 1) standard 6 cm scale tent 2) a 6 cm x 6 cm scale cut out tent and 3) a 6 cm x 1 cm L-scale cut out tent. Made of durable plastic and stackable for compact, easy storage. Low profile design resists wind. A-6315KC A-6316KC A-6317KC A-6318KC

Numbers 1-10������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $25.00 Numbers 1-20������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $43.00 Numbers 1-50������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $92.00 Carrying Bag��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $26.00

EVIDENCE TENTS WITH SCALE These tents feature an 8 cm scale printed on both sides. Each marker is 3.5” wide and 3” tall. Made of durable plastic and stackable for compact, easy storage. A-6319KC A-6320KC A-6321KC A-6322KC A-6323KC A-6324KC 214

Letter A-Z������������������������������������������������������������� $55.45 Numbers 1-10������������������������������������������������������ $20.00 Numbers 1-20������������������������������������������������������ $27.00 Numbers 1-50������������������������������������������������������ $89.00 Numbers 51-100������������������������������������������������� $89.00 Carrying Bag��������������������������������������������������������� $25.00

Evidence Pyramid Markers Fold, lock and draw. These crime scene markers are preprinted with “EVIDENCE“ on two sides and plain on two sides. Each set includes two black permanent markers, one fine point and one large point, for writing your own instructions. Made of heavy-duty white corrugated cardboard with an 8” square base and 10” height. Sides lock together to form a pyramid. Packaged flat for easy storage. Offered in sets of 100. A-6316 100 per pack������������������������������������������������������������������ $74.95

800.953.3274 |

CUT-OUT ID TENTS arrowhead standard and WEIGHTED Evidence Marking Photo Tents Our Photo tents are available in yellow with black print. They allow you to clearly mark evidence for collection while giving perspective to photographs. The weighted photo tents come with 2 oz lead weights which are useful in windy conditions. Weighted tents are housed in a heavy duty carrying case. Optional storage case can be purchased below (holds 25, 3.5” tall tents or 15, 7.5” tents). Tents are 3.5” or 7.5” tall. Carrying Cases available on page 63. standard 3.5” Photo Tents A-6315 Numbers 1 - 15����������������������������������������������������� $19.50 A-6350 Numbers 16 - 50�������������������������������������������������� $45.50 A-6399 Numbers 51 - 99��������������������������������������������������� $64.10 A-6315p Plain���������������������������������������������������������������$1.65 Each 7.5” Photo Tents A-6226 Letters A-Z������������������������������������������������������������� $74.95 A-6215 Numbers 1 - 15����������������������������������������������������� $31.50 A-6250 Numbers 16 - 50��������������������������������������������������� $69.95 A-6299 Numbers 51 - 99�������������������������������������������������$129.50 A-61590 Plain����������������������������������������������������������������$2.00 EACH

The patented design of these unique crime scene markers makes them the most convenient evidence markers available. Each marker features two 3” x 3” surfaces and a third horizontal surface featuring a distinctive 1-3/4” cut-out printed with a metric reference scale, creating a useful L-shaped scale that can be used to frame evidence and act as a useful photographic reference. The inclusion of a scale allows for perpendicular photo angle or wall photos. Each scale also includes a set of photo cross hairs to help correct parallax. Each ID Tent also features a centering holes for wall mounting or elevated field use. Crime scene flags or sticks may be used to anchor the markers in unstable conditions and provide additional visibility to the tent. Made of durable plastic and stackable for compact, easy storage. YELLOW A-idtca26Y A-idtcaA26Y A-idtc0120Y A-idtc2140Y A-idtc4160Y A-idtc6180Y A-idtc8100Y

A-Z�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$53.57 AA-ZZ��������������������������������������������������������������������������$54.67 1-20������������������������������������������������������������������������������$45.70 21-40����������������������������������������������������������������������������$45.70 41-60����������������������������������������������������������������������������$45.70 61-80����������������������������������������������������������������������������$45.70 81-100�������������������������������������������������������������������������$45.70

WEIGHTED 3.5” Photo Tents with Carrying Case A-6315W Numbers 1 - 15���������������������������������������������������� $43.50 A-6350W Numbers 16 - 50������������������������������������������������� $76.00 A-6399W Numbers 51 - 99�������������������������������������������������� $91.00

DISPOSABLE CUT-OUT ID TENTS This evicendce marking hybrid is something no CSI should be without, the Disposable Cut Out ID Tent. This low cost, highly-flexible evidence marker can be used to identify a wide variety of evidence with its integrated metric scales. The reversible white and yellow faces provide multiple options when marking and photographing evidence. Blank faces provide flexibility for creating an endless variety of number or letter sequences to mark large quantities of evidence. Tents mark easily and permanently with standard Sharpie markers. Made from heavy duty card stock. Cut-out design simplifies measurements of shell casings and other small evidence. Dual face markers with metric scales. Sold in packs of 100. A-6319 100 Yellow Tents�������������������������������������������������������� $38.15 ID TENT CARRYING CASE These versatile ID Tent Carrying Cases hold 60 Cut-Out ID Tents. Case has adjustable shoulder strap and belt loops for easy carrying. Made of durable, bright yellow cordura fabric. A-1007403 Medium, Holds 60 Tents�������������������������������������� $31.15

Working in less than desirable conditions? These Cut-Out ID Tents are designed with a hole in the footed portion next to the scale. Place a golf tee through the hole and into the ground for added security and protection from the elements.

800.953.3274 |


Adhesive Crime Scene Mapping Labels Making logging your photos easier with these adhesive mapping labels. Each marker has a bold 20mm scale, adding perspective and a point of reference to photographs. Each marker is 2.5cm x 3.5cm (1” x 1a”) with a non-glare finish. Each set includes 50 sheets of letters and numbers as well as several pages of arrows and blank markers. A-6614 50 Page Set in 3 Ring Binder���������� $57.60 A-6616 Replacement Pages�������������������������� $1.65 specify which page(s) you wish to replace. Priced per page.

Apply labels to walls, floors and many other surfaces to reference found evidence when photographing.


Photo Numbers & Arrows Booklets


These adhesive numbers and arrows will stick to almost any surface. Use them to clearly mark items in photographs. Bound in booklets of 25 sheets of numbers or arrows, each number is backed with a lowtack adhesive, meaning you can place the markers on evidence and later remove it without marking the surface. The adhesive Arrows and Small Numbers are approximately 1.9cm (0.75”) from point to base. In each book, there are seven arrows which are .8cm (5/16”) wide and eight which are 1.9cm (0.75”) wide as well as a ”North” arrow. Large Numbers are approximately 2” high and include the numbers 1-10.

These low-tack, adhesive-backed labels are for evidential photography. Fingerprints, blood spatters, bullet entry and other physical evidence can be identified, sequenced and sized with these pressure-sensitive labels. A-6253 1-10 Numbers w/0-4cm Scale, 10/pack��������$12.95 A-6254 1-15 Numbers w/0-2cm Scale, 10/pack��������$10.95

A-6227 Large Numbers 1-10��������������������������������������������������������$15.95 A-2578 Small Numbers 1-15��������������������������������������������������������$15.95 A-6228 Arrows����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.95 800.953.3274 |

Evidence Marking Flags Outdoor crime scenes can cause a headache when evidence has been scattered around high grass or uneven ground. These flags work great when human bones or remains need to be documented and recovered in a rural setting. Crime scene flags provide the visual information in the overall and mid-range crime scene photographs that document the evidence’s relationship to the crime scene. These marking flags are ideal for marking evidence in areas where the crime scene technician could easily overlook or disrupt evidence. They are 2” x 3” and stand 21” tall and are packed in bundles of 100. Bright daytime Flags A-6020 Yellow�������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.00 A-6021 Orange������������������������������������������������������������������������� $13.00 Other colors available upon request.

Fluorescent Night Flags A-6013 Orange������������������������������������������������������������������������ $15.00 A-6012 Pink����������������������������������������������������������������������������� $15.00 FIRst response evidence markers Clearly mark potential evidence with these unique fluorescent orange or yellow first response markers. Ideal for the first responder at a crime scene, evidence can be marked quickly to prevent its movement or destruction prior to documentation & collection. A-6317 Fluorescent Orange, 20 Pack�������������������������������������� $23.98 A-6318 Fluorescent Yellow, 20 Pack��������������������������������������� $23.98 Reflective Chalk Reflective Chalk can be used to create reflective markings which can be illuminated by photoflash or flashlight. Perfect for illuminating the location of evidence that would not normally show in night-time photography, or for use at accident investigations to indicate skid marks and highlight relevant debris. Simply draw any desired marks with the fluorescent yellow chalk and photograph normally. A-2698S

3 Sticks Reflective Chalk�������������������������������������� $19.50

Evidence Flagging Tapes Available in ten colors, this flagging tape is ideal for marking trees, fences or other objects to establish the boundaries of a search area. Regular Tape 300’/roll�������������������������������������$2.50 A-6027���������������������White A-6023�������������������Yellow A-6024��������������������������Blue A-6022����������������������������Red A-6028���������������������Green

Fluorescent Tape 150’/roll��������������������������������������������$2.50 A-6030�������������������Yellow A-6029��������������������������Blue A-6031����������������������������Red A-6032���������������������Green A-6033��������������������������Pink

CONE & tent ILLUMINATORS Mark evidence at night using these convenient lights. Activate the light with a simple twist and place next to evidence or under a cone or marker. These lights are waterproof and submersible for use in wet or shallow water conditions. • Clearly mark evidence at night • Activate the light with a simple twist • Waterproof • Submersible • Available in five colors • Illuminate cones at night A-6071 A-6072 A-6073 A-6074

10) White�������������������������������������������������$22.10 10) Red����������������������������������������������������$22.10 50) White�������������������������������������������������$95.50 50) Red����������������������������������������������������$95.50 800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

Reconstruction 3D Laser Scanner Forensic Mannequins Trajectory Tools Laser Trajectory Kits

800.953.3274 |

_219 220 222 223 224



800.953.3274 |

FARO 3d FOCUS Conventional forensic surveys of crime or accident scenes — known as ”total station work” — involve photographing the scene from numerous angles with a standard camera, tape measuring distances between critical objects, and diagramming relative positions of pieces of evidence. This survey technique has two fundamental weaknesses: time sensitivity and point-of-view. The Focus3D is a high-speed 3D laser scanner for detailed measurement and documentation. The Focus3D uses laser technology to produce incredibly detailed threedimensional images of complex environments and geometries in only a few minutes. The handy Focus3D is also ideally suited to perform rapid and complete 3D recordings of crime and accident scenes. All details of relevance in any subsequent reconstruction of the crime or accident are covered. Similarly, in order to develop appropriate safety concepts for events, laser scans deliver the relevant 3D topography information. Benefits:

Permanent and detailed 3D archiving of crime and accident scenes Simple 3D simulation of the crime or accident Development of emergency plans and safety measures by means of authentic virtual representations saves up to 50% of scan time compared to conventional scanners

Performance Specifications

Hardware Specifications

Ranging Unit Unambiguity interval: 153.49m (503.58ft) Range Focus3D 1201: 0.6m-120m indoor or outdoor with low ambient light and normal incidence to a 90% reflective surface Range Focus3D 20: 0.6m - 20m at normal incidence on >10% matte reflective surface Measurement speed: 122,000 / 244,000 / 488,000 / 976,000 points/sec Ranging error2: ±2mm at 10m and 25m, each at 90% and 10% reflectivity

Ranging noise3 @ 90% refl. @ 10% refl.

@10m 0.6mm 1.2mm

@10m - noise compressed 0.3mm 0.6mm


@25m 0.95mm 2.20mm

@25m - noise compressed4 0.5mm 1.1mm

Color Unit Resolution: Up to 70 megapixel color Dynamic color feature: Automatic adaption of brightness

Deflection unit

Vertical field of view (vertical/horizontal): 305° / 360° Step size (vertical/horizontal): 0.009° (40,960 3D pixels on 360°) / 0.009° (40,960 3D pixels on 360°) Max. vertical scan speed: 5,820rpm or 97Hz

Laser (Optical transmitter)

Laser power (cw Ø): 20mW (Laser class 3R) Wavelength: 905nm Beam divergence: Typical 0.19mrad (0.011°) Beam diameter at exit: 3.0mm, circular

Data handling and control

Data storage: SD, SDHC™, SDXC™; 32GB card included Scanner control: Via touch-screen display New WiFi(WLAN) access: Remote control, Scan Visualization and download are possible on mobile devices with Flash®


Dual axis compensator: Levels each scan with an accuracy of 0.015° and a range of ±5° Height sensor: Detects the height relative to a fixed point via an electronic barometer and adds it to the scan Compass: Electronic compass gives the scan an orientation. A calibration feature is included.

800.953.3274 |

Power supply voltage: 19V (external supply), 14.4V (internal battery) Power consumption: 40W and 80W respectively (while battery charges) Battery life: Up to 5 hours Ambient temperature: 5° - 40°C Humidity: Non-condensing Cable connector: Located in scanner mount Weight: 5.0kg Size: 240x200x100mm3 Maintenance calibration: Annual Parallax-free: Yes 1) Depends on ambient light, which can act as a source of noise. Bright ambient light (e.g. sunshine) may shorten the actual range of the scanner to lesser distances. In low ambient light, the range can be more than 120m for normal incidence on high-reflective surfaces. 2) Ranging error is defined as the maximum error in the distance measured by the scanner from its origin point to a point on a planar target. 3) Ranging noise is defined as a standard deviation of values about the best-fit plane. 4) A noise-compression algorithm may be activated to average points in sets of 4 or 16, thereby compressing raw data noise by a factor of 2 or 4. Subject to change without prior notice.

Efficient: The long range of up to 120m, the level sensor, the compactness and ease of use and the auto-registration at no extra cost result in up to 50% savings of scan and processing time compared to conventional laser scanners. Precise and Fast: The Focus3D creates a precise, virtual copy of reality in millimeter-accuracy at a blazing speed of up to 976,000 measurement points per second. Economical: The price of the Focus3D is a revolution by itself. A 3D laser scanner has never been so affordable. Revolutionary and Simple: Due to its intuitive control concept with touchscreen display, the Focus3D is as easy to operate as a digital camera.



trajectory tom & trajectory tasha forensic mannequins Trajectory Tom mannequins are ideal realistic figures for research and investigations. Trajectory Tom is made of a soft, lightweight foam that has a protective skin coating and weighs approximately 15 lbs. What makes Trajectory Tom so unique is its structural, yet flexible frame. Trajectory Tom has appendages just like a human, and can be flexed in nearly any position imaginable. He can be flexed at the ankle, knee, shoulder, elbow, and wrist, right down to the finger joints. Wigs, hairpieces and base plate are also optional. 36” wires are available with all forensic dummies to aid in determining bullet trajectory by referencing entrance and exit points. Trajectory Tom forensic mannequins are ideal for ”on the scene” investigative work to replace an injured or deceased victim. By placing the dummy in the same anatomical position that the victim was found, valuable evidence, bullet, or other weapon trajectories may still be determined. The use of a 3D anatomical model adds valuable information to an investigation even after the victim has been removed from the scene. Trajectory Tom is ideal in coroner’s office to recreate crime scene investigations, months after the incident occurred. Trajectory Tom is also ideal in the court room as a visual aid because family members of a deceased victim do not like to see their loved one’s in graphic photographs. A generic 3-D mannequin can simulate that individual to present the same evidence. Need a female mannequin? Trajectory Tasha is available! The next time you consider chalking around a deceased victim of crime, or need to recreate a crime scene, consider the 3D benefits of Trajectory Tom or Trajectory Tasha. All mannequins come with a metal stand. Trajectory Tom Measurements: 70” tall, 15lbs Trajectory Tasha Measurements: 68” tall, 15lbs A-5403PFM Trajectory Tom (male)�����������������������������������$1,050.99 A-5493PFF Trajectory Tasha (female)�����������������������������$1,050.99

BENEFITS structural, yet flexible frame flexes to nearly any anatomical position determine bullet trajectory by referencing entrance and exit points. ideal for ”on the scene” investigative work to replace a body use of a 3D anatomical model adds valuable information to 3D reconstruction recreate crime scene investigations, months after the incident occurred ideal in the court room as a visual aid


800.953.3274 |

Stringing Kit This new kit has been redesigned based on customer feedback, our Trajectory String Kit ends the mess and clutter of old string storage containers. Each kit includes a set of bright fluorescent colored pink, yellow, and orange string for night scenes. Also features additional colors (green, white and gold)for multiple weapons. The hard plastic case features custom spool separators which helps keep the spools organized. Notched holes for each string port keep the strings separated during use, and when finished, provides a place where string can attach. Each spool has over 150’ of string and replacement string can be purchased. A-6927 A-6927FP A-6927FY A-6927OR A-6927WH A-6927GD A-6927GN

Stringing Kit������������������������������������������������������������ $79.95 Replacement String, Fluorescent Pink������������������ $9.75 Replacement String, Fluorescent Yellow�������������� $9.75 Replacement String, Fluorescent Orange������������� $9.75 Replacement String, White������������������������������������� $9.75 Replacement String, Gold���������������������������������������� $9.75 Replacement String, Green������������������������������������� $9.75



Use the small clips to attach trajectory string to virtually any surface. Clips feature a colorless adhesive wax backing which can be used to adhere the clips to nearly any surface and won’t leave behind any residue. A-69TSC 6 clips per package��������������������������������������������������$4.50

Bullet hole wax is a convenient alternative to centering rings for accurate alignment of lasers, rods and trajectory string for crime scene reconstruction and bullet trajectory. Place a small amount in a centering cone for added durability and stability. Also - use these to hold up trajectory targets or marking flags. Wax is malleable and leaves no residue when removed from surface. A-69BHW 50) Bullet Hole Wax Squares�������������������������������� $4.50

MUlti-COLORED FORENSIC RODS These durable brightly colored fiberglass rods 45.7cm x .64cm (18” x 1/4”) are an inexpensive alternative to steel trajectory rods. The ends of each rod are solid, so they can be used as penetration rods in the deceased. Rods can be centered in larger holes with a set of Spacer Cones (not included) or Bullet Hole Wax. The bright coloring won’t fade when cleaned. Each kit contains 12 rods (four pink, four green, four orange) and includes 9 plastic connectors. A-6925 Multi Colored Rods w/ Connectors����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$26.25 A-6922 Multi Colored Rods without Connectors��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$21.90 A-6924RC Rod Connector, each�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$0.99 800.953.3274 |


Advanced Laser Trajectory Finder Kit Whenever a firearm is discharged, it leaves evidence behind including cartridges, gunshot residue, and physical artifacts where the projectile passes through or embeds itself in surrounding objects. Trajectory analysis uses these artifacts to reconstruct, through observation and measurement, how a shooting most likely occurred, and determine the originating location of the shooter. The new Advanced Laser Trajectory Kit incorporates advances in lasers and digital measurement to provide the officer with the most accurate measurement and tools available today. This kit allows a single investigator to do a detailed ballistics or shooting reconstruction. This kit includes four anodized aluminum penetrating rods, centering cones, and grommets. These are placed in holes created by the projectiles, allowing the investigator to photograph the trajectory, measure the various angles of entry, and also attach strings or lasers to further reconstruct the path of the bullet. In addition, there are four more rods that can be used to extend the penetration rods, allowing the rods to be passed through hard to string areas, such as car seats. The centering cones are held in place by rubber grommets, which are easy to install and much harder to lose than the small o-rings typically found in these kits. This kit contains two digital angle finders, the DMANGLE, which with an adapter, can be placed directly on penetration rods to determine the angle of trajectory, and the DMPRO, a digital protractor that measures any angle by simply placing the bottom edge at the measurement point, and opening the other leg to the point of measurement. The digital read out is accurate to 0.2 degrees. Finally, for documenting the trajectory path beyond the rods, the kit provides for two methods, stringing and laser trajectory. For stringing, this kit includes elastic string, which when tightened does not sag like conventional string. Included are 6 spools (2 bright yellow, 2 bright orange, 1 neon green, and 1 highly reflective silver). For laser trajectory, this kit contains two lasers, a red laser and a new 15mw green laser. The lasers can be attached to the trajectory rods or placed on an included tripod mount to project the path of the bullet. The kit also includes marking cones and triangles for identifying shell casings or other evidence locations, adhesive decals printed with a 2 cm scale and a blank space for custom manual labeling of bullet holes, a tape measure, and reusable dots and clips that can be used to attach markers and string to any smooth surface. This kit is contained in an easy to carry and easy to deploy 5.11 Tactical Rush 24 backpack, and contains everything needed to execute a sound ballistics or shooting reconstruction. KIT CONTENTS:

1) Digital Angle Finder 1) Digital Protractor 1) Angle Bracket 1) Protractor Laser Mount 1) Sunpak Model Tripod 1) Tripod Adapter 1) Tripod Extension Rod 2) Mounting Magnets

1) Counter balance bottle, 32 oz. 1)Trajectory Rod Set - 4 Penetrating - 4 Photography 1) Elastic Stringing Kit 8) Centering Cones 8) Centering Grommets 4) Threading Tips

1) Red Laser 5mW 1) Green Laser 20mW 1) Acrylic Photo Card 20) Orange Acrylic Evidence Marker 20) Yellow Acrylic Evidence Marker0 20) Adhesive White Plastic Clips 50) Reusable Wax Dots Short Plastic Photo Numbers (1-15)

10) Vinyl Photo Evidence Scale, Gray, 10 each 4) Photo ID Markers, Blank w/scale sheets 11) Label Circles, A-D, 0-9, 4 sheets 1) Steel Tape Measure, Manual (100ft./30m) 1) Marker Sharpie® Fine Point Black 1) 5.11 RUSH 24 Backpack


Penetration rods, markers, strings and laser Penetration rod marker with acrylic photo to show angle of entry, trajectory and bullet marker, held in place with reusable wax path. Green laser, yellow and orange string dots. shown above.


Measure angle of entry with the digital protractor.

800.953.3274 |

Measure trajectory angle with the digital angle finder and laser mounted on a tripod using the tripod adapter.

Arrowhead Laser Trajectory Kit

Photographic fog

Laser projection is an accurate method used to assist in determining projectile trajectories at crime scenes. When attached to a penetration rod which has been inserted into a bullet hole, the laser beam can help determine the direction and angle of the source or direction and angle of the projectile exit and possible impact sites. The laser projection pointer is a class 111a laser diode with an output of 5mW at 620nm. It is powered by two AAA batteries and weighs 1.4oz. 1 Universal Tripod Mount Contains:

This virtually invisible fog can be used in conjunction with a trajectory laser. Photographic Fog helps to visualize the laser beam for photography. Simply spray Photographic Fog before taking a photograph. An extremely fine mist will linger in the air, making the entire beam of the laser visible and ready for photography.

1 Ballistic Angle Finder 1 Set of 2 Stringing Tips 1 Ballistic Laser Pointer Class 111A 1 Set of 4 Centering Cones 1 Set of 4 O-rings 1 Set of 4 Bullet Penetration Rods

6 Multi-colored Photographic Rods 1 Roll of Colored Trajectory String, 250ft (76m) 1 Set of 2 Rod Connectors Case with Custom Foam Liner 1 Set of 2 Bullet Tips

A-PF-1 12.69 oz Spray Can��������������������$21.99

A-6926 Laser Trajectory Kit����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $335.00

Tubular Dowel SPECIALTY Kit Tubular Dowels Packaged in plastic cylindrical tube with carrying strap. Large Tripods packaged in stainless steel tool kit similar to Standard Kit Tool Box. Other items packaged in aluminum case with foam inserts. Please refer to Shooting Reconstruction Instructors, Instructional Courses, etc. for clear direction on the use of this kit. Please allow 4-6 weeks for delivery. 12) 36” inch Tubular Dowels 6) 50” Tripods 4) 11” Tripods 10) 1/4” × 20” Tripod Laser Bases 12) O-Ring Fasteners 8) Tubular Dowel Connectors 3) Green Lasers

3) Red Lasers Plumb Bob Angle Finder Spool of String Ruler Instructional Sheet

Tubular Dowel Specifications: • Interior Diameter (ID): .250 inch (quarter inch) • Exterior or Outer Diameter (OD): .375 inch • Length: 36 inches


Tubular Dowel Crime Scene Reconstruction Kit Tubular Dowels Packaged and Small Tripods packaged in stainless steel tool kit. Other items packaged in aluminum case with foam inserts. It is not recommended to use Tubular Dowels to reconstruct a one-point projectile defect as the margin of error could much higher than when used with two or more points. These dowels do not require centering cones. Please refer to Shooting Reconstruction Instructors, Instructional Courses, etc. for clear direction on the use of this kit. Please allow 4-6 weeks for delivery. Stainless steel box with foam inserts 3) Green Lasers 6) 20 inch Tubular Dowels 3) Red Lasers 6) Mini Tripods Angle Finder 6) O-Ring Fasteners Spool of String 6) 1/4” × 20” Tripod Laser Bases Ruler Mannequin Starter Rod Instructional Sheet Tubular Dowel Specifications: • Interior Diameter (ID): .250 inch (quarter inch) • Exterior or Outer Diameter (OD): .375 inch • Length: 18 inches


800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |


800.953.3274 |



Scan to view A demo video on the ruvis

ARRowhead RUVIS LAB Workstation The new Arrowhead 16MP Workstation is the most advanced electronic latent fingerprint workstation in the world. This system features the new Arrowhead 16MP Digital RUVIS camera with sensitivity from the deep UV, through the Visible and into the near IR spectrum. With over 16 megapixels of resolution and sensitivity from 254nm to 1100nm, the 16MP can easily capture a full handprint at 1000 PPI (pixels per inch) resolution. No more looking for a latent fingerprint with a handheld RUVIS and then blindly photographing the evidence with a UV film camera in order to get a high resolution image. The Arrowhead 16MP will digitally capture a high resolution UV image electronically and display it in real time. Finally, what you see is what you get, and you can actually have the same resolution in the UV spectrum as you’d have with a UV film camera - true HD quality. Every aspect of the Arrowhead 16MP Workstation has been carefully designed to provide the best latent examination system available. It begins with the camera and continues with the computer. The Arrowhead 16MP Workstation is hosted on an all-in-one computer, with a massive 27 inch, 2560 x 1440 pixel resolution monitor. This display is the perfect complement to the 16MP Digital RUVIS camera. With a state of the art computer, high sensitivity solid state video camera and software written specifically for processing latent fingerprints, the Arrowhead 16MP Workstation is able to provide consistent sensitivity and sharpness in the UV, visible and IR spectrums.

WHAT YOU GET Apple iMac, All-In-One Computer, 3.2GHz, 6GB RAM, 1TB Hard Drive, with a 27 inch, 2560 by 1440 pixel dis play, a wireless mouse and keyboard running Windows®7. 16MP Digital RUVIS camera, w/ 16 Megapixel resolution able to image a 4.9” by 3.3” area with 1000 PPI resolution from 254nm to 1100nm. Image Capture Foot Pedal (for hands free image capture) 36” Camera Stand 78mm UV Lens with Universal Filter Holder Dual Band 254/365nm UV Lamp 3 watt, 450nm (Blue) LED lamp 3 watt, 520nm (Green) LED lamp 3 watt, 850nm (IR) LED lamp 254nm Bandpass Filter 365nm Bandpass Filter Glass Filter Set, which includes a 445nm Blue Filter, OG 550 Orange Filter, 695nm IR Filter, and a 830nm IR Filter 16MP CAMERA SPECs

Resolution: 16 million pixels The Arrowhead 16MP isn’t just for fingerprints - the large field of view, Frame Rate: 1.5 fps @ full resolution high resolution, and RUVIS capability provide an unequaled document examination capability that goes far beyond the old, UV orange light box Spectral Sensitivity: 254nm to 1100nm Integration time: 1ms to 16 seconds examination. Erased text, marked over text, altered writing, and added writing can often only be seen outside of the visible spectrum – and can Aspect Ratio: ≈ 3 to 2 Electrical Interface: Firewire (IEEE 1394) be captured using the IR light and Filter on the Arrowhead 16MP CamLens: 78mm with T-mount era. The unparalleled software has been improved to include many new Optical Filter: 254nm bandpass features. The file system now boasts a search feature. Process Images Mechanical Interface: Standard 1/4-20 mount can now be cropped and resized, while the original image is automatiSoftware: Digital RUVIRIS Software cally saved in both IMG format as well as TIFF. The processing menus have been streamlined and help has been improved. A-FS1 16MP RUVIS Workstation�������������������������������������������������������$37,900.00 228 800.953.3274 |

Prolonged exposure to short wave UV can be dangerous. Always wear proper eye, face and hand protection. Protective gear can be found on page 105.

ARRowhead RUVIS Mobile Workstation For the first time, everything you need to process a crime scene is available in a convenient carry-on size Pelican® case. The Mobile Fingerprint Workstation includes the new state-of-the-art 16MP camera with UV lens, software, netbook computer, and various filters and lamps. The camera is a highly sensitive, solid state video camera. With optics that span the spectrum from deep ultraviolet (254nm) to infrared (1100 nm), you have the ability to locate, collect and document many types of evidence that are visible at different wavelengths. Our software has powerful image enhancement and processing capabilities written specifically for processing latent fingerprints. This one of a kind software is easy to learn and comes with a user-friendly tutorial. It has a comprehensive set of image enhancement processes developed specifically for latent fingerprints, such as Brightness/Contrast, Kernel Filtering, Unsharp Filtering, Histogram Equalization, Fourier Processing, and many more. Most of these processes are near real time and interactive, allowing you to see the results as you perform the process. In many cases, the software produces a clearly identifiable latent fingerprint from a formerly unusable one. To ensure complete traceability and to preserve the chain of evidence, every processing step is recorded in a log file. This file can be un-done and re-done, repeating the processing steps on the original latent print to show exactly what was done and the effect of each process on the latent print. It will detect more latent prints than any other electronic video imaging system, will significantly reduce the time required to process latent prints, and will result in more identifiable latent prints. It is by far the fastest, most powerful image enhancement system available at any price. Workstation measures 22” L x 14” T x 9” D and weighs 27.25 lbs. A-FS9

16 MP RUVIS Full Size Mobile Workstation���������������������������������������� $42,900.00

WHAT YOU GET Pelican® case with custom cut foam 16MP IR/VIS/UV Camera 78 mm, F3.8 UV Lens Assembly Camera Firewire cable Integrated camera stand and arm 1) 12” flexible lampholders w/ brackets 254nm RUVIS Bandpass, 365 UV Bandpass, 445nm, OG 550nm Orange, 695nm IR & 830nm IR Filters 6 watt, dual 254UV battery operated lamp

3 watt, 365nm (UV) LED lamp 3 watt, 455nm (Blue) LED lamp 3 watt, 525nm (Green) LED lamp 3 watt, 625nm (Red) LED lamp 3 watt, 850nm (IR) LED lamp 2 pair safety goggles (UV and Orange) LatentMaster software and instruction manual Macbook Air Laptop Wireless mouse

800.953.3274 |

16MP CAMERA SPECs Resolution: 16 million pixels Frame Rate: 1.5 fps @ full resolution Spectral Sensitivity: 254nm to 1100nm Integration time: 1ms to 60 seconds Aspect Ratio: ≈ 3 to 2 Electrical Interface: Firewire (IEEE 1394) Lens: 78mm with T-mount Optical Filter: 254nm bandpass Mechanical Interface: Standard 1/4-20 mount Software: Digital RUVRIS Software Prolonged exposure to short wave UV can be dangerous. Always wear proper eye, face and hand protection. Protective gear can be found on page 105.


Laptop battery charger Two 110/220V lamp battery chargers One 12V lamp battery charger One 12V to 110V inverter


CASE STUDY A lightly superglued door hanger clearly reveals old and new fingerprints on a patterned background.

6 Watt 254nm Illumination, 16 Megapixel Image

Digital Camera Image Overlaying the UV Image

ARRowhead RUVIS CAMERA The new Arrowhead 16MP Camera is the most advanced electronic latent fingerprint camera in the world. The new Arrowhead 16MP Digital RUVIS camera with sensitivity from the deep UV, through the Visible and into the near IR spectrum makes capturing and viewing latent prints easier and more efficient. With over 16 megapixels of resolution and sensitivity from 254nm to 1100nm, the 16MP can easily capture a full handprint at 1000 PPI (pixels per inch) resolution. No more looking for a latent fingerprint with a handheld RUVIS and then blindly photographing the evidence with a UV film camera in order to get a high resolution image. The Arrowhead 16MP will digitally capture a high resolution UV image electronically and display it in real time. Finally, what you see is what you get, and you can actually have the same resolution in the UV spectrum as you’d have with a UV film camera - true HD quality. The high sensitivity solid state video camera paired with software written specifically for processing latent fingerprints, which is included with every RUVIS Camera, the Arrowhead 16MP RUVIS is able to provide consistent sensitivity and sharpness in the UV, visible and IR spectrums. The Arrowhead 16MP isn’t just for fingerprints - the large field of view, high resolution, and RUVIS capability provide an unequaled document examination capability that goes far beyond the old, UV orange light box examination. Erased text, marked over text, altered writing, and added writing can often only be seen outside of the visible spectrum – and can be captured using the IR light and Filter on the Arrowhead 16MP Camera. The unparalleled software has been improved to include many new features. The file system now boasts a search feature. Process Images can now be cropped and resized, while the original image is automatically saved in both IMG format as well as TIFF. The processing menus have been streamlined and help has been improved. A-FS8 16MP RUVIS Camera����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $31,900.00

WHAT YOU GET 16MP Digital Arrowhead RUVIS Camera 78mm RUVIS Lens 254nm RUVIS Filter Digital RUVIS Image Capture Software 16MP CAMERA SPECS Resolution: 16 million pixels Frame Rate: 1.5 fps @ full resolution Spectral Sensitivity: 254nm to 1100nm Integration time: 1ms to 16 seconds Aspect Ratio: ≈ 3 to 2 Electrical Interface: Firewire (IEEE 1394) Lens: 78mm with T-mount Optical Filter: 254nm bandpass Mechanical Interface: Standard 1/4-20 mount Software: Digital RUVIS Software Prolonged exposure to short wave UV can be dangerous. Always wear proper eye, face and hand protection. Protective gear can be found on page 105.



800.953.3274 |

record live video in the UV spectrum

Arrowhead UV VIEWER Small and battery operated, the Arrowhead UV Viewer is easy to take to the crime scene. Real time UV viewing means that the crime scene can be quickly and thoroughly searched for latent fingerprints or trace evidence visible only in the ultraviolet spectrum. Clearly identifiable latent fingerprints seen with the UV Viewer can be photographed with an optional digital camera through the UV Viewer. Items of evidence discovered with the UV Viewer, but requiring greater resolution, can be brought to the laboratory and examined with the superior UV imaging of the Workstation, or chemically treated to allow photographing the latent fingerprint in the visible spectrum. The UV Viewer is assembled using a custom designed all UV lens, a custom manufactured image intensifier tube, and full 50mm diameter optical filters for unsurpassed performance. The UV Viewer uses a low distortion lens custom designed specifically for imaging in the UV spectrum. It comes complete with a rugged Pelican™ case, 254nm filter, battery operated 254nm UV lamp, and detailed instructions. A digital camera and mounting bracket are available as options. A-FS2������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $16,839.99 KIT SPECIFICATIONS

Image Type Spectral Sensitivity Luminous Gain Gain (Internal pot) Sensitivity Input Power Size/Weight Lens Mount Includes


UV, direct view system UV to Visible to Near IR 22,000 typ. to 28,000 max Zero to max gain, 20 turn pot 5 x 10-5 lux full video, 1 x 10-6 lux usable video 2 AA alkaline batteries 9.5”L x 2.1”W x 7”T, 2.6 lbs 1” format, C-Mount w/ back focus adj. 78mm quartz lens, 2 bandpass filters, handle, eyepiece and Pelican® carrying case


Olympus SP-570UZ Resolution: 10 megapixel Focus: Automatic and manual Zoom: 20x optical, 5x digital LCD: 2.7” HyperCrystal


Ask us about a special latent software that has many powerful processes for enhancement of latent fingerprints including a sophisticated Fourier transform engine.


Fujifilm S100FS Resolution: 11 megapixel Focus: Automatic and manual Zoom: 14.3x optical LCD: 2.5” tiltable TFT

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

lasers & light sources TracER Laser Lab Light Sources Handheld Light Sources UV Light Flashlight Kits Goggles

800.953.3274 |

_233 236 238 242 250 252 255


Spectrum and application breakdown In general, Forensic and Alternate Light Sources emit high-intensity ultraviolet, visible and infrared light. Exposure to these types of radiation, even if reflected or diffused, can result in serious, and sometimes irreversible, eye and skin injuries. Never aim the light-guide at anyone. Never look directly into the light-guide or the optical parts of the instrument. Always wear appropriate eye and skin protection when using ANY Forensic or Alternate Light Source. UV (200-400 NM VISIBLE) (190-290)






INFRARED (590-620)







Bite Mark/Bruise (fresh)


1-2 Yellow

Bite Mark/Bruise (old)


1-2 Orange

Bite Mark/Bruise (older)



Blood (untreated)



Blood (Treated) w/ Fluorescein



Body Fluids (start)


Dark surfaces and for saliva



Dark surfaces show “crusty” spot

White (oblique angle)








Gun Shot Residue


2 Orange

Hair (untreated - black)

White (oblique angle)


Hair (treated or red/blonde)



Latent Print Processing




UV Blocking/1-2 Yellow

Basic Yellow


2 Yellow/2 Orange

DFO Prints


2 Orange

DFO (on fluorescing backgrounds)


1-2 Red

DFO (on non-fluorescing backgrounds)


1-2 Red


555/575/600/630 or White





White (oblique angle)


Treated Mud Shoeprints, Porous Surface

535 (treated with DFO)


Treated Mud Shoeprints, Non-Porous Surface

Treat with Safranin-O or 455













800.953.3274 |


Coherent 8W Tracer

Coherent 6W Tracer

Coherent 4W Tracer



























LUMATEC Superlite 400

ArrowheaD RUVIS













UP TO 15

UP TO 20

UP TO 10



































45 LBS

45 LBS

25 LBS

22 LBS

15 LBS

13.5 LBS

2.5 LBS












LABINO Astra torch



















UP TO 2,00mW

700 mA




APPRX. 10,000




















































1.5 LBS

1.9 LBS

1.1 LBS

5.8 OZ

1.1 LBS


15.3 OZ












WE CAN DESIGN CUSTOM KITS FOR YOU We understand that every agency is different. We can build custom kits and light sources to meet your specific needs. Please contact us for more information on any of the following lasers and light sources. 800.953.3274 |



WHY THE TracER™ The purpose of a forensic light source is to excite fluorescence in tiny or trace amounts of evidence,allowing it to be seen and photographed in situations where it is not visible in ambient light or with conventional dusting techniques. This excitation may involve inherent fluorescence and/or treatment with fluorescent dyes such as ninhydrin, DFO or rhodamine 6G. With fluorescence, light is absorbed in one wavelength band (color) and re-emitted in a longer wavelength band. The laser has long been recognized as the optimum light source to detect this fluorescence from latent evidence. The laser’s undisputed superiority is a result of several unique properties not available in lamp-based systems. The most important of these properties is spectral brightness. Both the Coherent TracER™ and TracER™ Compact are high performance, easy-to-use portable forensic laser systems specifically designed for the rigors of modern criminology and forensics. They can be used to locate fingerprints, fibers, body fluids, bone fragments, tooth chips, drug residue, and a variety of other types of trace evidence, even in high ambient light environments. They provide an unprecedented level of illumination, ergonomics and functionality in a compact , portable forensic green laser system. Find evidence and prints that you could never find with a lamp based forensic light source or ion laser. The improved efficiency of the OPS (optically pumped semiconductor) laser has enabled us to power the TracER from a battery for true field use. It features a 5m cable (16.4 ft) with a tripod adaptor for hands free use and an innovative multi-function hand-piece with integrated laser controls. Included in the fiberdelivery system is an automatic speckle integrator that homogenizes the laser light for uniform illumination across the viewing field. The hand-piece controls the laser shutter, the illumination level, and the laser spot size. The standard system provides functionality for most forensic application, is cost effective, and is compliant with relevant CDRH regulations for laser exposure. 236

Optically pumped semiconductor, solid-state forensic laser system Locate fingerprints, fibers, biological residue, drug residue and more Reveals trace evidence even in bright ambient light Dynamic functionality for hands-free use when used with tripod Multifunction hand-piece for optimal performance Enhanced fiber optics for uniform illumination CDRH compliant ”Exchange” warranty service Optional rolling cart available

No other light source compares to this wonderful piece of equipment! I highly recommend the TracER. after side by side comparisons, No other laser on the market is more powerful. the tracer revealed more ridge detail on prints my als missed. Scan to view A training video on how the TRACER CAN HELP YOU SOLVE MORE CRIMES

800.953.3274 |

TracER™ LASER Specs Laser Power: 2W, 3W, 5W, 6.25W and 8W Wavelength: 460nm, 532nm, 577nm Typical Bandwidth: 0.5nm Operating Voltage: 100 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz Beam Diameter: 15-30cm continuously variable Start up time with battery (cold/warm): 30 sec / 2 sec Dimensions: 16.2” L x 12.2” W x 14.9” H Weight: 45lbs with integrated battery pack Integrated Battery Pack: up to approx. 2 hours on a single charge


2W Blue 460nm��������������������� $48,200.00

A-1143728 A-113610

8W 532nm shown left�������������� $48,000.00 6W 532nm������������������������������ $43,000.00

A-1149915 A-1150094

3W Yellow 577nm����������������� $41,050.00 5W Yellow 577nm����������������� $46,250.00


TracER™ Battery���������������������� $2,000.00

TracER™ Compact LASER Specs Laser Power: 2W, 3W and 4W Wavelength: 460nm, 532nm, 577nm Typical Bandwidth: 0.5nm Operating Voltage: 100 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz, 115 volts Beam Diameter: 15-30cm continuously variable Dimensions: 14.1” L x 8.1” W x 14.1” H Weight: 25lbs No integrated battery pack. Storm Case Available



Untreated on white paper. Inherent fluorescence with goggles & bandpass filter*** *** photo courtesy Brian Dalrymple


2W Blue 460nm�����������������������$42,500.00


4W 532nm shown left����������������$28,500.00


3W Yellow 577nm�������������������$35,350.00



DFO on ruled paper. 56 vs. 38 identifiable impressions** **photo courtesy of RCMP, OIC Lower Mainland Dist

800.953.3274 |


Rofin Polilight® PL500SC The Polilight®PL500SC has been specifically designed to assist the forensic scientist. All the quality features of the PL500 are included, plus the PL500SC incorporates a graphic display remote control, an extended 16’ light guide (optional), a redesigned power supply, and a simplified front control panel. The remote control features clearly visible LED graphic display in bright sunlight or dark nights. Coupled with the 16’ light guide it allows the operator to move freely around the scene of crime without having to continuously revert to the front panel on the instrument to change wavelengths, tuning, power output, shutter or to move it. This is a big time saver! A-10000 PL500SC�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $20,800.00 A-10065 PL500SC IR���������������������������������������������������������������������������� $22,666.00 A-9000038 PL500/SC Optional Security Password Control������������������������ $250.00 A-9000039 PL500/SC Optional Computer Control Software����������������������� $425.00 A-9000017 PL500/SC Mounted Focusing Lens & NIR Filter����������������������� $240.00 A-7000047 500W Xenon Lamp Assembly (for PL500 units)�������������������$1,250.00


Highly Portable Forensic Light Source Designed specifically for scene of crime work 5 meter (15 feet) light guide option Greater freedom, longer reach State of THE Art Remote Control Full control from up to 5 meters with graphical display New Power Supply Lamp life over 2,000 hours Front Panel Power Switch Easier to turn on with smart shutdown Streamlined Front Panel Reduced number of buttons to match remote control

Standard accessories Camera filters, high pass, mounted OG 550, GG 475, OG 515, OG 590 Camera adapter (short) Holder for light guide Stepping rings 52/58, 49/58 Goggles amber, red, clear, yellow 6 foot light guide


Input Power: 85-265 VAC 50-60 Hz. Automatic selection Internal Lamp: 500Watt Xenon Arc Lamp Light output: 5 meter (standard) liquid light guide for UV and Visible 2 meter light guide for IR application IR filter set (>610, >715, >780, >830) Indicators: Band selection, band tuning and band power setting Buttons: One per filter selection, tuning up and tuning down. Turn Off: Automatic if left unattended Control: Hand held remote (all functions) or front panel Computer Control: All functions by Windows based control software Weight: Net 9.5Kg (22lbs), packed 13.6Kg (30lbs) Size Net: 32.5cm x 35 x 15cm (13” x 14” x 5.7”)


OUTPUT BANDS 400–680nm 350nm 415nm 450nm 470nm 490nm 505nm 530nm 555nm 590nm 620nm 650nm

White light band Ultra violet band Violet (blood filter) Blue Blue Blue Blue/Green Green Green/Orange Orange Orange/Red Red

General searching (footprints) General searching (stains) Blood prints, splatter, gunshot residue General searching (semen, urea, fibres) General searching (Ninhydrin prints) General (semen, urea, fibers) Superglue and Ninhydrin treated prints DFO treated prints, background reduction DFO treated prints, background reduction Ninhydrin prints, background reduction Ninhydrin prints, background reduction Ninhydrin prints, background reduction

800.953.3274 |

Rofin Polilight® PL500 The Polilight®PL500 delivers far more optical power than any other forensic light source currently available. All filters are automatically selected at the touch of a button on the front of the instrument. The selected band is shown on a digital display, as is the extent of filters and output power tuning. It is housed in a shock absorbing aluminium case. A-10034 PL500���������������������������������������������������������������������������� $18,933.00 A-pol0004 PL500 IR����������������������������������������������������������������������� $20,800.00 A-9000038 PL500/SC Optional Security Password Control���������������� $250.00 A-10043 PL500/SC Optional Computer Control Software�������������� $425.00 A-9000037 PL500 Direct Output Optics�������������������������������������������� $506.00 A-9000017 PL500/SC Mounted Focusing Lens & NIR Filter�������������� $240.00 A-7000047 500W Xenon Lamp Assembly (for PL500 units)��������� $1,250.00 A-10034PC Upgraded Hard Shell Case w/ Foam������������������������������ $480.00



Up to 14 Output Bands 500W Xenon Lamp has a typical life of 2,000 hours Computer Control by Windows based software Microprocessor-controlled push button filter selection Hand Held Remote Control, 4 button, 3 meter cable, operates filters and power tuning Weight: In Case: 13.6 Kg. (30 lbs.) Polilight® PL500: 9.5 Kg. ( 22 lbs.) Dimensions: In Case: 47 x 36 x 23 cm (18.5” x 14.3” x 9”) Polilight® PL500: 32.5 x 35 x 15 cm (13” x 14” x 5.7”)

OUTPUT BANDS 400–680nm 350nm 415nm 450nm 470nm 490nm 505nm 530nm 555nm 590nm 620nm 650nm

White light band Ultra violet band Violet (blood filter) Blue Blue Blue Blue/Green Green Green/Orange Orange Orange/Red Red

General searching (footprints) General searching (stains) Blood prints, splatter, gunshot residue General searching (semen, urea, fibres) General searching (Ninhydrin prints) General (semen, urea, fibers) Superglue and Ninhydrin treated prints DFO treated prints, background reduction DFO treated prints, background reduction Ninhydrin prints, background reduction Ninhydrin prints, background reduction Ninhydrin prints, background reduction

Rofin Polilight® PL400 Forensic System The Polilight®PL400 is a state-of-the-art forensic light source, designed for robust operation at the crime scene or at the laboratory. A-10001 Polilight® PL400 Forensic System (10 filters/bands)�������������������$8,600.00 A-10002 Polilight® PL400 Forensic System Plus (20 filters/bands)������� $10,666.00 A-POL0005 Polilight® PL400 BluescanTM System���������������������������������������$7,866.00 A-9000046 Polilight® PL400 Optional Computer Control Software��������� $375.00 A-10010 Spare Lamp������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $600.00 A-10034PC Upgraded Hard Shell Case w/ Custom Cut Foam����������������� $450.00



400W Metal Halide Lamp has life of more than 1000 hrs Up to 20 filters in one filter wheel Up to 20 Output Bands Internal microprocessor control Hand Held Remote Control Stepper motor filter wheel selection LED Wavelength Display Automatic Shutdown to standby Power Supply can accept input voltages world wide Dimensions: Net (L 34cm x W 17.5cm x H 29cm) Weight: Net 6.5 Kg


Polilight PL400 Forensic Output Bands: 350 (UV), 415, 450, 490, 505, LP530 ,530, White, Half White, Blank Polilight PL400 Forensic Plus Output Bands 350 (UV), 415, 430, 450, 470, 480, 490, 505, 515, LP530, 530, 550, 560, LP560, 570, 590, 620, 650, White, Half white, Blank.

800.953.3274 |



Lumatec® superlite 400 10 optimized forensic spectra (see table) can be dialed and adjusted continuously. The power potential of the SUPERLITE reveals visible contrasts even under adverse conditions. For all its light-power it is still small, silent and can easily be carried to where you need light in the darkness. The simple adjustment of spectra and intensity allows you to screen and photograph the evidence under all possible contrasts quickly, a method which very often reveals new effects. Use the gooseneck attachment for a more fluid, hands-free approach. Each Kit Contains SUPERLITE 400 multiband light-source 320-700 nm Li-Io-Battery (1 hour operation, recharge time 3 hours) Lightguide 1/5‘‘ diameter = 5‘9‘‘ Lightguide 1/8‘‘ diameter = 3‘3‘‘ 15° Collimating lens, double quartz-glass 40° Collimating lens, single glass Magnifier for Lightguide for diffuse incident and oblique light photography Line-Illuminator for oblique light photography Line-Illuminator for searching and adaptable to magnifier 3 Camera Filters 3z‘‘ + adapter 46 – 75 mm 1 pair of transparent safety goggles 3 pairs of viewing-filter-goggles 5-fold viewing-filter-Lorgnette

A-3883L Lumatec® Superlite������������������������������������������$13,257.00* A-3883LG 70cm Gooseneck Self-Sustaining Lightguide�������� $823.25 *prices subject to change, call for latest pricing



800.953.3274 |

Now housed in a sturdy, wheeled, Pelican case with custom cut foam








Body fluids glow yellow to orange when illuminated with the SUPERLITE (depending on material). Saliva and semen stains ( Pic. A & B) are easily screened, documented and taken for DNA analysis. Established is the incident illumination under spectrum 5 with a yellow viewing filter even for detection of weak fluorescing fluids as urine, nasal mucus and vaginal fluid. Blood doesn’t fluoresce but the contrast is improved when it is illuminated with violet (spectrum 4). Blood stains are detected and verified easily prior to DNA analysis ( Pic. C). Fingerprints in blood can be traced with UV-A or violet even untreated. Latent fingerprints are treated with fluorescent dyes to get useful evidence and detailed contrast. The SUPERLITE offers optimized spectra in extraordinary power and spectral quality for all common dyes such as Cyanoacrylate, DFO (1,8 Diaza 9 fluorenon), Ninhydrin, Safranin, Rhodamin, Basic Yellow® ( Pic. D) Basic Red® and Ardox®. The high power potential permits fluorescent signals outside darkrooms, this enables you to visualize the development process in the fuming chamber (Pic E)



Even the faintest latents can be enhanced and used as evidence. (Pic F & G) On homogeneously shiny surface prints are captured without pretreatment. Fibres fluoresce under UV-A (spectrum 3, Pic. H) and can simply be visualized. The emission is switched on and off as required either with the switch on the front panel or with the magnetic switch on the hand-piece of the liquid lightguide. Using different focussing attachments the light beam can be adjusted to suit different applications. (Pic. I) The magnifier adapting to the lightguides offers diffused incident and oblique illumination which helps to discover and capture fingerprint evidence outside the photolab. (Pic. J)



Imprints such as shoe-prints, trail marks or indents of objects on dusty or carpet floors can be found and easily photographed with the line-illuminator (Pic. K), for large areas the telescopic arm can be attached to the top of it for convenient handling. A telescopic arm with ball-joint, screwed on top simply takes the lightguide in it’s clip for hands-free operation. (Pic. L)



SUPERLITE 400 Sets include a 5-fold viewing-filter-lorgnette (longpass-filters), which helps to find the best possible contrast quickly. (Pictured right)

800.953.3274 |


ROFIN FLARE PLUS2 ALTERNATE LIGHT SOURCE The next generation of Forensic Light Sources. More powerful, longer battery life, smaller, lighter and more batteries. The sleek design of the Flare Plus2 fits comfortably into the hand and allows the thumb to control the multi-function reed switch collar. The reed switch controls ON/OFF, intensity of output (5 steps), strobing, safety locking and SOS. The unit is coated with a fluro-polymer for easy cleaning. It is brighter than any other hand held battery system. Lithium batteries can last up to 2,000 minutes per charge (on 35% power) and 300 minutes on full power. The UV Head produces 2450mW optical light and the 415nm head produces 6500mW. This device is waterproof and is submersible up to 300 feet. 8 head KIT CONTENTS

Pelican® case w/ built in charger 365nm UV LED Head & Battery 415nm Purple LED Head & Battery 450nm Blue LED Head & Battery 505nm Cyan LED Head & Battery 530nm Green LED Head & Battery 545nm Green LED Head & Battery 620nm Red LED Head & Battery 400-700nm White LED Head & Battery Beam Shaping Filter (5°, 20°, 50° and 60° x 1°) Red/Yellow and Orange Goggles Auto Charger Power Cable A-FL2KIT������������������������������� $14,925.00


Pelican® case w/ built in charger

Charge up to 4 Flashlights at a time


800.953.3274 |


Arrowhead Soft Pouch 365nm UV LED Head & Battery 450nm Blue LED Head & Battery 400-700nm White LED Head & Battery Beam Shaping Filter (5°, 20°, 50° and 60° x 1°) Red/Yellow and Orange Goggles Auto Charger Desk Charger A-FL2KITS������������������������������ $5,782.00

power blue KIT CONTENTS

Pelican Case 450 Blue LED Head & Battery 505 Cyan LED Head & Battery Beam Shaping Filters (5°, 20°, 50° and 60° x 1°) Red,Yellow and Orange Goggles Auto Charger Desk Charger A-FL2KITPB��������������������������� $4,000.00




A-20021 A-20022 A-20023 A-20011 A-20013 A-20014 A-20015 A-20016

A-20001 A-20002 A-20003 A-20004 A-20005 A-20006 A-20007 A-20008

Desk Charging System�������������������������������������� $215.00 Car Charging System����������������������������������������� $100.00 Case to Wall Charging System������������������������� $400.00 Ball Mount������������������������������������������������������������ $55.90 5°Beam Shaping Filter��������������������������������������� $65.00 20°Beam Shaping Filter������������������������������������� $65.00 50°Beam Shaping Filter������������������������������������� $65.00 60°x 1°Beam Shaping Filter������������������������������ $65.00

800.953.3274 |

UV LED 365nm������������������������������������������������������������� $1,905.00 Purple LED 415nm�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,725.00 Blue LED 450nm������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,425.00 Cyan LED 505nm����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,425.00 Green LED 530nm ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,425.00 Green LED 545nm ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,425.00 Red LED 620nm��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,425.00 White LED 400-700nm����������������������������������������������������������������������$1,250.00 243

Polilight® Flare Plus The Polilight Flare PLUS ( Flare+ ) is a battery driven, multiple array state of the art Light Emitting Diode (LED) forensic lightsource with a selection of interchangeable light output heads (patent pending). It has been specifically designed to assist the forensic scientist to efficiently carry out an examination at the scene-of-crime. The Flare+ produces powerful narrow bands of light at centre wavelengths of 365, 415, 450, 505, 530, 555 and 620 nm (other wavelengths available on request). The intensity and beam profile of the output can be varied to suit the application. The beam profile (normally a 5 degree divergent beam) is varied using a set of filters giving an extra divergence of 5, 20, and 60 degrees beam cone or a line of light using the 60 x 1 degree filter. The light output ‘head’ can be either attached directly on to the battery unit or it can be used remotely connected to the battery via a Hi-Temp power cable. The Flare+ is waterproof and can be used down to depths of more than 100 meters (300ft) of water. Up to 8 interchangeable heads 2 – 24 hrs run time Lithium ion 12V Battery

240mm overall length 50,000 hour bulb life 1.9 lbs

Rofin Polilight® flare plus HEADS

A-10012 A-10013 A-10014 A-10033 A-10040 A-10041 A-10042 A-10015


UV Flare Head - 365nm ��������������������������������������������������������������$1,512.00 Purple Flare Head - 415nm��������������������������������������������������$1,512.00 Blue Flare Head - 450nm ��������������������������������������������������������$1,140.00 Cyan Flare Head - 505nm��������������������������������������������������������$1,140.00 Green Flare Head - 530nm����������������������������������������������������$1,140.00 Green Flare Head - 545nm����������������������������������������������������$1,140.00 Red Flare Head - 620nm ����������������������������������������������������������$1,140.00 White Flare Head - 400-700nm������������������������������������$1,030.00

Rofin Polilight® flare plus accessories

Rofin Polilight® flare plus charging options

A-10027 A-10018 A-10028 A-10019 A-10020 A-10017 A-10067

A-10016 A-10053 A-10037 A-10036

Beam Shaping Filter Lens - 5º ��������������������������������������������$170.00 Beam Shaping Filter Lens - 20º ����������������������������������������$170.00 Beam Shaping Filter Lens - 50º ����������������������������������������$170.00 Beam Shaping Filter Lens - 60º x 1º ������������������������$170.00 Orange Head-to-Battery Cord������������������������������������������������$141.95 Head Handle ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$110.00 Orange Filter Shield #60 ������������������������������������������������������������������$215.00

Battery���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,234.00 Desk Charger w/12 volt plug���������������������������������������������������������������������������������$301.00 Stand Up Charger w/ Indicator �����������������������������������������������������������������������������$78.00 Roller Case w/built-in Battery Charger ���������������������������������������$1,060.00

Connection (requires cable A-10026)

800.953.3274 |

Polilight® Flare Plus 8 Head Kit UV Flare Head 365nm, Purple Flare Head 415nm, Blue Flare Head 450nm, Cyan Flare Head 505nm, Green Flare Head 530nm, Green/Yellow Flare Head 545nm, Red Flare Head 620nm, White Flare Head 400-700nm, 2 Batteries, Cable, Desk Charger, Car Charger, Kit Charger, Clear, Yellow, Red, Orange Goggles, 4 Filter Lenses, Head Handle, Wrist Band, Roller Case w/built in Battery Connection, Manual

A-10045���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $14,975.00

Polilight® Flare Plus 5 Head KiT UV Flare Head 365nm, Blue Flare Head 450nm, White Flare Head 400-700nm, Purple Flare Head 415nm, Green Flare Head 530nm, 2 Batteries, Cable, Desk Charge, Car Charger, Orange Goggles, Head Handle, Wrist Band, Roller Case A-1510P w/no Battery Connection, Manual


Polilight® Flare+ 4 head POUCH Kit UV Flare Head 365nm, Blue Flare Head 450nm, White Flare Head 400700nm, Green Flare Head; 2 Batteries, Cable, Desk Charger, Car Charger, Orange, Red, Clear and Yellow Goggles, Head Handle, Wrist Band, 4 Shaping Filters, Shoulder/Waist Bag Case, Manual

A-10069������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $8,545.00

Polilight® Flare+ blue basic POUCH Kit 800.953.3274 | Blue Flare Head 450nm, Desk Charger, Battery, Orange Goggles, 12’ x 12” Orange Shield #60, Shoulder/Waist Bag Case, Manual


800.953.3274 |


reveal FORENSIC FIELD LIGHT KIT The Reveal Forensic Field Light Kit contains all the lights and filters you will need to process a crime scene for latent fingerprints, hairs, fibers and human fluid residue. The Kit can be used to illuminate from UV to Visible to Near IR with the included UV, Blue, Green, Red, White and IR special lights. This kit contains six complete, high power, narrow wavelength LED flashlights. There is no need to keep removing one LED head to install another; all six can be used at the same time. Housed in a rugged Pelican case this kit can be transported from scene to scene and handle the rigors of each scene. Greatly expedite the inspection process and improve the evidence collection while maximizing expensive resources. Each of these rugged, high power lights uses the latest technology 3W solid state LEDs. They have lifetimes in excess of 50,000 hours and do not have a fragile filament that is easily broken. They can withstand the rigors of being dropped, stepped on and rained on without fear of being damaged. The housings are machined from aircraft grade aluminum, black anodized, with rubber and o-ring seals to be watertight. A custom battery compensation circuit provides full power brightness for up to 3 hours. Each light has a built in charging port; the battery pack does not need to be removed to be recharged. The included DC charger can work in any automobile cigarette lighter, power port or 12V power supply. A-FS7 A-FS7-365 A-FS7-395 A-FS7-455 A-FS7-850 A-FS7-AC A-FS7-DC

Reveal Light Kit (shown below)�������������������$2,300.00 365 UV LED Light Kit����������������������������������������$404.00 395 UV LED Light Kit����������������������������������������$290.00 455 Blue LED Light Kit�������������������������������������$228.00 850 IR LED Light Kit�����������������������������������������$238.00 AC Charger����������������������������������������������������������$64.00 DC Charger����������������������������������������������������������$52.00

WHAT YOU GET 365nm UV LED Light 455nm Blue LED Light 525nm Green LED Light 625nm Red LED Light 850nm IR LED Light White LED Light Clear UV Filter Glasses Yellow Filter Glasses Orange Filter Glasses Red Filter Glasses 2) AC Chargers, 100-240VAC Pelican Case Model 1450 Cigarette Lighter Charger Instruction Manual


800.953.3274 |

CASE Specifications Case Size: 16.25” L X 12.75” W X 7” D Weight: 9 Pounds LIGHT Specifications Light Size: 4.4” L X 1” Dia. Weight: 4.6 Ounces AC Input: 100-240VAC, 0.5A, 47-63Hz, 2 prong US plug DC Input: 8-13.8VDC, 1.5A max. Lamp batteries: 3.7V, 2600mAhr, Li-ion, circuit protected Running Time: up to 3 hours Charge Time: ~2 hours

Specifications Light intensity���������2,400-3,500mW/cm2. Run time��������������������������������������������������������������������2.5 hours Length �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.45 in Weight ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.1 lbs Wall Charger��������������������������������������������100-240 VAC Car Charger�������������������������������������������������������������������������������12V


LUMATEC SUPERLITE M The brand new Superlite M is the perfect hand held light source for the investigators who need more light and power with the added portability or managing scene after scene. Raise the working efficiency and save time searching with these powerful German engineered lights. The Superlite M combines a rechargeable hand piece with integrated lithium-ion battery-pack with air-cooled power LED-heads. This kit includes 5 interchangable heads: UV, violet, blue and 1 white head.

1 lamp body 1 365nm UV head 1 405nm Head 1 455nm Head 1 White Head 2 Batteries 1 Car Charger 1 Wall Charger 3 Orange goggles 1 UV goggle 1 Carrying case

A-3930L Superlite M Full Kit���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$4,750.00

Specifications Light intensity���������2,400-3,500mW/cm2. Run time��������������������������������������������������������������������2.5 hours Length �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.45 in Weight ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.1 lbs Wall Charger��������������������������������������������100-240 VAC Car Charger�������������������������������������������������������������������������������12V


LUMATEC SUPERLITE M Blue Get all the benefits of the brand new Superlite M with this compact Blue Kit. This kit is the perfect hand held light source for the investigators who need more light and power, but don’t need additional costs with added wavelengths. The popular 455nm wavelength head is great when searching for biologicals. Raise the working efficiency and save time searching with these powerful German engineered lights. The Superlite M combines a rechargeable hand piece with integrated lithium-ion battery-pack with air-cooled power LED-heads. This kit includes 2 interchangeable heads: 1) 455nm blue and 1 white head.

1 lamp body 1 455nm Head 1 White Head 2 Batteries 1 Car Charger 1 Wall Charger 1 Orange goggle 1 Carrying case

A-3931L Superlite M Blue Kit �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$3,180.00 800.953.3274 |


Specifications Light intensity��������������������������������1200mW/cm2. Run time��������������������������������������������������������������������2.5 hours Length �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������12.4 in Weight ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.1 lbs Charger ������������������������������������������������������������100-240 VAC KIT INCLUDES: 1 lamp body 1 UV head (Choose Beam 1° or 5°) 1 455nm Head 1 505nm Head 1 530nm Head 1 590nm Head 1 627nm Head 1 White Head 1 Li-ion battery 1 Charger 4 goggles (UV-block, red, orange & yellow) 1 Belt Holster 1 Carrying case with custom foam LABINO® ASTRA TORCH LED 6 COLORED HEADS & 1 UV | POWERFUL RUNS ON LI-ION OR ALKALINE BATTERIES The Astra Torch is a cordless battery operated torch light based on the LED technology. The Astra Torch offers six (6) different colored heads and 1 UV head, and you are free to make your own unique combination ALS – all kits includes a UV light head and then you add as many colored heads as you like. The light emitting diodes emit a beam of light that is evenly distributed and very powerful. The torch can be operated with 3 normal alkaline batteries, if you run out of pwer in the li-ion battery. Its compact size makes it easy to work with and with an instantstart function you get full power immediately. A-L702F Labino Astra Torch LED Full Kit��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5,675.00 Specifications Light intensity������������������������������������������144-309mW. Run time����������������������������������������������������������������������������3 hours Charging Time ����������������������������������������������������������8 hours Length �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.3” Weight ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.8 oz Charger ������������������������������������������������������������100-240 VAC Car Charger�������������������������������������������������������������������������������12 V KIT INCLUDES 8 Flashlight Lamps White 365nm UV 400nm Purple 455nm Blue 505nm Cyan 530nm Green 590nm Amber 625nm Red 1 Adjustable Tripod 2 Wall Chargers 1 Car Charger 10 Batteries 4 Goggles (UV-block, red, orange & yellow) Case with Custom Foam


The Labino Nova Torch is a cordless battery operated torch light based on the LED technology. The new Nova Torch Light range consists of eight (8) high intensity alternate forensic light sources for crime scene investigation as well as laboratory use. The light emitting diodes emit a beam of light that is evenly distributed. The torch can be operated with 1 Li-ion battery and offers 180 minutes running time when fully charged. Its compact size makes it easy to work with and with an instant start function you get full power immediately. The torch has a low weight for easier handling. The new Nova Torch light is supplied with tripod for hands-free operation. Nova Torch Lights are available individually or as cased sets which include 4 goggles, 1 tripod, 1 car charger, 2 battery charger, carrying case and other accessories. A-L1102 Labino Nova Torch LED Kit������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$2,950.00 248

800.953.3274 |

™ One of the most powerful handheld solid-state forensic lights in the industry has just gotten more powerful, doubling its output. The industry standard UltraLite ALS® is now the UltraLite ALS® Turbo. Through the use of light interaction techniques, UltraLite ALS® Turbo helps in the detection of trace evidence, body fluids, fingerprints, blood spatter, gunshot residues, and explosive accelerants. These substances may otherwise be difficult to detect against background materials so evidence can remain unseen. It can reveal subcutaneous bruising, injuries and wounds on bodies living and dead, and assist in the location of evidence containing DNA. Doubling the output power means greater levels of evidence visualization.

UltraLite™ ALS Complete TURBO Kit

UltraLite™ ALS ultra TURBO Kit Each Kit Contains

1 UltraLite Handle 1 Battery Charger 6 Interchangeable Heads UV, BMT, Green, Yellow, Red, White 1 A/C Power Supply

1 12V D/C Volt Power Supply 3 Glasses: Amber, Yellow, Red 1 20’ Extension Cord 3 Lithium Batteries Lasting 2 hours w/full charge 1 Hard Case w/ Foam Set

A-6905 UltraLite ALS Ultra Kit w/ White Head������������$5,600.00

UltraLite™ ALS Basic plus TURBO Kit Each Kit Contains

1 UltraLite Handle 1 Head: BMT 1 Amber Glasses 3 Lithium Batteries Lasting 2 hours w/full charge

1 Battery Charger 1 A/C Power Supply 1 12V D/C Volt Power Supply 1 20’ Extension Cord 1 Hard Case w/ Foam Set

A-6892 UltraLite ALS Basic Kit Plus�����������������������������$2,300.00

Each Kit Contains

1 UltraLite Handle 1 Battery Charger 5 Interchangeable Heads: UV, BMT, Green, Yellow, Red 1 A/C Power Supply 1 12V D/C Volt Power Supply

3 Glasses: Amber, Yellow, Red 1 20’ Extension Cord 3 Lithium Batteries Lasting 2 hours w/full charge 1 Hard Case w/ Foam Set

A-6891 UltraLite ALS Complete Kit��������������������������������$4,895.00

UltraLite™ ALS Basic TURBO Kit Each Kit Contains

1 UltraLite ALS® Handle 1 BMT™ Head Assembly 1 Power Adapter Pack 1 Power Supply (90-240 VAC)

1 Pair Amber Glasses 1 Vehicle Power Supply (12 VDC) 1 20 ft Extension Cord 1 Hard Case w/ Foam Set

A-6893 UltraLite ALS Basic Kit��������������������������������������$1,995.00

800.953.3274 |






Weight: 9.4 oz w/ battery included. Spotlight Intensity: 15,000 μw/cm² at 38cm Midlight Intensity: 6,500 μw/cm² at 38 cm Technology: 1 LED, peaks at 365nm Battery Life: up to 3 hours at full charge Charge Time: Approx. 8 hours

1 UVG5-HEAD Lamp 1 Wall Charger 1 Car Charger 2 batteries (1+1 extra)

Weight: 7.4 oz w/ battery included. Spotlight Intensity: 12,000 μw/cm² at 38cm Technology: 1 LED, peaks at 365nm Battery Life: up to 3 hours at full charge Charge Time: Approx. 8 hours Distribution Angle: Spotlight

1 UVG3 Torch 1 Wall Charger 2 batteries 1 Car charger 1 Pair UV goggles 1 Belt holster 1 Carrying case



365nm | Hands Free Spotlight or Midlight

The Labino Torch UVG3, the latest generation of our Led Flash Light with a unique filter that eliminates the visible light from the Led. The torch has an UV intensity of 12,000 µw/cm² at a distance of 38 cm (15 inches) and no more than approx 1 Lux. The Labino® Torch UVG3 is a small-sized, lightweight, UV-A LED flashlight designed for quick inspections and ”hard-to-reach” spots. The lamp measures 15.9 cm long (6.3 inches) and weighs 211 gram (7.4 oz), battery included. The Labino® Torch UVG3 is a UV-A LED torch designed with a unique filter, specifically designed for applications where the amount of visible light from the LED is critical. The Labino® Torch Light UVG3 contains one (1) ultraviolet light emitting diode (LED). The LED creates UV light that peaks at 365 nm making it suitable for industrial, leakage and security applications. Full power is reached instantly. The on/off button is positioned in the back of the lamp to prevent accidental activation. At full charge the battery provides up to 3 hours of use. Recharge from a normal outlet or vehicle with included chargers. An extra battery is included.

The Labino® UVG5 headlamp Spotlight is a small sized, lightweight, lamp designed to free up your hands during investigation. The lamp can be adjusted in three different angles to best suit the direction needed during investigation. The rubber bands are adjustable and designed to be attached directly on the head. The battery is located in the back of the structure and therefore there are no loose cables hanging from the lamp. The Labino® UVG5 headlamp is equipped with a unique white block filter that minimizes the white light and limits the glare. The Labino® UVG5 headlamp contains one (1) ultraviolet light emitting diode (LED). The LED creates UV light that peaks at 365 nm making it suitable for Non Destructive Testing. Full power is reached instantly. The on/off button is positioned in the back of the lamp to prevent accidental activation. At full charge the battery provides up to 3 hours of use. Recharge from a normal outlet or vehicle with included chargers. The kit also includes an extra rechargeable battery. A-L1702 Spotlight Headlamp Kit���������������������������������������� $650.00 A-L1712 Midlight Headlamp Kit������������������������������������������ $800.00

A-L602 Spotlight UVG3 Torch (flashlight only)���������������������$650.00 A-L605 Spotlight UVG3 Torch Kit�������������������������������������������$800.00

TRITAN™ 365M Broad-Beam UV/ White Light LED Lamp This powerful lamp provides greater uniformity and a wider coverage area than conventional inspection lamps. It features three UV (365nm) LEDs in a broad beam configuration, combined with one white light LED in the center, for more efficient inspections in low-light conditions. 30,000-hour LED service life. Electronic Intensity Stabilizer ensures consistent LED performance. Rubber bumper with Borofloat® glass lens protects LEDs from damage. Instant-on operation allows lamp to reach full intensity immediately! Grip-mounted, three-way rocker switch (White light/Off/UV) for easy control of light sources. Rugged, ergonomic, angled lamp body provides safe, fatigue-free handling. Built-in fan keeps LEDs cool to maintain optimum light output during extended use. The TRITAN™ 365M is a portable, battery-operated AC/DC lamp kit. Includes TRI-365M UV lamp, rechargeable NiMH battery pack with adjustable shoulder strap and belt loop, AC and DC adapter cord sets, smart AC charger, UV-absorbing glasses and soft, lightweight carrying case. AC charger available in 120V, 230V, 240V or 100V versions. A-TRI365M Mobile Light Kit (shown)�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,795.00 A-TRI365 120 VAC Lamp Only������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$1,695.00 LAMP Style: Pistol Grip Weight: 1.5 lb (0.7 kg) Head Diameter: 3.25 in (8.25 cm) Weight (with battery): 1 lb (454 g)


BATTERY LIGHT SOURCES Type: 12V, rechargeable NiMH Type: 3 UV (365nm) LEDs, 1 white light LED Run time: 2 hours Service life: 30,000 hours Charge time: 4.5 hours POWER REQUIREMENTS 120 VAC*, 120 VAC/12VDC

800.953.3274 |

UV/White Light Videoscope This feature-packed video inspection scope is equipped with UV and white light LEDs, making it ideal for a wide range of inspection applications. Its flexible cable with imager head easily “snakes” into internal components and inside concealed areas that are inaccessible to other visual inspection tools. View images live on the video display or capture and download to an SD card or directly to a personal computer. Ideal for non-destructive examination, forensic inspection, fluorescent leak detection, component inspection and other specialty applications! A-CCV1000 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������$965.00 FEATURES UV LEDs have a wavelength of 365 nm, and provide a nominal steady-state UV-A intensity of 850 μW/cm2 at 3/4 in (2.0 cm). Video Display Unit (VDU) features large, high-resolution 3.5 in (8.9 cm) color LCD screen for crystal-clear viewing. Compact, 10 mm imager head with side-mounted camera surrounded by four UV and two white light LEDs allows easy access into confined spaces. Camera wand includes image capture button, LED light intensity adjustment and UV/white light toggle switch for simple, one-handed operation. Captured images can be repositioned, rotated and zoomed for greater detail. Lightweight, shock- and water-resistant housing with rubberized grip for safe, easy handling. USB port and SD card (included) for downloading captured images to a PC. Powered by a rechargeable 2.4V DC NiMH battery pack (included). Provides up to one full hour of continuous use between charges.

Light Sources: Four UV LEDs and two white light LEDs VIDEO DISPLAY: Resolution: 320 x 240 pixels Screen: 3.5 in TFT LCD 24 bit RGB Functions: Directional controls (up, down, left, right), image rotation (360’, in 90’ increments) and zoom (1 X, 2X, 4X) Camera Lens: 640 x 480 pixels, 24 bit AGB, wide-angle with auto-focus. Depth of field-% in (2 em) to infinity. DIMENSIONS: Video Display Unit (VDU): Length; 8.0 in Width: 4.1 in Height: 1.75 in Weight: 1.4 Ib Camera Wand: Length: 7.0 in Width: 1.0 in Height: 1.0 in Flexible Camera Cable Length: 24 in Reach from Camera to Display: 82 in Housing: Shock- and water-resistant ABS w/ rubber grip Power Supply: 2.4V DC NiMH battery pack (rechargeable) Continuous Run Time: 1 hour Charge Time: 1 hour (approx.

Multi-band UV LAMPS Quickly verify documents/currency. Portable, hand-held UV lamps allow you to quickly verify documents, detect fake IDs and spot counterfeit currency. Available in single-wavelength (UV-A or UV-C) or dual-wavelength designs, including white light. Short wave UV-C lamps are ideal for RUVIS. Integrally filtered tubes for external filter assemblies. Durable, silver-anodized aluminum housings. Convenient carrying handles. A-EN260C 254 & 365nm, 6 Watt w/ Filter Assembly���������������������������������� $305.00 A-EN280C 254 & 365nm, 8 Watt w/ Filter Assembly���������������������������������� $369.00

MINIMAX™ SERIES UV LAMP Powerful, portable and practical. 3 times brighter than competitive UV inspection lamps. Unique shadow box design blocks room light and allows stains and material samples to glow brighter. Compact lightweight and portable. Easily carried for on-site or field applications. Powered by four AA (1.5 volt) batteries (not included). Provides 4-6 hours of use. Features anti-slip, plastic screw for trouble free tube changing. Sliding cover ensures easy battery replacement, Comes complete with AC adapter, handy nylon wrist strap and nylon travel pouch. A-UV5N 254 & 365nm 5 Watt Tube w/ Filter Assembly������������������������������������$116.00

UV-4B MINI-LAMP Compact, Hand-Held 4-Watt Lamp. Use It Anywhere. Ideal for document inspection, counterfeit currency detection and antique collectible examination. Pocket-sized design. Measures only 64 x 2 x 1” (15.9 x 5.1 x 2.5 cm) Lightweight and portable. Weighs only 7 oz (198g). Powered by four AA (1.5 volt) alkaline batteries (not included). Provides 4 to 6 hours of use. Features anti-slip, plastic screw for trouble-free tube changing. Sliding cover ensures easy battery replacement. Comes with handy nylon wrist strap. 365 nm wavelength. A-6985������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$38.50

800.953.3274 |


Twin Task Forensic Light Source kit This 3 wavelength light source kit features a machined aluminum flashlight with xenon/LED combination for unmatched brightness and exceptionally long run times. This non-rechargeable light does not suffer from diminished battery power after extended lack of use and is ideal for both field and lab use. Powered by 3 ”C” batteries, there’s no down time if the power runs out. It also allows for the detection and photography of body fluids, fluorescent powders, dye stains and trace evidence. The flashlight has 6 390nm UV LEDs and 1 center White LED. This is the perfect light source to outfit your entire department or agency with. This kit comes complete with custom cut foam, orange goggles and a sturdy carrying case. Weighs 16oz. A-6990FL Twin Task Flashlight Only�����������������������$60.50 A-699oFL-K Twin Task Forensic Light Source Kit������$96.00

bio light forensic Light Source kit Ultraviolet light and alternate light sources are a key component in clinical forensic practice, particularly with sexual assault victims. With it’s handheld portability, light-weight and durable construction, the Arrowhead Bio Light is a cost effective forensic light source kit for forensic nurses, crime scene investigators and laboratory use. 365nm & 455nm reveal: • Bruising • Bitemarks • Semen • Saliva • Blood • Urine • Fibers • Trace Evidence

Kit Contents:

1) 455nm LED Flashlight 1) 365nm LED Flashlight 1) Orange Goggles 1) UV Blocking Goggles 1) Sturdy Carrying Case

A-7030 365nm UV Flashlight Only��������������� $112.00 A-6994FKUV Bio Light Forensic Light Source Kit� $195.00

455nm LED Forensic Light Source KIT This 455nm light source features a large 3-watt LED that is powered by two CR123 lithium batteries (included). This non-rechargeable light does not suffer from diminished battery power after extended lack of use and is ideal for both field and lab use. It also allows for the detection and photography of body fluids, fluorescent powders, dye stains and trace evidence. The hand-held unit is constructed of aluminum and features a tail-cap power switch. This is the perfect light source to outfit your entire department or agency with. Kit contains 1 455nm flashlight, 1 pair orange goggles and a sturdy carrying case. A-6994 455nm Flashlight Only������������������������������$100.00 A-6994FK 455nm Light Source Kit����������������������������$125.00


800.953.3274 |

Fits conveniently in a leather carrying case ARROWHEAD BLUE MINI POCKET ALS The Blue Mini Pocket ALS is the perfect resolution for quick identification. Though compact, the LED blue light provides just the right amount of illumination for searching small areas. The powerful LED blue light source is housed in a durable metal body with a sturdy pocket clip for handy storage at the scene. The orange barrier filter attaches easily to the body of the light and both items can be stored inside the included carrying case. It is powered by 3 AAA alkaline batteries (included).

A-65006K������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $36.90

BlueMaxx™ Rechargeable Forensic Light Kit This powerful rechargeable forensic light source features a halogen lamp and a high capacity battery. It is a super effective fully self contained system requiring no additional light source or filter. The BM500 is supplied complete with matched barrier and excitation filters. This unit makes it ideal for fluorescent photography and investigation. A 110V charging unit is included. A full charge delivers a running time of 1.5 hrs. A-6987 BlueMaxx™ Rechargeable Forensic Light����� $197.95 A-6989 Carry Case���������������������������������������������������������� $37.50

Mini BlueMaxx™ Forensic Light Kit II The Mini BLUEMAXX II emits a high-intensity blue light (455nm) that can be viewed with the Barrier Filter attached to the Light or through the Orange Barrier Filter Goggles provided. Its 1-watt LED (Light Emitting Diode) is rated at more than 50,000 hours of lamp life. A diffuser is included to soften the light for oblique searches and for photography. The handheld, machined-aluminum, self-contained light source measures 5.31” (13.5cm) in length with a barrel of only 1.06” (2.7cm) diameter and weighs a mere 5.45 Oz (154.5g). Three AAA alkaline batteries provide up to 3 hours of continuous use. A-6981����������������������������������������������������������������������������� $106.65

800.953.3274 |


Streamlight L2oX-LED Rechargeable Flashlight

Streamlight Twin Task 3C-UV

This versatile family of rechargeable personal lights has the power and the durability you need for almost any job. The SL-20X-LED full size, professional grade rechargeable flashlight is now brighter and has 40 hour runtime LED’s for back-up illumination. This unit is rechargeable up to 1,000 times on 100V, 120V, 230V, 240V AC, or 12V DC charges. 13.2” Length, 1.7lbs. Available in black. A-6989FL����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$121.50 Streamlight Stinger Flashlight These compact, super-bright, rechargeable, lightweight personal lights are the most powerful ever made in their size. The machined aluminum housing that’s anodized against corrosion and the unbreakable polycarbonate lens make the Stingers virtually indestructible. Comes with stinger AC/DC adapter 7” Length and 2 black holders. A-6993FL���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$145.95

Machined aluminum flashlights with xenon/LED combination for unmatched brightness and exceptionally long run times. Includes an ultra-bright xenon bulb plus six ultraviolet LEDs for forensic investigations. 3 modes: Xenon bulb, 3 LEDs, 6 LEDs. Available in black with three 375nm and three 390nm UV LEDs or titanium with six 390nm UV LEDs. Powered by 3 “C” alkaline batteries. 1.68” W x 9.02” L. A-6990FL Black����������������������������������������������������������������������� $64.50 A-6991FL Titanium����������������������������������������������������������������� $49.10 A-51102 Replacement Xenon Bulb�������������������������������������� $6.00 FLASHLIGHT TRIPOD The perfect companion to a flashlight. Fits most 1”-1.5” diameter flashlights. Bendable legs allow this tripod to go almost anywhere. Hang from a fence post, dangle from a tree or set it on the ground and angle the head allow for hands free photography. 12” tall. A-A600


Flashlight Tripod����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$75.00

800.953.3274 |



These wraparound goggles provide protection and frequency absorption for use with forensic light sources. Fits over prescription glasses. Carry case included.

These adjustable heavy duty nylon fit-over goggles provide personal protection and standard absorption with forensic light sources. Fits over prescription glasses. Carry case included.

A-6501 A-6500 A-6502 A-6503

Yellow filter Orange filter Red filter UV protection filter

190-480nm ������������������������������$16.00 190-545nm�������������������������������$16.00 190-583nm�������������������������������$16.00 190-406nm�������������������������������$16.00

A-D236B A-D237A A-D235B A-D238B

Yellow Filter Orange Filter Red Filter UV Clear filter

190-480nm���������������������������������� $40.00 190-545nm���������������������������������� $40.00 190-583nm���������������������������������� $40.00 190-406nm���������������������������������� $40.00



These nylon wraparound goggles provide the same personal protection and absorption as the above listed goggles. These wraparound style goggles are not for use with prescription glasses.

These adjustable nylon framed goggles provide personal protection and standard absorption for use with forensic lasers. Case included. Absorption coverage: 190-532nm.

A-5032-35 A-6032-35 A-6506-35 A-6507-35

Yellow Lens Orange Lens Red Lens UV/Clear Lens

190-480nm��������������������������$40.00 A-ARG-35 Argon, wraparound frame (shown left), ��������� $85.00 190-545nm��������������������������$40.00 A-ARG-35WF Argon, fitover style, shown above���������������� $85.00 190-583nm��������������������������$40.00 190-406nm���������������������������$40.00 255 800.953.3274 |


800.953.3274 |

FORENSIC ANALYSIS Serial Restoration Kits Bullet Hole Test Kit Gunshot Residue Kits Instant Shooter ID Kit

800.953.3274 |

_257 258 259 260 261


firearms serial number restoration kit

Serial Number Restoration Kit

This Serial Number Restoration Kit is designed to provide the proper materials to assist investigators in recovering obliterated serial numbers or other markings on firearms and other metallic weapons. When a serial number is stamped into a metal surface, the underlying metal grains are compressed and deformed deeper than the impressed number or mark. This difference in the metal crystal grains causes them to react differently to chemical etching and can, in many cases, allow them to be recovered. The reagents in this kit are patterned after ATF recommendations as taught at the Serial Number Restoration Training Course that the National Firearms Examiner Academy. The kit also includes instructions, acid neutralizer, wet or dry polishing paper, fine file, gloves, safety glasses, cotton-tipped applicators, dropping pipettes, protective oil and clay dam material. Packaged in a sturdy plastic carrying case with fitted foam liner.

These kits contain serial number restoration liquids or gels for mild steel, HHS/nickel steel, cast iron, aluminum, and brass copper. These kits include an acid neutralizer, emery polishing paper, fine file, gloves, safety glasses, cotton tip applicators, dropping pipettes, protective oil, and clay dam material. Packaged in a sturdy field case. A-8108B Serial Number Restoration Fluid Kit����������� $130.95 (shown above)

A-8116B Serial Number Restoration Gel Kit�������������� $130.95

A-8123B Serial Number Restoration Kit����������������������������������� $152.30

Cartridge case development kit

Gun shot powder residue kit Specifically designed for quick, easy, effective field testing of gunshot powder residue. This field test kit is for the detection of nitrite containing residues typical to gun powder residues. Kit includes:


1) 8 oz Acidified Peroxide Solution 1) 8 oz Gun Blue Solution 1) 8 oz Distilled Water

3) 100ml aerosol GSPR sprays 25) GSPR mittens

A-1800GSR����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $205.15 258

Latent prints can sometimes be developed on brass, nickel and copper cartridges cases by means of Cyanoacrylate fuming, etching with a Gun Blueing Solution and post-treament with Acidified Peroxide. The principle behind this sequence is that the person handling the cartridge casing will transfer a latent print containing lipids or sebaceous oils to the casing and additionally may transfer other substances, such as lubricating grease, to the casing. These substances will protect metal surfaces directly beneath them from chemical reaction or etching and may provide for the possibility of development by Cyanoacrylate. 1) pair latex gloves 5) forceps Instructions for Use

A-3170B Cartridge Case Development Kit������������������ $41.50 A-32706B 8 oz Gun Blue Solution���������������������������������� $20.00

800.953.3274 |

Portable Bullet Hole Test Kit A portable laboratory for rapid ID of bullet holes. The identification of bullet holes may be very important in the investigation of criminal cases involving the use of firearms. These bullet holes are usually characterized by the presence of metals (mainly lead and copper) originating from the bullet’s outer surfaces in the margins of these holes. Using our Bullet Hole Testing (BTK) Master Kit can help the investigator identify the caliber and direction from which the bullet was fired. The test is performed by applying a few drops of reagents on Benchkote® paper (plastic-backed filter paper) and applying it to the suspected bullet hole. The test reagents are contained within glass ampoules in specially designed protective plastic tubes, making the process safe for the operator, as there is no direct contact with the chemicals when the ampoule is broken. The 4-step process takes 3-4 minutes from the time of sampling until final results are obtained, enabling quick screening of large numbers of suspected bullet holes. The kit has been designed for simplicity of operation and can be used at a crime scene by any technician or non-scientific personnel with some basic training. Several bullet holes can be examined at each crime scene using only one set of test tubes. KIT CONTAINS:

1 ea. Sturdy black Kit Case (10.4” W x 13.1” L x 3.33” H) 10 ea. Lead Solvent Ampoules 10 ea. Lead Reagent Ampoules 10 ea. Copper Solvent Ampoules

10 ea. Copper Reagent Ampoules 50 ea. Benchkote Test Papers (Plastic-backed filter paper) 100 ea. Plastic Bags (for packing the positive test papers) 4 ea. Technician Report Forms

1 ea. White Photographic Scale 1 ea. Permanent Marker

A-6052 Bullet Hole Test Kit��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$325.00 A-6053 Tube Refill, 10 Sets of 4�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$200.00 A-6054 Test Paper Refill, 25 sheets�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $18.50

BlueView Gunpowder Particle Test Kits The BlueView™ Gunpowder Particle Test Kit is a fast, reliable field test for detection of trace nitrates found in gunpowder. When a weapon is fired gunpowder is blown back in the direction of the shooter and trace amounts of these residues are deposited on the shooter’s firing hand. Detection of these trace residues can give valuable information regarding whether or not a particular person has recently fired a weapon. This presumptive field test kit in a simple-to-use pouch format that can be deployed without any specialized training or equipment and results appear in seconds. This new format will allow for presumptive on-the-spot testing at crime scenes or anywhere a suspect may be apprehended. Simply press the special collection lifter against the back and palm surfaces of both the suspect’s hands. Place the included ampoule in the center of the lifter and return to the pouch. Fold over the top of the pouch, replace the clip and crush the ampoule. Shake well. If gunpowder particles are present, blue specks and/or smears will appear within 3 to 6 minutes. A-7215 10 Tests����������������������������������������������������������������� $99.00


10- Crushable Ampoules 10- Gunpowder Particle Collection Lifters 1- Straight handle magnifier

800.953.3274 |


Gun Shot Residue Kits (BOX)

Gun Shot Residue Kits (ENVELOPE)

SEM (Scanning Electron Microscopy) tests are conducted through analysis of the residues which have been collected on sticky metal stubs. This kit comes in either a 2 stub or 4 stub application and includes instructions, gloves, security seals and a cardboard box. A-7210-2SB GSR Collection Kit, 2 Carbon Disks (SEM)����$8.10 cardboard box (not shown)

SEM (Scanning Electron Microscopy) tests are conducted through analysis of the residues which have been collected on sticky metal stubs. This kit comes in either a 2 stub or 4 stub application and includes instructions, gloves, security seals and an envelope.

A-7210-4SB GSR Collection Kit, 4 Carbon Disks (SEM)����$9.25 cardboard box

A-7211-4SE GSR Collection Kit, 4 Carbon Disks (SEM)����$8.75 envelope

Gun Shot Residue Kits (COMPACT)

Gun Shot Residue Kits (SURFACE)

SEM (Scanning Electron Microscopy) tests are conducted through analysis of the residues which have been collected on sticky metal stubs. This kit comes in either a 2 stub or 4 stub application and includes instructions, gloves, security seals and a plastic box. Box dimensions 5” W x 4” T x 1.5” D. A-MDCGSR2 GSR Collection Kit, 2 Carbon Disks (SEM)����$8.10 Plastic Case (not shown)

This kit contains the necessary materials for collecting residues from a surface, for Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) testing. Packaged in a cardboard box and available in 2 or 4 stub kits.

A-MDCGSR4 GSR Collection Kit, 4 Carbon Disks (SEM)����$9.25 Plastic Case 260

A-7211-2SE GSR Collection Kit, 2 Carbon Disks (SEM)����$7.50 envelope (not shown)

A-7202-4SB GSR Surface Collection Kit����������������������������������� $9.95 4 Carbon Disks (SEM); cardboard box A-7201-1S GSR Carbon Adhesive Stub���������������������������������� $2.25 1 Carbon Disk (SEM) (not shown)

800.953.3274 |



This kit is a combination of the two kits. It contains the necessary materials for collecting residues from an individual prior to analysis from both Scanning Electron Microscopy and Atomic Absorption. Packaged in a plastic box.

These Atomic Absorption tests are conducted by analysis of the residues which have been collected on cotton-tipped swabs. This kit contains the necessary materials for collecting residues from an individual, for atomic absorption testing, packaged in a plastic box.


GSR Combination Kit, 4 Carbon Disks�����������$13.95 (AA & SEM); plastic box


GSR Collection Kit (AA); plastic box������������������$9.50

ISID-2 Instant Shooter Identification Kits

Ferrotrace Ferrotrace is a non-toxic iron detection spray that reveals invisible iron traces left on a suspect’s hands after touching a weapon. Ferrotrace offers superior sensitivity, convenience and ease of use over other available field tests. Even after a weapon has been removed from a crime scene, an officer can quickly screen a large number of people by spraying Ferrotrace directly onto hands or environmental surfaces such as paper. If a suspect was in contact a weapon containing uncoated iron elements, the invisible iron traces will turn a dark violet color.

Arrowhead is pleased to offer ISid-2 second generation advanced gunshot residue binary test kits. This kit includes everything required to collect GSR evidence from a suspect for both the investigation and for the crime lab. The new design incorporates standard “sticky tab” carbon tape particle collection devices, which meet the requirements of most state crime labs that conduct SEM (scanning electron microscope) testing for GSR. The investigator first sticky tab swabs the suspect according to approved techniques, and then places the tabs into an evidence envelope with evidence tape for delivery to the forensic laboratory. The investigator then dry swabs the suspect with the L.E.T. swab and applies a chemical reagent. A blue reaction on the swab at the 5 min. interval indicates the presence of nitrocellulose. A blue reaction is considered highly probable the suspect has recently fired a weapon. With this new kit, field results can be confirmed in the lab via SEM. A-6204A Instant Shooter Identification Kit������������������������������������������������ $22.10 POSITIVE RESULTS


A-2090M 100ml�����������������������������������������$41.00



Swipe subject’s hand & face. Break glass ampoule.

800.953.3274 |

3 With swab in container saturate swab with reagent.

4 Close lid, wait 5 minutes & study swab.



800.953.3274 |

NARCOTICS TESTING NIK Test Kits Narcopouch Test Kits Narcotest Kits Nark Test Kits Multi-Line Drug Tests Reference Cards Blood Alcohol Tests 800.953.3274 |

_263 264 266 268 269 270 271 272


Nik® presumptive drug test pouch kits Nik® Presumptive Drug Test Pouches contain pre-measured chemical ampoules in heavy duty plastic pouches that eliminate the need for measuring, mixing, and dispensing of reagents. Just place a small sample of the presumed drug in the pouch, break the ampoules and watch for the color change. A positive color indicator on the pouch will help interpret the reaction. Each kit includes 10 tests, except A-800-6090.


Nik® TEST a general screening

Nik® B general screening

Marquis Reagent is a primary general screening test for the presumptive identification of Opiates (Morphine, Codeine or Heroin), Demerol, Black Tar, Amphetamine-type compounds including Methamphetamine & Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA or Ecstacy), Amphetamines and as a general screening agent for other drugs. A-800-6071 Test A, Box of 10 tests������������� $16.00

Always used in conjunction with Test A, Test B is a secondary screening test for the confirmation of Opiates (Morphine, Codeine or Heroin) and Amphetamine-type compound as well as a general screening test for other drugs. A-800-6072 Test B, Box of 10 tests������������� $16.00

Nik® TEST C Barbiturates


Modified Dille-Koppanyi Reagent is used for the presumptive identification of Barbiturates. This test is used after a no change result in Test A and Test G, and an orange result in Test I. A positive result is indicated by no color change after breaking the first ampoule and a lavender color after breaking the second ampoule. A-800-6073 Test C, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Modified Ehrlich’s Reagent is used for the presumptive identification of LSD (Lysergic Acid Diethylamide). Used after positive results in Test A and B. A-800-6074 Test D, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Nik® TEST E Marijuana & Hashish

Nik® TEST F Acid Neutralizer

Duquenois-Levine Reagent - Standalone test for the presumptive identification of Marijuana, Hashish and ”Hash Oil”. A-800-6075 Test E, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Acid Neutralizer should always be used upon completion of each test, to ensure that the strong acids and bases contained in many tests won’t post a danger to personnel. A-800-6076 Test F, Box of 10 tests������������� $16.00

Nik® TEST G Cocaine

Nik® TEST H Methadone

Modified Scott Reagent is used for the presumptive identification of Cocaine, Crack or Free Base. A-800-6077 Test G, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

For the presumptive identification of Methadone. A-800-6078 Test H, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

800.953.3274 |

Nik® TEST I PMA, Ketamine, Barbiturates & Methadone Lieberman’s Reagent is used for the general screening to presumptively identify PMA, Ketamine, Barbiturates and Methadone. This test is used after a Brown result in Test A, or a clear result in Test A followed by no change in Test G. A-800-6089 Test I, Box of 10 tests�������������� $24.50

Nik® TEST J PCP For the presumptive identification of PCP (Phencyclidine). Test J should be used after positive results from Tests A, G, I and W. A-800-6079 Test J, Box of 10 tests�������������� $24.50

Nik® TEST K Opiates

Nik® TEST L Heroin

For the presumptive identification of Heroin, Black Tar, Codeine and Morphine. Easier to distinguish between the four Opiates than using Test B. This test can also be used to screen out Methapyrilene and Propoxyphene. A-800-6080 Test K, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Modified Mecke’s Reagent is used for the presumptive identification of all forms of Heroin, including White, Brown and Black Tar, and MDMA (Ecstasy), as well as detecting the presence of certain dye combinations designed to give false positives with Test A. A-800-6081 Test L, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Nik® TEST M Methaqualone

Nik® TEST N Pentazocine

For the presumptive identification of Methaqualone (Quaaludes, Sopor Somnafac, Opitimil and Parest are the trade names). A-800-6082 Test M, Box of 10 tests������������ $24.50

For the presumptive identification of Pentazocine, commonly known under the trade name Talwin® Nx or Talacen, as well as a presumptive test for Oxycodone. A-800-6083 Test N, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50


Nik® TEST p Propoxyphene

For the presumptive identification of GHB (Gamma-Hydroxybutyrate). It is used after positive results from Tests A, G, I, W, J and R. A-800-6090 Test O, Box of 5 tests��������������� $24.50

For the presumptive identification of Propoxyphene, commonly known under the tradename Darvon®. A-800-6084 Test P, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Nik® TEST Q Ephedrine

Nik® TEST R Rohypnol

For the presumptive identification of Ephedrine and Pseudoephedrine. A-800-6085 Test Q, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

For the presumptive identification of Valium (Diazepam), Rohypnol (Flunitrazepam) and Methcathinone. A-800-6086 Test R, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Nik® TEST T Ketamine

Nik® TEST U Methamphetamine

Morris Reagent is used for the presumptive identification of Ketamine. A-800-6091 Test T, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

For the presumptive identification of Methamphetamine and MDMA (Ecstacy). Test A should always be used prior to Test U, as color results for Methamphetamine,Amphetamine and MDMA (Ecstacy) can be very similar. A-800-6087 Test U, Box of 10 tests������������� $24.50

Nik® TEST W Amphetamines Mandelin Reagent is used for the presumptive identification of Amphetamines and Methadone, as well as screening for PMA and Ketamine in conjunction with Test I. A-800-6088 Test W, Box of 10 tests������������ $24.50

800.953.3274 |


Narcopouch® presumptive drug test pouch kits ODV has since grown to become a leading brand in presumptive drug testing with its NarcoPouch® line of cost-effective test kits. These kits provide investigators with a portable chemistry lab in each selfcontained, pre-measured and hermetically sealed glass ampoule. Color reactions are immediate and a white panel background on each test makes color identification easy and consistent, while a unique safety harness wraps around the ampoules to help prevent broken glass punctures.


Narcopouch® 9o1 Mayers Reagent

Narcopouch® 9o5 Dille-Koppanyi Reagent

Mayer’s Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests. For General Screening.. A-8901 Test 901, Box of 10 tests������������������� $15.50

Dille-Koppanyi-Barbiturates, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Barbiturates. A-8905 Test 905, Box of 10 tests���������������� $19.50

Narcopouch® 9o2 Mandelin Reagent

Narcopouch® 9o6 Mandelin Reagent

Marquis Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests. For General Screening. A-8902 Test 902, Box of 10 tests���������������� $15.50

Mandelin Reagent-Methadone, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Methadone. A-8906 Test 906, Box of 10 tests���������������� $15.50

Narcopouch® 9o3 Nitric Acid

Narcopouch® 9o7 Ehrlich’s Reagent

Nitric Acid Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests. For Confirming Test. A-8903 Test 903, Box of 10 tests���������������� $15.50

Ehrlich’s Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for D-Lysergic Acid Diethylamide (LSD). A-8907 Test 907, Box of 10 tests���������������� $19.50

Narcopouch® 9o4B Cocaine Reagent

Narcopouch® 9o8 Duquenois-Levine Test

Cocaine Salts And Base Reagent. Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Cocaine Salts and Base Reagent A-8904 Test 904B, Box of 10 tests��������������� $19.50

Duquenois-Levine, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Marijuana, Hashish and Hash Oil A-8908 Test 908, Box of 10 tests���������������� $19.50

800.953.3274 |

Narcopouch® 9o9 KN Reagent (FAST BLUE)

Narcopouch® 924 Meckes Reagent

KN Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Marijuana, Hashish and Hash Oil. A-8909 Test 909, Box of 10 tests���������������� $19.50

Mecke’ Reagent, Contains ten individual NarcoPouch® tests to presumptively identify Heroin (White, Brown and Black Tar). A-8924 Test 924, Box of 10 tests���������������� $19.50

Narcopouch® 910 Acid Neutralizer

Narcopouch® 925 Valium Reagent

Acid Neutralizer, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Neutralizing Agent at end of Test. A-8910 Test 910, Box of 10 tests����������������� $19.50

Valium Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Valium, Ketamine and Rohypnol. A-8925 Test 925, Box of 10 tests����������������� $19.50

Narcopouch® 912 Morris Reagent

Narcopouch® 926 Frohde’s Reagent

Morris Reagent - Ketamine, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Ketamine. A-8912 Test 912, Box of 10 tests������������������ $19.50

Frohde’s Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Pentazocine (Talwin). A-8926 Test 926, Box of 10 tests����������������� $19.50

Narcopouch® 914 PCP/Methaqualone Test

Narcopouch® 927 Chen’s Reagent

Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for PCP/ Methaqualone. A-8914 Test 914, Box of 5 tests������������������� $19.50

Chen’s Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Ephedrine and Pseudoephedrine. A-8927 Test 927, Box of 10 tests���������������� $19.50

Narcopouch® 922 Opiates Reagent

Narcopouch® 928 GHB Reagent

Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Opiates, Oxycodone, Heroin. A-8922 Test 922, Box of 10 tests������������������ $19.50

GHB Reagent, Box of 5 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Gamma Hydroxybutyrate (GHB). A-8928 Test 928, Box of 5tests�������������������� $19.50

Narcopouch® 923 Methamphetamine Reagent

Narcopouch® 929 Psilocybin Reagent

Contains ten individual NarcoPouch® tests to presumptively identify Methamphetamine and MDMA (Ecstacy). A-8923 Test 923, Box of 10 tests���������������� $19.50

Psilocybin Reagent, Box of 10 Individual NarcoPouch® Tests for Psilocybin. A-8929 Test 929, Box of 10 tests����������������� $19.50

800.953.3274 |


Narcotest® Drug Test Kits Sold in boxes of 10 individual tests. A-87602 Marquis Reagent, 10 tests�����������������������������������������$13.95 General test for Opiates & Amphetamines/ Methamphetamine

A-87604 Cobalt Thiocyanate Reagent, 10 tests ����������������������$13.95 Test for Cocaine, Procaine & Tetracaine

A-87608 Duquenois Reagent, 10 tests ������������������������������������$13.95 Test for Marijuana, Hashish, Hash Oil & THC

A-87609 KN (Fast Blue) Reagent, 10 tests ������������������������������$13.95 Test for Marijuana and seeds, Hashish, Hash Oil & THC

A-87613 Cocaine Reagent, 10 tests �����������������������������������������$13.95 Test for Cocaine, Free-Base and ”CracK”

A-87623 Methamphetamine Reagent, 10 tests ���������������������$13.95 Test for Methamphetamine & ”XTC”

A-87624 Mecke’s (Modified) Reagent , 10 tests����������������������$13.95 Test for all Heroin

NarcoTest® Drug Tests The use of NarcoTest drug test kits by trained officers has resulted in the successful apprehension and prosecution of innumerable substance abusers and distributors over those years. We are very proud of that record of achievement in support of the law enforcement community. The NarcoTest presumptive drug test line was a staple of the ODV product line for decades. It was pulled from the market in 2011 to undergo a significant redesign to improve product costing and design to meet the rigorous demands of the law enforcement community. The new and improved NarcoTest line still uses ODV’s signature line of colorimetric reagents to identify seven of the most common drugs of abuse including cocaine, marijuana, hashish, crack, heroin and methamphetamine. Each test in this classic stick line is self-contained, pre-measured and hermetically sealed for reliable performance and accurate results. The new polystyrene tubes resist punctures from broken glass ampoules, and the color-coordinated caps provide a tight seal to prevent accidental chemical leakage during use. All stick tests are packaged in a convenient plastic box that prevents damage from sun exposure and rough handling during use and storage. Additionally, the durable hinged box can be used by the officer to store small parts or evidence when empty. Each test comes packaged with its own set of instructions. A completely re-designed Self-Training CD is available to instruct officers in the proper use of all NarcoTest drug test kits.

NarcoTest® Self-Training CD

NarcoTest® Professional Kit

This interactive, self-paced training CD is designed to accommodate the single user student, or small agencies that wish to train their officers on the correct usage and application of the ODV NarcoTest® drug testing system. The CD is designed to educate the student and provide testing at the end of the course.

Each NarcoTest Professional Kit contains the following tests: two boxes of 7602, one box of 7604, two boxes of 7608, one box of 7609, two boxes of 7613, two boxes of 7623 and two boxes of 7624. The entire kit comes in a sturdy plastic kit box with a complete set of NarcoTest instructions.

A-CDNTFT NarcoTest® Self-Training CD����������������������������������������������$5.00

A-87630 NarcoTest® Professional Kit������������������������������� $120.00


800.953.3274 |

NARK® tube test reagents



NARK® is a compact, convenient field test kit offering presumptive identification of the most frequently abused drugs and narcotics. Reagents are packaged in disposable tubettes a unique, easyto-handle system. Each individual reagent is sealed in a thin glass ampule ensuring freshness and eliminating cross contamination with other reagents. The glass ampoules are secured on each end of the plastic tubette. All tests come in a box of 10 tubes, except GHB reagent. A-NAR10001 A-NAR10002 A-NAR10003 A-NAR10004 A-NAR10005 A-NAR10006 A-NAR10007 A-NAR10008 A-NAR10009 A-NAR10013 A-NAR10014 A-NAR10015 A-NAR10016 A-NAR10018 A-NAR10019 A-NAR10022 A-NAR10024 A-NAR10025 A-NAR10028 A-NAR10029

Mayers Reagent Marquis Reagent Nitric Acid Reagent Cobalt-Thiocyanate Reagent Dille-Koppanyi Reagent Mandelin Reagent Ehrlich’s Reagent Duquenois Teagent KN Reagent Modified Cobalt-Thiocyanate Reagent Valium, Rohypnol, Ketamine Methamphetamine, MDMA Mecke’s Modified Reagent Talwin (Pentazocine) Ephedrine Special Opiates MDPV (Bath Salts) Reagent Mephedrone (Bath Salts) Reagent GHB Reagent (5 tests/box) PCP/Methaqualone

800.953.3274 |


Narcotic Alkaloids������������������������������������������ $10.95 Opium Alkaloids�������������������������������������������� $10.95 Differentiate Heroin/Morphine������������������� $10.95 Cocaine, Crack������������������������������������������������ $10.95 Barbiturates��������������������������������������������������� $10.95 Amphetamines���������������������������������������������� $10.95 LSD������������������������������������������������������������������ $10.95 Marijuana, Hashish, THC������������������������������ $10.95 Marijuana (green plant and seeds)������������� $10.95 Cocaine Freebase, Crack������������������������������� $10.95 Valium, Rohypnol & Ketamine��������������������� $10.95 Methamphetamine & MDMA���������������������� $10.95 All Heroin�������������������������������������������������������� $10.95 Talwin, Pentazocine�������������������������������������� $10.95 Ephedrine, Pseudoephedrine����������������������� $10.95 Codeine, Heroin & Oxycodone���������������������� $10.95 Bath Salts������������������������������������������������������� $10.95 2nd ”Bath Salt”, after no positive on MDPV$10.95 GHB����������������������������������������������������������������� $10.95 PCP & Methaqualone����������������������������������� $10.95


Tests the following: AMP | Amphetamines 1000 ng/ml BAR | Barbiturates 300 ng/ml BZO | Benzodiazepines 300 ng/ml BUP | Buprenorphine 10 ng/ml COC | Cocaine 300 ng/ml MDMA | Ecstasy 500 ng/ml THC | Marijuana 50ng/ml MTD | Methadone 300 ng/ml mAMP | Methamphetamine 1000 ng/ml OPI | Opiates 2000 ng/ml OXY | Oxycodone 100 ng/ml PCP | Phencyclidine 25 ng/ml TCA | Tricyclic Antidepressants 1000ng/ml

Specifications: Room temperature storage Optional validity tests Detects 3·14 drugs 24-month shelf life Simple procedure Fast results CLIA Waived” FDA 510K Custom Panels available


Reveal 14 Line Drug Test Cup

1o Line Multidrug Test Panel

The Reveal Drug Screen Cup is an all-in-one drug of abuse test cup. The strips are self contained and the entire cup is tamper resistant. CLIA Waived.

This 10 line multidrug test panel is 99% assured accurate of all test results. Add three drops of urine or control to each well, and read results after 5 min. A positive result is indicated by a blue color. CLIA waived. FDA cleared. Other panels available on request.

A-3124-ND1 1 Test Cup�����������������������������������������������������������$9.00

A-1105-DOA 10 Line Test Panels, 25/box������������������������ $212.50

Arrowhead Meth Collector This product is recommended by the DEA for collection, shipping and safe storing of narcotics such as methamphetamine. This 3 part collection system features a 25ml chemical resistant glass vial, a teflon coated lid and an 8oz high density polypropylene laboratory bottle and cap. Simply collect the chemical residue and place the vial inside the bottle. The glass container is nested inside the polypropylene bottle for packaging and shipping immobilization. The glass vials should be filled no more than 75% to prevent breakage. Each bottle assembly shall be placed in a separate evidence container/bag and sealed. Under no circumstances should any metal containers be used due to the reactivity of many of the materials encountered. A-8201T 10 units, Teflon Coated Lid (for Meth)� $34.80 270

800.953.3274 |


NIK Cocaine ID swabs

Presumptively identify the hydrochloride and base forms of cocaine powder residue with QuickCheck Cocaine Swabs.

NIK’s Cocaine ID Swabs are surface residue identification wipes offering major advantages in narcotics investigation cases. Packaged in individual foil envelopes, the 1” x 1.5” swabs are easy to carry in a pocket. When wiped across a surface on which there is good reason to suspect the presence of Cocaine, these NIK® Substance ID Swabs turn color. Test results are immediate.

Step 1: Swab the suspected surface with the plain (unstriped) end of the swab. Step 2: Hold the swab with the striped end up and bend at the blue stripe until the swab ”snaps.” Allow the reagent to flow down and absorb into the opposite swab tip. Step 3: For a positive presumptive cocaine test result, the cotton tip will appear BLUE in color.

A-10136 Quick Check Cocaine Swabs 50/box ��������������� $37.70

These swabs are sensitive to trace amounts of residue, far less than could be collected for regular field testing. This may be sufficient cause for further investigation. Unlimited shelf life assures these swabs will provide accurate, reliable results, when and where you need them. A-800-6501�����������������������������������������������������������������������������$41.00

Eye-dentify Card Quick reference pupil dilation comparison chart. Miranda Rights printed on back. Laminated for durability. A-6349��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$4.98


Drug Reaction Card & Pupilometer

These disposable diagnostic penlights are easy to use and affordable. The pre-focused pinpoint lens directly illuminates eyes, ears and throat. Activation is made simple by depressing the pocket clip.

3”x5” card features chart with reactions to various classes of drugs and pupil gauge ranging from 1.0mm to 9.0mm increments.

A-63349 Pack of 6�����������������������������������������������������������������$12.50


800.953.3274 |


Blood ALCOHOL Collection KIT Has two 10ml vacuum tubes that each contain 100mg of sodium fluoride plus 20mg of potassium oxalate. This kit is designed to meet requirements for those states mandating that sodium fluoride preservative be 1% of the 10ml blood sample. The kit contains instructions and seals to establish chain of custody. Custom configurations are available. 2 Blood Tubes with 100mg of sodium fluoride 1) 6” x 9” Return Bag with Absorbent Kit Contents: 1 Blood Alcohol Consent Form 1 Collection Report 2 Blood Tube Labels 4 Security Seals

plus 20mg of potassium oxalate 1 Butterfly Needle 1 Needle holder 1 Providone Prep Pad

1 Collection Envelope Mailing Box Instructions

A-bak-10 10 Kits����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $61.50


alco-screen alcohol detection

Breathscan alcohol detection

Since it is well established that the concentration of alcohol in saliva is very close to that in the blood, saliva is the preferred specimen for alcohol testing, allowing for greater detection sensitivity than breath testing methods. Alco-Screen® is a very simple, onestep, 2 minute test requiring no instrumentation, calibration or special training to be used effectively, and is convenient enough to be used any time, any place.

The BreathScan test procedure is quick and easy, and results can be obtained within 2 minutes. Yellow colored crystals within the tube will change to a aqua blue color based on alcohol levels above .02. A-10zbsa000 BreathScan. 02 Level Tests, Pack of 5�������� $15.00

A-alc003 Individually Wrapped Tests, Pack of 24�������������� $48.00 272

800.953.3274 |


800.953.3274 |

DIGITAL FORENSICS FISH Workflow RIMAGE Disc Publishing Comparator Software

800.953.3274 |

_275 276 279 280


WHY USE FISH4? Back logs and delays frequently occur in the daily management of forensic analysis. Poorly integrated IT systems coupled with the multitude of forms required by case management systems have added to the workload. These have lengthened the time scale of identification allowing suspects to dispose of evidence and to confidently plead not guilty. With more cases proceeding to court, costly DNA analysis is now the common approach to forensic identification. As a result, police budgets are frequently stretched by longer investigation time frames.

FISH4 - AN ALTERNATIVE APPROACH FISH, the Forensic Information Scanning Hub, is an integrated system configurable for different purposes depending on the user and the location. FISH is the system designed to address the challenges faced by forensic departments. FISH is designed to send crime scene evidence to the head office quickly and efficiently. FISH consists of a number of components and a FISH base server which receives files by either e-mail, FTP, IP Pier to Pier, or VPN/LAN (Local area network). Images can be fingerprints, foot marks, crime scene photographs and known elimination forms. All case information entered into the system is retained in the metadata of the image file.

FISH4 - BENEFITS THE CSI: FISH provides an easy way to reference cases and produce crime scene reports. The system enables efficient input with batch scanning of lifts, scene photographs and others case images. THE FINGERPRINT EXAMINER: Experts receive images in their entirety including known and scene images. These images can be printed form the workstation or be digitally compare and marked up with FISH Comparator. THE LABORATORIES: With FISH, colored photographs from non-visible light sources and chemically treated documents are automatically processed and scaled so there is no need to print photos. FISH provides a simple process to select and send images to the Unit Supervisor. FISH can also process images from other systems.



The latest innovation from FISH. FOR WHO FOR WHAT


Impression Examiner Examine, analyze or enhance submitted images. Receive or scan images of footwear and tire impressions. Scale, enhance and print before coding and identifying using the digital comparator. Touch Screen Desktop Computer




800.953.3274 |

FISH4 SYSTEM COMPONENTS FISH is made up of 5 different digital components. This page describes what each component does and what personnel are involved. Each component plays an integral part in the evidentiary journey. These components can be modified and configured for every department need. For additional information on any of the FISH components, please call us at 800.953.3274







Individuals Involved with the Case Enables CSIs to reference all case images with corresponding case numbers. Works as a debriefing tool for all CSIs and detectives. Touch Screen Desktop Computer

Lab Technician Editing, scanning and printing of all case images. Touch Screen Desktop Computer, Scanner, Card Reader, Printer





Laptop, Mobile Device, Tablet



Remote submission of any image taken at the crime scene. Images are submitted to the FISH Server



First Investigator at the Scene

Unit Supervisor Central server that receives images from Remote, Touch, Lab and Expert users. Allows supervisor to delegate and monitor workflow. Visualize the workload being handled by the Lab. Allocate jobs to staff and manage high priority cases all from a touch screen. Provides Master/Working Copy archiving for easy access to images. A web server option offers a view and upload by a browser. Touch Screen Desktop Computer with Large Storage Capabilities



Latent Print Examiner Examine, analyze or enhance submitted images. Touch Screen Desktop Computer 800.953.3274 |


HANDLING DIGITAL EVIDENCE DIGITAL EVIDENCE IS GROWING The amount of stored digital evidence is doubling every 18-24 months. As digital evidence grows, it is becoming increasingly difficult for law enforcement agencies to manage and use these valuable assets while preserving the chain of custody and preparing found evidence for prosecution. SIMPLIFY YOUR EVIDENCE WORKFLOW Working with law enforcement agencies around the country, Rimage has developed a series of Digital Evidence Solutions that change the way evidence is processed. Now you can automatically collect, review, and export digital evidence from a wide range of sources to standardized and portable CD/DVD/Blu-Ray Disc media for long-term preservation and secure distribution - drastically reducing time spent on manual processes.

Store evidence from: - CD/DVD/BD Forensics - Overt surveillance Video - Covert Surveillance Video - In-Car Video - Body Worn Audio/Video - Interrogation Room Video - Data/Audio Intercepts - Still Images and Motion Cameras 278

ALL ON LONG TERM CDS/DVDS 800.953.3274 |

RIMAGE8100N The Rimage 8100N offers the most powerful, highest-capacity disc publishing systems available. These machines are backed by Rimage’s decades of experience in designing, building and servicing hardware, and in-house software development that ensures efficiency and compatibility. Design your own CD label, process evidence 24/7, publish files to CD/ DVD or Blu-Ray. A-400640 A-122008001 A-162231266 A-3001121 A-3001140 A-3001463 A-3001510

Rimage 8100N - Digital Asset Manager��������������������������������������������������$34,950.00 Installation (One (1) Day Installation and Training )�������������������������������������������������$1,800.00 Rapid Exchange (1 Year Warranty/2 Years Post Warranty)����������������������������������$3,600.00 CD Media Kit (1,000 discs, 2 CMY ribbons, 2 retransfer rolls)����������������������������������������$746.00 DVD Media Kit (1,000 discs, 2 CMY ribbons, 2 retransfer rolls)������������������������������������$773.00 BD/DVD Media Kit (100 BD discs, 400 DVD discs, 1 CMY ribbon, 1 retransfer roll)���$1,147.00 BD Media Kit (500 discs, 1 CMY ribbons, 1 retransfer rolls)���������������������������������������$3,325.00 Recorders

4 CD/DVD or Blu-Ray Disc

Disc Type

CD,DVD, and Blu-Ray Disc

Input/Output Controller Thermal Disc Printer Camera Dimensions Weight

Four 100-disc bins + 50-disc output bin Embedded Everest 600 Integrated high resolution digital camera 37.6” H x 16.5” W x 24.8” D 145 lb

RIMAGE5400N The Rimage Professional Series systems represent a powerful enhancement for customers needing a minimal amount of disc publishing. The smaller size makes it ideal for smaller departments but offers all the basic features of the 8100N. A-400641 Rimage 5400N - Digital Asset Manager���������������������������������������������������$14,950.00 A-122008001 Installation (One (1) Day Installation and Training )�������������������������������������������������$1,800.00 A-162231266 Rapid Exchange (1 Year Warranty/2 Years Post Warranty)����������������������������������$3,600.00 A-3001121 CD Media Kit (1,000 discs, 2 CMY ribbons, 2 retransfer rolls)����������������������������������������$746.00 A-3001140 DVD Media Kit (1,000 discs, 2 CMY ribbons, 2 retransfer rolls)������������������������������������$773.00 A-3001463 BD/DVD Media Kit (100 BD discs, 400 DVD discs, 1 CMY ribbon, 1 retransfer roll)���$1,147.00 A-3001510 BD Media Kit (500 discs, 1 CMY ribbons, 1 retransfer rolls)���������������������������������������$3,325.00 Recorders

2 CD/DVD or Blu-Ray Disc

Disc Type

CD,DVD, and Blu-Ray Disc

Input/Output Controller Thermal Disc Printer Camera Dimensions Weight

800.953.3274 |

Three 50-disc bins + 5-disc output bin Embedded Integrated Everest 400 Integrated high resolution digital camera 25.6” H x 14.8” W x 19.5” D 76 lb




THE FISH APPROACH FISH Comparator places its emphasis not only on the algorithms but also more importantly on the processes involved in fingerprint comparison. This approach supports fingerprint bureaus, which document all of their procedures and processes undertaken to accomplish its analysis work. FISH Comparator scans latent images, exhibits, 10 print forms and known sheets. The application also loads camera images with photographs automatically scaled. Color images are converted to black/white and levels adjusted. LEVEL 1 INSPECTION FISH Comparator efficiently loads the images and provides the capability to: zoom in and pan visually compare reject/accept for level 2 analysis LEVEL 2 ANALYSIS FISH Comparator enables the ability to tag, add text and print the final image


800.953.3274 |

single use FARADAY POUCHES One of the big problems with collecting digital evidence is the issue of not being able to keep it secure from any incoming communications at the point of capture. Not having the device switched on means that critical time and date stamps cannot be verified, which means that the evidence captured can be questioned. Keep the device on and communications cut off and avoid the high cost of a faraday cage with these convenient pouches. Thick 4.5 Mil trilaminate foil ensures signal shielding power. All pouches are heatsealable. Gaming, tablet and laptop pouches feature a zip-lock top closure. A-4155 A-4156 A-4157 A-4158

Cell Phone Pouch Gaming Device Pouch Tablet Pouch Laptop Pouch

5” x 8” 8” x 12” 10” x 14” 18” x 28”

100 pouches����$65.99 100 pouches����$81.00 100 pouches��$113.40 50 pouches���$222.75 PROPER EVIDENCE PACKAGING INSTRUCTIONS: A. Keep device on and place in Faraday Pouch. B. Place wrapped device inside another Faraday Pouch. C. Seal shut with evidence/tamper proof tape. D. Submit to lab or local RCFL office.

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

FORENSIC CONTAINMENT Evidence Drying Cabinets Powder Stations Development Chambers Safety Cabinets Storage Cabinets

800.953.3274 |

_283 284 290 295 296 297


SHIPS COMPLETE WITH ALL FILTERS BENCHTOP labconco® protector™ evidence drying cabinet The durable, stainless steel-lined Protector® Evidence Drying Cabinet provides a secure ventilated area to dry evidence such as clothing and bedding. This benchtop-sized unit accommodates smaller spaces. The cabinet’s HEPA and carbon filtered exhaust protects personnel from exposure to biohazards while eliminating nuisance odors. The safety glass door maximizes visibility into the cabinet while withstanding exposure to ultraviolet light. The scratch-resistant door has a magnetic seal and may be secured with a user-supplied padlock or tamperevident tags. The key-activated ultraviolet light provides secondary disinfection of the interior between cases to prevent cross contamination, ensuring integrity of samples for DNA testing. Included is a stainless steel hanging rod that accommodates clothing, bedding and other tall or bulky items. Two stainless steel wire mesh shelves support smaller items such as wallets, shoes and gloves. The shelves may be collapsed or removed when not in use. This lockable cabinet maintains the chain of custody. A-3390000 Benchtop Protector™ Evidence Cabinet���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $4,740.00 A-6938100 A-6938200 A-3872600 A-3872700 284

115 volts, 60 Hz, 3 amps, 38 W” x 30 D” x 45.7” H

Replacement HEPA Filter������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$330.00 Replacement Activated Carbon Filter����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$238.00 Replacement Prefilters, Inlet.�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$173.00 Replacement Prefilters, Exhaust.�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$173.00 800.953.3274 |

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Type 304 brushed stainless steel interior Stainless steel hanging rod 3 stainless steel collapsible/removable wire mesh shelves, 8” w x 19” d Epoxy-coated steel exterior Storage area, 36” w x 28” d x 79” h with door and 14-quart plastic bucket Safety glass door with magnetic seal that accommodates a user-supplied padlock or optional tamper-evident tag 2” diameter locking casters Inlet and exhaust roughing prefilters with MERV 11 rating Exhaust HEPA filter, 99.99% efficient on particles 0.3 micron Activated organic vapor carbon filter, 7.5 lbs (3.4 kg) porous coconut shell media Built-in 75 watt blower with solid state control rated for 5 amps Red filter system alarm light to alert operator to low airflow conditions 2-position switch: fan ON, OFF 8’ three-wired cord and plug


labconco® protector™ evidence drying cabinet The durable, stainless steel-lined Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet provides a secure ventilated area to dry evidence such as clothing and bedding. Washdown model features an exclusive one touch pump system to discharge waste and plumbing package with drain pump and wash down hose. The cabinet’s HEPA and carbon filtered exhaust protects personnel from exposure to biohazards while eliminating nuisance odors. The optional key-activated ultraviolet light provides secondary disinfection of the interior between cases to prevent cross contamination, ensuring integrity of samples for DNA testing. The lockable cabinet maintains the chain of custody. A-3400000

Protector™ Evidence Cabinet w/ Washdown System��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$6,090.00

115 volts, 60 Hz, 3 amps 36” W x 28” D x 79” H

A-3400000N Protector™ Evidence Cabinet w/ UV Lamp��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$6,270.00 A-6938100 A-6938200 A-3872600 A-3872700

115 volts, 60 Hz, 3 amps, 36” W x 28” D x 79” H

Replacement HEPA Filter�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $330.00 Replacement Activated Carbon Filter������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $238.00 Replacement Prefilters, Inlet. (pack of 6)������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $173.00 Replacement Prefilters, Exhaust (pack of 6).������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $173.00 800.953.3274 |


SPECIFICATIONS ALL MODELS FEATURE: Type 304 brushed stainless steel interior with 2” OD floor drain, stainless steel hanging rod and three stainless steel collapsible/removable wire mesh shelves, 8.0” w x 19.0” d (20.3 x 48.3 cm) Epoxy-coated steel exterior Safety glass double door with magnetic seal that accommodates a user-supplied padlock or tamper-evident tag Inlet and exhaust roughing prefilters with MERV 11 rating Exhaust HEPA filter, 99.99% efficient on particles 0.3 micron Activated organic vapor carbon exhaust filter, 7.5 lbs. (3.4 kg) porous coconut shell media Built-in blower with solid state speed control Red, filter system alarm light to alert operator to low airflow conditions ETL listed (115V and 230V North America models) CE conformity marking (230V International models) 8’ (2.4 meter) power cord with plug MODELS WITH UV LIGHT INCLUDE: 254 nm, key-activated UV lamp, Storage area: 4’ models: 44.25” W x 26.5” D x 12.0” H 5’ Model: 56.25” W x 26.5” D x 12.0” H MODELS WITH WASHDOWN INCLUDE: Spray nozzle with adjustable stream and 6’ (1.8 meter) hose 10’ (3.5 meter) rubber drain hose preplumbed to drain. Storage area: 4’ models: 27.5” W x 26.5” D x 12.0” H 5’ Model: 39.5” W x 26.5” D x 12.0” H


Labconco® protector™ evidence drying cabinet The durable, stainless steel-lined Protector® Evidence Drying Cabinet provides a secure ventilated area to dry evidence such as clothing and bedding. This benchtop-sized unit accommodates smaller spaces. The cabinet’s HEPA and carbon filtered exhaust protects personnel from exposure to biohazards while eliminating nuisance odors. The safety glass door maximizes visibility into the cabinet while withstanding exposure to ultraviolet light. The scratch-resistant door has a magnetic seal and may be secured with a user-supplied padlock or tamperevident tags. The key-activated ultraviolet light provides secondary disinfection of the interior between cases to prevent cross contamination, ensuring integrity of samples for DNA testing. Included is a stainless steel hanging rod that accommodates clothing, bedding and other tall or bulky items. Two stainless steel wire mesh shelves support smaller items such as wallets, shoes and gloves. The shelves may be collapsed or removed when not in use. This lockable cabinet maintains the chain of custody.


A-3404000 A-3404001 A-3404010 A-3404011 A-3951822 A-3872601 A-3869910 A-3869802

4’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with UV Light 115 volts, 60 Hz, 6 amps������������������������������������������������������������������� $7,495.00 4’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with UV Light 230 volts, 50/60 Hz, 3 amps������������������������������������������������������������� $7,595.00 4’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with Washdown System 115 volts, 60 Hz, 6 amps������������������������������������������������ $7,795.00 4’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with Washdown System 230 volts, 50/60 Hz, 3 amps.���������������������������������������� $7,895.00 Replacement Door Evidence Prefilter for 4’ Unit Package of 10).������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$100.00 Replacement Door Prefilter for 4’ Unit (Package of 6)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$100.00 Replacement Starter Kit for 4’ Unit���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$275.00 Replacement Paper Liners for 4’ Unit (Package of 25)�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$125.00

A-3405000 A-3405001 A-3405010 A-3405011 A-3951832 A-3872602 A-3869920 A-3869804

5’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with UV Light 115 volts, 60 Hz, 6 amps������������������������������������������������������������������ $9,795.00 5’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with UV Light 230 volts, 50/60 Hz, 3 amps������������������������������������������������������������� $9,895.00 5’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with Washdown System 115 volts, 60 Hz, 6 amps���������������������������������������������� $10,095.00 5’ Protector Evidence Drying Cabinet with Washdown System 230 volts, 50/60 Hz, 3 amps.��������������������������������������� $10,195.00 Replacement Door Evidence Prefilter for 5’ Unit Package of 10).������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$100.00 Replacement Door Prefilter for 5’ Unit (Package of 6)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$100.00 Replacement Starter Kit for 5’ Unit���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$295.00 Replacement Paper Liners for 5’ Unit (Package of 25)�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$175.00 800.953.3274 |


Misonix Evidence Drying Cabinets Prevent decomposition of evidence and protect technicians from exposure to unknown substances with a Misonix Evidence Drying Cabinet. Without proper handling, wet evidence can easily become contaminated and rendered useless. Exclusive features include a powder coated aluminum frame and a molded fiberglass liner with rounded corners for easy decontamination. The powder coated frame and fiberglass liner offer a higher degree of chemical resistance than polypropylene or plastic. Other unique features include a metal locking door frame, built in drain, stainless steel hanging rod, 3 stainless steel removable shelves, and an easy change filter system. The internal fan pulls filtered air through the door, quickly drying and preserving evidence. Both Carbon and HEPA filters are used to protect lab workers from bacteria and odors. Wash down accessories are available to easily clean the inside of the cabinet between uses including an automatic pump to remove waste water.


32" wide unit requires (2) pre-filters, (1) HEPA filter and (1) Carbon filter. 64" wide unit requires (4) pre-filters, (2) HEPA filters and (2) Carbon filters.


Each unit is shipped complete with filters, (3) shelves.


32” Wide Drying Cabinet������������������������� $8,950.00


64” Wide Drying Cabinet����������������������� $11,500.00

76.5”H x 32”W x 26”D, 120V/60hZ/3 amp, 207 lbs 76.5”H x 64”W x 26”D, 120V/60hZ/3 amp, 414 lbs

A-FE-1021A Replacement HEPA Filter��������������������������$375.00 A-FE-1019 Replacement Pre-Filters (Pack of 10)������$475.00 A-Fe-1013 Replacement Carbon Filter�����������������������$325.00


Molded Fiberglass Liner has no seams or welded corners and is highly scratch resistant. This prevents trace evidence from being trapped in corners or in scratched areas, minimizing the chance of bacterial build up and cross contamination of evidence. Solid Aluminum Frame is a rust resistant, powder-coated finish. It is lightweight but extremely durable to withstand many years of use. This is especially important for departments that must place their cabinets in tough environments. Air-tight Door so no outside air can bring contamination or foreign DNA into the cabinet. Our solid aluminum door frame with ¼” acrylic sets us apart from the competition. Alarms indicate low airflow and notify the user when filters need service.




Seamless polypropylene construction with blue epoxy-coated steel door Stainless steel drying rod and removable shelves Seamless polypropylene construction for easy cleaning between cases Four-stage filtration including dual pre-filtration, HEPA filtration and gas phase filtration Locking casters for added mobility Two-speed blower operation - airflow is increased when door is opened Notification lights alert operator for pre-filter and main filtration changes


Room air is pulled into SecureDry through electrostatically charged prefiltration at “A”. This pre-filtration is designed to remove gross particulate and fibers (potential cross-contamination). Once room air is inside SecureDry, it circulates around the wet evidence at (B) before entering a three-stage filtration process. The exhaust air passes through an electrostatically charged pre-filter at (C). This pre-filter captures any trace evidence present in the airstream, and should be removed between cases for laboratory examination. Air then passes into the HEPA filter at (D). The HEPA filter captures potentially harmful biological material. Air passes through the gas phase carbon filter at (E) before exiting chamber. The gas phase carbon filter prevents putrid odors from escaping into the laboratory space.

misonix securEdRY SecureDry evidence drying cabinets are designed to provide a secure and dedicated area for drying wet evidentiary items while creating a barrier to keep out the potential threat of cross contamination. The cabinet utilizes pre-filtration, HEPA and carbon filtration to minimize the potential for environmental cross contamination and employee exposure to putrid odors or biological material. SecureDry is constructed from rigid white polypropylene that is thermally fused in order to create a continuous chamber, eliminating structural cracks and crevices. The elimination of cracks and crevices allows for ease of cleaning and maintenance between cases and minimizes the potential for bio-burden build-up. An optional timed 254 nanometer UV light is available for chamber irradiation, further reducing cross-contamination risk. Added security comes from the powder coated steel doors with keyed entry, not found on other drying cabinets. This reinforced steel door is designed to provide a tamper resistant barrier while creating a positive seal between the chamber and the environment, minimizing the potential for cross contamination. In addition to the door pre-filter, within the drying chamber is a second pre-filter. This pre-filter is referred to as a trace evidence filter and is designed to trap any potential evidence that may become airborne during the drying process. All drying air must pass through the trace evidence pre-filter before leaving the drying chamber. This filter should be changed between each case and retained for further analysis by laboratory professionals. By drying crime scene evidence with SecureDry you keep your occupational exposure to potentially harmful biological material to a minimum. A-MYFDR32 32” SecureDry™ Evidence Drying Cabinet�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $4,900.00 A-MYFDR64 64” SecureDry™ Single Chamber Evidence Drying Cabinet���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $7,900.00 A-MYFDR64D 64” SecureDry™ Dual Chamber Evidence Drying Cabinet������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $8,500 A-MYFDR10 Optional Modular Waste Pump with Timed Shut Off��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $449.00 A-MYFDR20 Optional Shortwave UV Light Kit for SecureDry™���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $325.00 A-MYHEPA Replacement HEPA Filter for A-MYFDR32 (requires 1) or A-MYFDR64 (requires 2)����������������������������������������������������� $325.00 A-MY1021S Replacement Carbon Filter for A-MYFDR32 (requires 1) or A-MYFDR64 (requires 2)���������������������������������������������������� $395.00 A-MYPRF Replacement Prefilter, pack of 10 for A-MYFDR32 (requires 2) or A-MYFDR64 (requires 4)���������������������������������������� $325.00 288

800.953.3274 |

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Upflow airflow geometry 120-180 fpm face velocity (Triplex/Quad models are100 fpm) Activated carbon main filter formulated for General Purpose and Downflow forensic evidence drying captures putrid organic odors as well as other fumes that may be available (i.e. alcohol, solvents, gasoline, etc.). Leveling feet standard on XT models; caster wheels standard on all other general purpose models. Three Push-Pull™ shelves per compartment Minimal site preparation required

A-FRD-005 A-FRD-002 A-FRD-001SS Air Science Safekeeper Evidence Drying Cabinets A containment cabinet for the drying and storage of forensic evidence. The airflow through the cabinet gives a constant drying medium for items of evidence large or small, and contains any fumes, odors, or particulates given off while drying, thus ensuring a safe working environment for personnel. All polypropylene corrosion proof design can be easily cleaned and increases operational life. Available in sizes from 2.5 to 8 ft wide. Custom size and duplex style cabinets are also available. Includes: all pre-filters, HEPA filters, carbon filters, water package, airflow alarms, shelves, and hanging rod. Electrical requirements are 110V/60Hz. Easy installation with no additional costs. Duplex unit has two separate drying compartments. A-FRD-001 2.5 Foot Safekeeper A-FRD-002 3 Foot Desktop Safekeeper A-FRD-003 4 Foot Safekeeper A-FRD-004 5 Foot Safekeeper A-FRD-005 5 Foot Duplex Safekeeper A-FRD-006 6 Foot Safekeeper A-FRD-010-TRI 6 Foot Tri-Safekeeper A-FRD-010-QUAD 6 Foot Quad-Safekeeper A-FRD-001SS Safeswab Swab Dryer

30” W x 28” D x 83” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$3,899.00 30” W x 28” D x 48” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$3,999.00 48” W x 28” D x 85” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$5,910.00 60” W x 28” D x 85” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7,673.00 60” W x 28” D x 85” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$7,895.00 72” W x 28” D x 85” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$8,627.00 72” W x 28” D x 85” H����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9,995.00 72” W x 28” D x 85” H��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$10,900.00 16” W x 20” D x 16” H 30 Swab Capacity�������������������������������������������������������������$899.00

REPLACEMENT FILTERS A-FRD-DPF Replacement Door Pre-Filters Cleans Incoming Air 6/pk��������������������������������������������������������������������������$174.00 A-ASTM-001h-af Replacement Carbon Filter������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$220.00 A-ASTM-030h-af Replacement HEPA Filter��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$220.00 A-ASTS-001 Replacement Exhaust Safety Filter����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$220.00 TRI and QUAD cabinets feature independent chambers and filtration systems to permit simultaneous but separated processing. These cabinets are available in tall configurations only.

800.953.3274 |



Arrowflow PC36 Fingerprint Powder Station An economically priced, bench mounted workstation with unrestricted access for processing evidence. The downflow action takes fumes and particulates away from the operator, forces the contaminated air through an 18 lb. main carbon filter, and exhausts clean air. Stainless steel work surface is easily removable for cleaning. All integral light provides good illumination of the work area. Comes with Pre-filter and HEPA filter. Removable Polypropylene Spill Tray Centrifugal Fan Epoxy Coated Steel Construction Removable, Clear Acrylic Sides

145 CFM Airflow 18 Watt Light Low Air Flow Monitor UV Lighting Available


36” Powder Station������������������� $2,856.00


Prefilter���������������������������������������������� $125.oo

36” W x 23” D x 31.5” H

Bag of 6, replace every 3-4 months

A-AST8-030XL-AF Main HEPA Filter����������������������������� $455.00 Replace every 12-24 months


Protector™ Downdraft Powder Stations Protector Downdraft Powder Stations keep users safe by containing powders during fingerprint processing. The opensided, open-top work station provides unrestricted operator movement and accommodates oversized evidence. Available in 2’ and 3’ widths, two or more Stations may be placed sideby-side to achieve an unlimited number of width combinations. An optional Transition Connector mounts between two Stations for a secure fit and continuous work surface.

WHAT’S SHOWN 3’ Protector Downdraft Station Variable Height Bench 4’ Mobile Table

Epoxy-coated steel housing and shelf Type 304 stainless steel work surface with Flow-Zone perforations Removable powder catch pan Built-in blower with motorized, backward curved fan Fan switch Red, filter system alarm light to alert operator to low airflow conditions Exhaust prefilter of pleated paper with MERV 8 rating Exhaust HEPA filter, 99.99% efficient on particles 0.3 micron ETL listed (3410000 and 3410001 models) Built-in 75 watt blower with solid state control rated for 5 amps 3-position switch: fan ON, OFF, ultraviolet light ON 96” three-wired cord and plug

A-3410000 2’ Protector™ Downdraft Station���������� $2,310.00 115 volts, 60 Hz, 1 amp, 13 amp

A-3410001 3’ Protector™ Downdraft Station���������� $2,835.00 A-8075000 A-3819100 A-3819101 A-3819102 A-3768903 A-6938100

115 volts, 60 Hz, 1 amp, 13 amps

Variable Height Bench��������������������������� $1,335.00 4’ Mobile Table��������������������������������������� $1,315.00 5’ Mobile Table���������������������������������������� $1,510.00 6’ Mobile Table���������������������������������������� $1,670.00 Replacement Prefilter�������������������������������� $51.00 Replacement HEPA filter��������������������������� $37.00


800.953.3274 |

Misonix Downflow Workstation The WS-6 Downflow Workstation is a stand alone, ductless unit that protects workers from powders or fumes. This unit’s open design allows for closed inspection of samples while maintaining a high level of operator protection. Particles or fumes are drawn downward through the stainless steel work surface and contaminants are removed by a series of filters. After the fumes or powders are filtered, the clean air is returned to the room. Design features include an aluminum frame with a powder coated exterior for corrosion resistance. The work surface is stainless steel and is easily removable for routine cleaning. A pressure switch for indicating when filters need replacement is standard. HEPA filters are recommended if your application includes powders or particles. If you are working with chemicals, we offer a variety of carbon filter options. Please call for assistance in choosing the correct filter for your application.


120V/60HZ Centrifugal and sparkless fan 15 watt fluorescent bulb

A-FE-5020 A-FE-1013

24” W X 32” D X 28” H ��������������������������$3,900.00

Shipping Weight: 110 lbs

The Forensic Workstation is the first system designed specifically for the development of latent fingerprints with both powders and Ninhydrin. Worker safety is our number one priority and this system is highly effective at reducing the potential for exposure to these common forensic chemicals. The front sash opening is 10”H and the internal fans draw a constant flow of air. A combination of filters contains contaminants before returning clean, filtered air to the lab. Model #A-FE-36C is designed for both ninhydrin fumes and powders.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS 100 fpm face velocity Low airflow alarm Clear acrylic top, front and side panels Fiberglass spill tray (removable)

Sparkless internal blower Steel chassis construction Electrostatic particle filter; included Carbon or HEPA filters; included (1) stainless steel hanging rod



Misonix Ductless Forensic Workstation

Replacement HEPA Filter������������������������$599.00 Replacement Pre-Filter (10/pack)����������$325.00


36” W X 28” D X 28” H ���������������������������$4,150.00


Replacement Carbon Filter ���������������������$450.00 Replacement HEPA Filter�����������������������$449.00 Replacement Particle Filter��������������������$149.00

800.953.3274 |

Shipping Weight: 217 lbs


Filter Requirements: The A-PUARAIR 10,10XL,15 requires one filter The A-PUARAIR 20, 25, 30 requires two filters The A-PUARAIR 40 requires three filters

PURAIR Advanced Forensic Fume Chamber/Hood The PURAIR range of advanced forensic workstations are designed for those forensic laboratories that don’t want to change filters between powder and chemical applications. With both HEPA and Carbon high capacity filters , the PURAIR units are ideal for departments who process a large volume of evidence using powders and chemicals. The PURAIR features: continuous airflow display, low air-flow alarm, 360° visibility, inter-filter test port, self locking front sash, cable pass through ports, epoxy coated steel construction for unsurpassed strength, clean changing filter system, and optional back-up safety filter system (ANZI Z9.5 requirement). Integral fluorescent lighting included. A-PURAIR 5 48” W X 26” D X 31” H �������������������������$2,499.00 Shipping Weight: 368 lbs Shipping Weight: 146 lbs A-PURAIR 40 96” W X 272” D X 454” H���������������������$6,995.00 A-PURAIR 10 292” W X 272” D X 454” H �����������������$2,861.00 Shipping Weight: 487 lbs Shipping Weight: 156 lbs A-ASTM-001 Main Carbon Filter For Chemical Fumes�����������������$355.00 A-PURAIR 10XL 34” W X 272” D X 454” H ��������������������$3,292.00 A-ASTS-001 Optional Back-up Safety Filter (Carbon)����������������$220.00 Shipping Weight: 198 lbs A-ASTM-030 Main HEPA Filter����������������������������������������������$455.00 A-PURAIR 15 39” W X 272” D X 454” H ��������������������$3,995.00 A-ASTS-030 Optional Back-up Safety Filter (HEPA)�����������������$220.00 Shipping Weight: 205 lbs A-AStM-PRF Pack of 6 Replacement Pre-filters����������������������$174.00 A-PURAIR 20 49” W X 272” D X 454” H���������������������$4,486.00 A-FSA Electronic Filter Saturation Alarm�����������������������$445.00 A-PURAIR 25 A-PURAIR 30

Shipping Weight: 295 lbs

59” W X 272” D X 454” H���������������������$5,586.00

Shipping Weight: 302 lbs

69” W X 272” D X 454” H���������������������$5,995.00

ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES: Hanging rods with clips, removable spill tray, cart with casters are available. Call us for a custom quote to include these accessories.

DWS Downflow Fingerprint Workstations The Air Science Technologies DWS workstation has been specifically designed to provide a small bench mounted unit with unrestricted access. Unique downflow airflow pattern allows the forensic scientist to work in close proximity over the piece of evidence being examined. DWS workstations are available in a variety of configurations for use in chemical processing and or fingerprint powders. Unit includes fluorescent lighting, airflow alarm, and stainless steel work surface. Available in 2ft and 3ft widths. Only one main filter required. 24” UNIT SPECIFICATIONS DWS Downflow Fingerprint Workstation����������������������� $2,375.00 A-DWS24 24” Wide x 22.75” Deep x 31.5” High, Electrical 110V/60Hz Shipping Weight: 160 lbs

A-DWS24-030A HEPA Main Filter For Fingerprint Powder���������������������� $455.00 A-DWS24HPBC HEPA & Carbon Multi-layer Main Filter�������������������������� $455.00 A-DWS24-PRF Pack of 6 Replacement Pre-filters��������������������������� $125.00 36” UNIT SPECIFICATIONS DWS Downflow Fingerprint Workstation������������������ $2,925.00 A-DWS36 36” Wide x 22.75” Deep x 31.5” High, Electrical 110V/60Hz Shipping Weight: 227 lbs

A-DWS36-030XL HEPA Main Filter For Fingerprint Powder�������������������� $494.00 A-DWS36-200XL HEPA & Carbon Multi-layer Main Filter����������������������� $520.00 A-DWS36-PRFXL Pack of 6 Replacement Pre-filters������������������������ $173.00


800.953.3274 |



PROTECTOR XVS ACCESSORIES The one-piece work surface is molded from a special formulation of epoxy resins that is resistant to chemicals. It is dished and contoured to conform to the interior liner of the XVS Workstation to contain spills. The 5’ and 6’ work surfaces are stainless steel.

Labconco® Protector XVS Ventilation stations An economical light duty hood suited for many applications. Its inward flow protects the operator and contains hazardous or noxious fumes, vapors, or powders when fitted with the proper filter. Smaller than most hoods, the design requires less space than most ventilated enclosures. The XVS features 4” thick tempered safety glass front sash, sides and top offering excellent visibility, light and protection. Glass provides better fire, scratch, and corrosion resistance than acrylic. Requires exhaust transition adapter, and FilterMate™ portable exhauster or remote blower and ducting to the outside. Custom models available upon request. Contact your Arrowhead sales representative for additional information. A-4863030 3’ XVS Ventilation Station - High Profile 36”W x 28.8”D x 32”H�������������������������������$4,370.00 A-4864030 4’ XVS Ventilation Station - High Profile 48”W x 28.8”D x 32”H�������������������������������$5,030.00 A-8001 3’ XVS Ventilation Station - Low Profile 36”W x 28.8”D x 22.75”H��������������������������$3,050.00 A-8002 4’ XVS Ventilation Station - Low Profile 48”W x 28.8”D x 22.75”H��������������������������$4,370.00

A-8023 A-8024 A-8025 A-8026 A-8022 A-8021

3’ Work Surface 36”w x 26.66”D x 1”H����������� $675.00 4’ Work Surface 48”w x 26.66”D x 1”H����������� $830.00 5’ Work Surface 60”w x 29”D x 1”H������������� $1,660.00 6’ Work Surface 72”w x 29”D x 1”H������������� $1,840.00 Fluorescent Light Kit,115v.���������������������������� $720.00 Guardian 1000 Digital Airflow Monitor������� $1,970.00

Portable Exhausters The FilterMate™ Portable Exhauster, an accessory for the XVS Ductless Ventilation Station, uses a HEPA filter, carbon filter, or combination of both to remove hazardous powders, particulates, vapors, or noxious odors from the exhaust air stream, returning filtered air to the environment. All models feature a compact corrosion resistant housing epoxy coated with rubber feet. Variable speed control with nonsparking motorized impeller. Rear mounted auxiliary electrical outlet that may be connected to an airflow monitor, a light kit, or other user supplied accessories. Inherently safe design the FilterMate™ features an extremely quiet operation and noise pressure. Each FilterMate™ provides up to 250 CFM face velocity. All models conform to UL 3101-1/61010-1 regulations and standards. Each FilterMate™ is supplied with 8’ of flex exhaust hose, and an upper exhaust transition adapter. A-8005 A-8006 A-8007 A-8008 A-8009 A-8010 A-8011

800.953.3274 |

HEPA Filter Exhauster �������������������������������� $3,650.00 Carbon Filter�������������������������������������������������� $3,085.00 HEPA/Carbon Filter������������������������������������� $3,900.00 Replacement Organic Carbon Filter��������������� $276.00 Replacement HEPA Filter������������������������������� $470.00 Upper Exhaust Transition Adapter 6”������������ $117.00 Lower Exhaust Transition Adapter 6”����������� $117.00



Filter I.D. Window: A strategically placed front cover window shows the installed filter part number and installation date for convenience and to encourage timely filter replacement.


Air Velometer: (Optional) An analog air velocity meter in the field of vision of the user.


Hinged Front Sash: When closed, the cabinet sash protects the contents from inadvertent external contact, and better isolates the air within. The sash is easy to open and close.


Control Panel: Electronic controls and displays include switches for the blower and low airflow alarm.


Steel Support Frame: The chemical resistant epoxy coated steel frame adds mechanical strength. Optional all polypropylene construction is available if desired; see accessories. The pre-filter can be changed while the unit is operating to prevent operator exposure to chemical vapors.


Electrostatic Pre-Filter: The 99.5% effective electrostatic pre-filter is accessible from inside the chamber to contain the release of any particulates that it traps.


Pass Through Ports: Electrical cords and cables are safely routed into the cabinet through ports on the back and side walls.


Color: The cabinet is white with blue trim; side and back panels are clear.


Airflow Alarm: A continuous air velocity monitoring system alerts the operator upon unacceptable values.


Manual Speed Controller: The operator may set the centrifugal fan motor speed as desired.


Work Surface: The internal work surface can be fitted with an optional polypropylene tray.


Filter Door Key: Filter access keys prevent unauthorized removal or accidental exposure to dirty filters.

Airflow CFM Face Velocity FPM Noise, dBA, 1 meter Lighting Construction Blower Electrical Electrical Switches Monitoring

206 100 < 50 Compact fluorescent lamp White epoxy coated steel frame and head unit. Clear sides and back ebmpapst centrifugal fan 120V, 60Hz or 220V, 50Hz voltages available. Specify when ordering. Other voltage options available. Main On/Off Low air alarm, standard

SHIPS COMPLETE WITH ALL FILTERS, hanging rods and spill tray. Arrowflow Ductless Fume Hood The Arrowflow Basic ductless fume hood are a series of high efficiency products designed to protect the user and the environment from hazardous vapors generated on the work surface. At the heart of the Arrowflow fume hood product line is the innovative Multiplex™ Filtration Technology that creates a safe work environment over the widest range of applications in the industry. The Eco-friendly Choice Advanced carbon filtration technology offers a safe, high performance alternative to conventional ducted fume hoods for a broad range of applications. This Arrowflow ductless fume hood isolate and trap chemical vapors to prevent ecological impact through release into the environment. The ductless fume hood is self-contained and does not require venting to the outside. Many units are portable and may be moved from one location to the next with minimal downtime and without filter changes. Set-up, operation and filter maintenance are straightforward. Because filtered air is returned to the room, no demands are required of the facility HVAC capacity for make-up air. Cabinet airflow and face velocity protect users from incidental exposures to fumes. Electronic air-flow monitoring assures continuous safety. An electronic gas sensor monitors carbon filter performance.




Internal Height






36” x 27” x 35” WxDxH

40” x 40” x 40” WxDxH

99 lbs

157 lbs




Ductless Fume Hood 36”W x 27”D x 35”H A-FH36�����������������������������������������������������������������$2,447.00 Prefilter (Replace every 3-4 months) A-ASTS-PRF-AF����������������������������������������������������������� $174.00





Main Carbon Filter (Replace every 12 months) A-ASTS-001AF�������������������������������������������������������������� $355.00 UV Lamp A-UV-P15����������������������������������������������������������������������� $300.00

800.953.3274 |



Digital Microprocessor-Controlled

LED Readouts in Temperature and RH Stainless Steel Interior and Shelves Arrowhead Two-Year Parts and Labor Warranty Bench Top Size (A-FDC5) Quick start-up time Heated door with LED chamber light (A-FDC-5) Can be used independently as oven (for DFO)(A-FDC-5)



Arrowhead Fingerprint Development ChamberS Arrowhead Fingerprint Development Chambers will accelerate the processing time when using Ninhydrin, DFO and other treatment chemicals. Manufactured of Stainless Steel in and out, these units are a work horse at typical operating ranges of 80ºC/80% RH. FDC 5 Specifications

FDC 28 Specifications

Temperature Range 10ºC above ambient to 100ºC Temperature Control ± 0.5ºC Relative Humidity 40 to 80% RH (of specified temp range) Humidity Control ± 3% 4L Carboy Storage Bottle Interior Dimensions 24” W x 18” D x 22” H Exterior Dimensions 29” W x 26” D x 37” H Shelf Work Area 4.5 sq. ft. (shelf plus bottom) Electrical 208/230V Shipping Weight 300 lbs.

Temp Range 10˚above ambient to 100˚C Temp Control ± 0.5˚C Humidity Range ± 5% above ambient to 95% RH Humidity Control ± 3% Interior Dimensions 31” W x 27.5” D x 62” H Exterior Dimensions 43” x 35” x 85” Electrical 220V, 60Hz, 2000W Shipping Weight 710 lbs

about the Universal Condensate Recirculating System

• • • • • • • •

Uses tap water for economy and ease of installation DI cartridge & carbon filter removes corrosive impurities Ionic Silver Stick anti-bacterial action Monitoring of the water level Replace Filters indicator light Quick access to filters and servicing Handles & casters for easy moving Optional UV germicidal lamp A-FDC5 A-FDC28 A-FDC5 STAND A-CRSY102-1


Water Purity 100-125 k_-cm 14”W x 26.5”D x 26.6”H Powder Coated Metal 115V, 60 Hz, 5 Amp (NEMA 5-15P) 7 gal Water Reservoir Shipping Weight 125 lbs

5 CUBIC FT���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$10,433.00 28 CUBIC FT��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$23,500.00 Allows you to stack FDC5������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $875.00 Universal Condensate Recirculating System ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$3,460.00 800.953.3274 |


Purifier Logic® Class II Biosafety cabinet

Labconco® Basic™ 47 & 70 Chemical Fume Hoods

Designed to provide a safe and effective work area for agents that require Biosafety level 1, 2 or 3 containment. The Purifier Logic Biological Safety Cabinet features a vertical rising sash that can be completely closed while not in use, eye level information center (including filter and airflow status), optional factory installed UV lamp, and a three year warranty on parts and service. These workstations are available with 8” or 10” sash openings and have a nominal inflow velocity of 105 FPM. Venting kits and exhaust fans available upon request. Base units sold separately.

Basic 47 (4’) and 70 (6’) fume hoods are ideal for general chemical requirements and work well for individual workstations. These hoods are factory furnished with x” thick tempered safety glass counterbalanced sash. The interior and exterior are constructed of glacier white, epoxy coated, 16 gauge steel. The right side fixture panel is designed to accept up to three service fixtures, one electrical receptacle, and a guardian air monitor. Work surface and base cabinet or stand are required for operation and sold separately. Contact your Arrowhead sales representative for additional information.

A-8028 A-8029 A-8030 A-8031 A-8032 A-8033 A-8034 A-8035 A-8036 A-8037 A-8039


3’ Class II BSC with 10” Sash�������������� $8,430.00 3’ Class II BSC with 8” Sash���������������� $8,430.00 4’ Class II BSC with 10” Sash�������������� $9,575.00 4’ Class II BSC with 8” Sash���������������� $9,575.00 5’ Class II BSC with 10” Sash������������ $11,135.00 5’ Class II BSC with 8” Sash�������������� $11,485.00 6’ Class II BSC with 10” Sash������������ $12,045.00 6’ Class II BSC with 8” Sash�������������� $12,045.00 3’ Telescoping Base Unit����������������������� $695.00 4’ Telescoping Base Unit����������������������� $730.00 6’ Telescoping Base Unit����������������������� $770.00

A-2247300 A-2247400 A-2246300 A-2246400 A-8021

Basic 47 with Blower��������������������������������������������� $5,065.00 Basic 47 without Blower��������������������������������������� $3,925.00 Basic 70 with Blower��������������������������������������������� $6,660.00 Basic 70 without Blower��������������������������������������� $4,530.00 Guardian 1000 Digital Airflow Monitor��������������� $1,970.00

Explosion proof models, base units, plumbing, and electrical services available upon request.

800.953.3274 |

Flammable Storage Cabinets Provides central storage and organization for flammable and corrosive liquids. Meets safety requirements in labs, property rooms, evidence processing areas. 18 gauge double wall steel with leak proof sills. Shelves are adjustable in 2.25” increments. Cabinets feature three point latch and dual vents with built-in flash arresters. All doors self latch to automatically engage 3 point latch for maximum protection under fire conditions. Caution yellow powder coat paint with ”Flammable Keep Fire Away” in 3 languages on door. Features grounding attachments & 4 leveling feet. A-6360 4 Gallon Benchtop Cabinet 1 Door 1 Shelf 17½” W x 18”D x 22¼” H������������������������������������������������� $738.17 A-6361 30 Gallon Floor Cabinet 2 Doors 1 shelf 43” W x 18”D x 44”H����������������������������������������������������$1,298.61 A-6362 45 Gallon Floor Cabinet 2 Doors 2 Shelves 43” W x 18”D x 65”H�����������������������������������������������������$1,603.30 A-6363 60 Gallon Floor Cabinet 2 Doors 2 Shelves 31¼” W x 31¼” D x 65” H���������������������������������������������$1,922.82 A-6364 Shelf for 4 Gallon Cabinet����������������������������������������$29.14 A-6365 Shelf for 30 and 45 Gallon Cabinet��������������������������$63.39 A-6366 Shelf for 60 Gallon Cabinet����������������������������������� $120.42

Protector Acid Storage Cabinets This cabinet supports all Labconco® benchtop fume hoods and safely stores and vents acids and other corrosive liquids. It is epoxy coated, steel constructed, and features a corrosion resistant polyethylene lined interior. Glacier white and includes manual closing non-locking doors and a vacuum formed PVC spill liner tray. Work surface is required and sold separately (page 293). A-9901100 A-9901300 A-9901400 A-9901200 A-9901000 A-3591100

36”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,520.00 24”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,415.00 18”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,365.00 30”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,465.00 48”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,610.00 Acid Vent Kit������������������������������������������������������ $248.00

Protector Standard Storage Cabinets Supports all Labconco® benchtop fume hoods and may be used for storage of supplies and small equipment. This epoxy coated steel constructed cabinet is glacier white and will support up to 800 lbs. Features manual closing, non-locking doors and 4 leveling feet. Work surface is required and sold separately (page 293). A-9900200 A-9900300 A-9900400 A-9900100 A-9900000

30”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,225.00 24”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,175.00 18”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,120.00 36”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,265.00 48”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,385.00

Protector Solvent Storage Cabinets Supports all Labconco® benchtop fume hoods and safely stores and vents solvents and other flammable liquids. This epoxy coated steel constructed cabinet is glacier white, with a 1.5” air gap and will support up to 800lbs. Features a key locking, manual-closing door system. Epoxy coated steel interior shelf with 5 height settings. Meets NFPA 30-2003 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code Specifications. Work surface is required and sold separately (page 293). A-9902100 A-9902200 A-9902000 A-9910000

36”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$2,045.00 30”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$1,985.00 48”W x 22”D x 36.75”H�����������������������������������$2,130.00 Solvent Vent Kit������������������������������������������������ $395.00

800.953.3274 |



800.953.3274 |

LABORATORY Glass/Plastics Balances/Scales Benchtop Equipment

800.953.3274 |

_299 300 304 306


TECHNICAL DATA Material: Cap Thread Size: Temp. Range: Sterilization: Cap Material: Cap Colors:

Hybex borosilicate glass (3.3) GL45* -70° to 500°C Autoclave or dry heat Polypropylene (140°C) Blue, green, purple, yellow, white or assorted

ARROWHEAD SCIENTIFIC HYBEX™ MEDIA STORAGE BOTTLES Hybex™ reusable media bottles are manufactured from high quality, borosilicate 3.3 glass. With their superior chemical resistance, these bottles are ideal for storage of reagents, culture media, biological fluids and a variety of other aqueous and non-aqueous solutions. A low coefficient of thermal expansion (3.3), provides temperature resistance that is far superior to that of standard lab glass (or soda lime glass). Hybex glass can withstand temperatures from -70 to 500°C, permitting repeated use in freezers, microwaves, autoclaves and dry heat sterilization chambers. All hybex bottles have permanent, white enamel graduations for volume measurement and a white identification box for marking or coding. All hybex media bottles include a drip-free sealing ring as well as a standard blue polypropylene (GL45) sealing cap. Bottles are also available with green, purple, white and yellow caps, or in an assortment pack containing two of each color. A-B300050 A-B3000100 A-B3000250 A-B3000500 A-B30001000 A-B30002000 A-B3000SP A-B3000CAPHTC A-B3000CAP A-B3000CAP2 A-B3000RIN A-B3000-RIN2


Hybex™ Media storage bottle, 50m 10/pk.���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $79.95 Hybex™ Media storage bottle, 100ml 10/pk.������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $79.95 Hybex™ Media storage bottle, 250ml 10/pk.������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $89.95 Hybex™ Media storage bottle, 500ml 10/pk.���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $107.95 Hybex™ Media storage bottle, 1000ml 10/pk.�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $128.95 Hybex™ Media storage bottle, 2000ml 5/pk.��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $149.75 Hybex™ Media storage bottle starter pack (2x100ml, 3x250ml, 3x500ml, 2x1000ml)��������������������������������������������������������������� $99.95 10/pk High Temperature Caps (RED - PBT Plastic/up to 180°C)�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $99.95 Replacement caps, standard blue (GL45), 10/pk.��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $24.95 Replacement cap, standard blue (GL32), 10/pk.����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $24.95 Replacement sealing ring, (GL45), 10/pk.��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.95 Replacement sealing ring, (GL32), 10/pk.��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$9.95

800.953.3274 |

Graduated Cylinders Class B, To Contain broken glass disposal cartons Disposable cardboard receptacles with 2mil thick polypropylene liner safely contain broken glass and spilled liquids. Entire unit may be disposed of as a whole once safety cap is pulled into place. Available in floor and benchtop models. Carton cover with spring-actuated bag holder (for floor model only) improves sanitation and safety of waste disposal. Autoclavable lid prevents inadvertent contact with bag contents, and is color-coded for easy identification. A-9519 A-9520

Floor Box 12”L x 12”W x 27”H, pk/6������������������$52.00 Benchtop Box 8”L x 8”W x 10”H, pk/6������������$35.00

Calibrated to contain at 20°C. Cylinders feature a hexagonal base flat ground for stability and a yellow LDPE bumper on sizes 25mL and larger. Ideal for receiving liquids where volumetric calculations are based solely on the volume contained within the cylinder, including condensate from distillation procedures and sedimentation values of precipitates. The 10mL size has enlarged funnel top for ease of filling. Meet ASTM E1272, Style 1, Class B requirements. PART #

A-9570 A-9571 A-9572 A-9573 A-9574 A-9575 A-9576 A-9577


0.2mL 0.5mL 1 mL 1 mL 2 mL 5 mL 10 mL 20 mL


1-10, 0.2 3-25, 0.5 3-50, 1 5-100, 1 10-250, 2 25-500, 5 50-1000, 10 100-2000, 20

Tolerance, ML BUMPEr SIZE

±0.1 ±0.3 2 ±0.4 3 ±0.6 4 ±1.4 6 ±2.6 7 ±5.0 8 ±10.0 9


4/$89.00 18/$331.00 1/$23.00 1/$25.00 2/$74.00 1/$46.00 1/$68.00 1/$106.00

Griffin Beakers Erlenmeyer Flask Narrow Mouth, Reinforced Beaded Top, Capacity Scale. Thick walled body and tapered contour to minimize chipping. White, ceramic scale indicates approximate volumes. A-9521 A-9522 A-9523 A-9524 A-9525 A-95254 A-95256

125ml volume 250ml volume 500ml volume 1L volume 2L volume 4L volume 6L volume

12/pk������������������������������������������������������������������$70.00 12/pk������������������������������������������������������������������$72.93 6/pk ����������������������������������������������������������������������$45.00 6/pk ����������������������������������������������������������������������$74.26 4/pk �����������������������������������������������������������������$115.00 1/pk����������������������������������������������������������������������$66.00 1/pk�����������������������������������������������������������������$121.39

KIMAX® Value-Ware™, Low Form, Double Capacity Scale. KG-33 borocilicate glass beakers provide strength and stability due to uniform sidewall and bottom thickness. Beakers are slightly flared and feature a durable matte finish marking area for use with a pencil. A-9526 A-9527 A-9528 A-9529 A-9530 A-9531

800.953.3274 |

50ml volume 150ml volume 250ml volume 400ml volume 600ml volume Starter Pack

12/pk ����������������������������������������������������������������������$62.79 12/pk����������������������������������������������������������������������$62.00 12/pk����������������������������������������������������������������������$62.00 12/pk����������������������������������������������������������������������$75.00 6/pk ������������������������������������������������������������������������$46.00 5/case����������������������������������������������������������������$30.00

50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 600ml, 1Ll


Disposable Culture Tubes, Borosilicate Glass Designed for both tissue culture and general bacteriological work, these round-bottom, disposable tubes are available with or without a marking spot. round bottoM, rimless culture tubes PART #

A-9372 A-9373 A-9374 A-9375 A-9376 A-9377 A-9378 A-9379 A-9380

Volume size (mm)

3 mL 5 mL 9 mL 10 mL 14 mL 18 mL 22 mL 28 mL 34 mL

10 x 75 12 x 75 13 x 100 15 x 85 16 x 100 16 x 125 16 x 150 18 x 150 20 x 150

round bottoM, screw cap culture tubes PART #

A-9381 A-9382 A-9383 A-9384 A-9385 A-9386

Volume size (mm)

8 mL 12 mL 16 mL 20 mL 30 mL 33 mL

13 x 100 16 x 100 16 x 125 16 x 150 20 x 125 20 x 150





- - - - - - - - -

13-415 13-415 15-415 15-415 18-415 18-415

1000/$68.00 1000/$77.00 1000/$93.00 1000/$148.00 1000/$128.00 1000/$146.00 1000/$154.00 500/$114.00 500/$186.00 1000/$299.00 1000/$316.00 1000/$316.00 1000/$363.00 500/$226.00 500/$237.00

nalgene hdpe sample bottles Economical, single-use, break-resistant bottles for field sampling. Available with narrow mouth or wide mouth, in natural and amber. Natural sample bottles allow easy viewing of liquid level. Amber bottles reduce UV light transmission for protection of light-sensitive liquids. Guaranteed leakproof. With polypropylene screw closures. Natural, NARROW mouth PART #

A-9387 A-9388 A-9389 A-9390 A-9391 A-9392

Capacity (Ml/0z)

30/1 60/2 125/4 250/8 500/16 1000/32

Natural, Wide mouth PART #

A-9393 A-9394 A-9395 A-9396 A-9397 A-9398 AMBER, Wide mouth PART #

A-9393A A-9394A A-9395A A-9396A A-9397A A-9398A

Capacity (Ml/0z)

A-9387A A-9388A A-9389A A-9390A A-9391A A-9392A


20-415 72/$47.00 20-415 72/$49.00 24-415 72/$65.00 24-415 72/$92.00 28-415 48/$91.00 38-430 24/$71.00

30/1 60/2 125/4 250/8 500/16 1000/32

CAP size

28-415 72/$66.00 28-415 72/$75.00 38-415 72/$86.00 43-415 72/$121.00 53-415 48/$119.00 63-430 24/$122.00


Capacity (Ml/0z)

CAP size


CAP size


30/1 60/2 125/4 250/8 500/16 1000/32



CAP size

Capacity (Ml/0z)

30/1 60/2 125/4 250/8 500/16 1000/32

28-415 72/$132.00 28-415 72/$134.00 38-415 72/$155.00 43-415 72/$231.00 53-415 48/$209.00 63-430 24/$179.00 20-415 72/$98.00 20-415 72/$102.00 24-415 72/$125.00 24-415 72/$169.00 28-415 48/$171.00 38-430 24/$168.00

SINGLE EDGE Razor Blades These blades are industrial grade. Single-edge blades are 0.23mm (0.009”) thick and feature an extra-keen edge. Blades are available with aluminum spines. stainless steel blades

A-9399 100) GEM Single-Edge Blades, Aluminum Spine�������������������������������� $26.00


800.953.3274 |

Hanging & Stacking Bin Optimize your storage space. These bins are the industry-leading hanging and stacking plastic storage bin. Heavy-duty, industrial-grade polymer bins stack together or hang from louvered racks and panels, rail racks, and louvered carts for high-density storage. These bins are corrosion-proof and unaffected by weak acids and alkalis. Please specify bin color, colors available: red, blue, yellow or clear. A-AK30210 A-ak30220 A-ak30224 A-ak30230 A-ak30234 A-ak30235 A-ak30239 A-ak30240 A-ak30250 A-ak30255 A-ak30260 A-ak30265 A-ak30270 A-ak30320

5-3/8” x 4-1/8” x 3” . . . . 24/case���������$41.28 7-3/8” x 4-1/8” x 3” . . . . 24/case���������$73.92 10-7/8” x 4-1/8” x 4” . . . 12/case���������$60.06 10-7/8” x 5-1/2” x 5” . . . 12/case���������$92.64 14-3/4” x 5-1/2” x 5” . . . 12/case�����$105.48 10-7/8” x 11” x 5. . . . . . . 6/case�������������$65.40 10-3/4” x 8-1/4” x 7” . . . 6/case�������������$76.92 14-3/4” x 8-1/4” x 7”. . . 12/case�����$182.40 14-3/4” x 16-1/2” x 7”. . 6/case���������$128.16 10-7/8” x 16-1/2” x 5”. . 6/case���������$170.16 18” x 11” x 10”. . . . . . . . . 6/case���������$210.84 18” x 8-1/4” x 9”. . . . . . . 6/case���������$152.64 18” x 16-1/2” x 11”. . . . . 3/case���������$115.50 8-5/8” x 33” x 5”. . . . . . 4/case�������������$80.96

SUPER SIZE BINS A-ak30280 20” x 12-3/8” x 6” . . . . . 4/case�����������$68.32 A-ak30281 20” x 12-3/8” x 8” . . . . . 3/case�����������$58.20 A-ak30282 20” x 12-3/8” x 12” . . . . 2/case�����������$46.68 A-ak30283 20” x 18-3/8” x 12” . . . . 1/case�����������$32.04 A-ak30284 23-7/8” x 8-1/4” x 7” . . 4/case�������$113.76 A-ak30286 23-7/8” x 11” x 7” . . . . . 4/case�������$133.36 A-ak30287 23-7/8” x 11” x 10” . . . . 4/case�������$139.12 A-ak30288 23-7/8” x 16.5” x 11”. . . 1/case�����������$37.80 A-ak30289 23-7/8” x 18-1/4” x 12”.1/case�����������$38.42 A-ak30290 29-1/4” x 18-3/8” x 12”.1/case�����������$44.14 A-ak30292 29-7/8” x 11” x 10” . . . . 4/case�������$167.04 A-ak30293 29-7/8” x 16.5” x 11”. . . 1/case�����������$45.34

Stainless steel cart



Stainless Steel Cart, holds a variety of laboratory supplies, equipment and miscellaneous containers. Features two removable polished Type 304 stainless steel pans that are 2” (51 mm) deep on three sides with one open side for easy equipment transfer from countertop to cart. Additional features: 4” diameter casters, two with toe locks; ready-to-roll, full factory assembly; ergonomic, extruded rubber handle grips; durable glacier white, epoxycoated 18 gauge welded tubular steel frame; ID tag; supports loads up to 400 lbs.; lifetime guarantee. Cart measures 34.88” L x 19” W x 36.38 H.

Ideal for cleanroom use, these heavy-duty molded plastic carts provide long, rugged wear with no maintenance. Seamless construction is easy to clean, with no sharp edges to scratch walls. Each cart features a leakproof top, integral molded handle, and quiet, easily maneuverable, non-marking 12.7cm (5”) diameter casters. Color: beige.

Ergonomic handle design. Convenient tray for parts and tools. Built-in tool holster. Tough structural foam won’t rust, chip or dent. Easy to clean – Maintenance free. 2 1/2” deep trays are 19 3/4” apart. Non-marking 5” polypropylene casters: 2 swivel, 2 rigid. 250 lb. capacity per shelf. Black Evidence Cart measures 33” H x 45”L x 25” D.

A-66005908������������������������������������������� $167.40 Two Shelf Cart 18” x 39” x 33” A-66005920������������������������������������������� $441.00 Two Shelf Cart 26” x 45” x 33”

A-3000000-280��������������������������� $309.50

A-8016������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$650.00 800.953.3274 |


HT COMPACT SCALES Our New HT-Series of compact scales feature a large LCD, optional stainless steel pan, 4AA or optional ac adapter operation and includes a carrying case. A-HT300 A-HT500 A-HT3000 A-HT5000 A-HT10 A-FV-05C

310g x 0.1g������������������������������������������������������$125.00 510g x 0.1g������������������������������������������������������$145.00 3100g x 1g�������������������������������������������������������$125.00 5100g x 1g�������������������������������������������������������$145.00 Stainless Steel Pan������������������������������������������$25.00 110VAC Adapter�����������������������������������������������$29.00




HL-i series compact design makes it highly suitable for weighing applications in laboratories, property rooms or in the field. Each scale comes complete with AC Power, batteries and carrying case.

The EJ Series offers preferred performance at a low price. Ideal for use in any application that requires portability.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Value Pack Includes a Compact Scale, Stainless Steel Weigh Pan, AC Power Adapter, Batteries, and a Handy Carrying Case. Simple & Easy to Operate Rugged & Reliable Design with High Impact Plastic Housing Accurate Reading over Wide Temperature Range

A-hl200ivp 200g Digital Scale 5.1” Pan Size��������������������������$135.00 A-hl2000ivp 2000g Digital Scale 5.1” Pan Size������������������������$135.00


LCD display with backlight Percentage and counting Full digital calibration AC power or alkaline battery operation (batteries not included) RS232C and USB output optional

ROUND PAN A-EJ120 120g, 0.01g Resolution, 3.5” Pan������������������������$255.00 A-EJ200 210g, 0.01g Resolution, 3.5” Pan������������������������$285.00 SQUARE PAN A-ej410 410g, 0.01g Resolution, 4” x 4” Pan���������������������$390.00 A-EJ2000 2100g, 0.1g Resolution, 4” x 4” Pan������������������$300.00 A-EJ6100 6100g, 0.1g Resolution, 4” x 4” Pan������������������$445.00 WEIGHING DATA LOGGER The AD-1688 is ideal for use in situations where a PC or printer cannot be placed near the weighing instrument or when there is a need to collect data from multiple balances in different locations.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Applicable devices by A&D with an RS-232C connector approx. 5,000 data sets memory in the standard format Clock error ±1 minute / month Applicable OS Windows 2000 / XP / Vista Dedicated power supply Not required Operating environment 50°F - 86°F, 85%RH or less (no condensation) Dimensions 2.2 x 4.1 x 0.5 in Weight Approx. 2.1 oz (60 g)


A-AD1688��������������������������������������������������������������������������������$295.00 800.953.3274 |


Ohaus Adventurer Pro Balances

Compact base w/ security bracket Backlit LCD display Stainless steel weigh pan User friendly menu & setup Sealed front Leveling bubble & adjustable feet Flip-top draft shield Angled keypad

Designed for basic, below-balance, animal/dynamic, check, and percent weighing as well as parts counting, totalization, and display hold. Included are 16 user-selectable weighing units and standard bi-directional RS-232 interface. Models with internal calibration can be calibrated without the need for external weights. A-11379152 A-87000808 PART NUMBER readability w/ ext. calibration capacity: repeatability: Linearity: stabilization Times: pan size: Overall Dimensions:



2100g 0.1g ±0.2 2 5.88” x 6.38” 7.63” x 2.81” x 10”

260g 0.0001g ±0.0003 3 3.5” 8.69” x 10.81” x 11.81”




A-11379152 A-87000808

ANALYTICAL BALANCE An exceptional combination of remarkable features at affordable price - these HR Series balances feature multi-functional weighing and a large weighing chamber.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Large Weighing Chamber holds up to a 250mm volumetriC flask Wide Angle LCD Display Multi-Functional Weighing Standard Underhook GLP/LIMS/ISO Compliant Multi-Functional Weighing: %, Counting, Grams, mg. oz ozt, dwt, ct, mom, GN, t, TL Separate, Clearly Marked OperatIng Keys Full Range Tare Body & frame constructed of extra strong die-cast aluminum alloy HR-60 model only is legal-for-trade, Class II

A-hR60 A-hR120 A-hR200

60g x 0.1mg��������������������������������������������� $1,825.00 120g x 0.1mg������������������������������������������� $2,250.00 210g x 0.1mg������������������������������������������� $2,395.00

ROUND WEIGHING DISH BIODEGRADABLE - Guilt-free glassine paper will completely breakdown when discarded. NO STATIC BUILD-UP - Glassine paper is free of static electricity that plagues disposable plastic weighing dishes (polystyrene and polyethylene). CONTAMINANT FREE - Pure glassine is an ultra-clean ”GREEN” paper product. EASY TO USE - Robust and durable yet easy to fold for pouring. IDEALLY SIZED - Measures 3.5” x 0.5” deep for standard weighing balances. COLOR CONTRAST - Chocolate-colored glassine reveals every particle of material.

A-1003WB 5”x 3.5” Chocolate Round 150/Case�����������$38.00 Weighing/Trace Collection Paper Weighing DISHES/BOATS For handling solids or liquids. Disposable. Stackable. Easily bent into pouring spouts, enabling nonspill transfer. Flat bottoms and sloping sides ensure complete transfer. Not reactive with most substances. Resists temperatures to 302°F. A-GHWB-475 4”x 3” 500/Case����������������������������������� $95.00 A-GHWB-550 5”x 3.5” 500/Case������������������������������ $120.00 800.953.3274 |

This 6”x 6” paper is smooth, lightweight, and dust free. The paper is thin, yet strong enough for analytical size samples. Ideal for the collection of trace evidence. A-1002 500 sheets����$30.00 305

TECHNICAL DATA Speed Range: Temperature Range: Platform: Control: Dimensions: Electrical Data:

60-1500 rpm Ambient +5 to 380 C 7.5 x 7.5 in. Quick Adjustment Knobs 8” x 9” x 4.5” 120V or 230V, 50/60 HZ

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Large Work Surface, 7.5” x 7.5” Space Saving Design, 8” x 9” Footprint Chemical Resistant White Ceramic Top Plate Safety LEDs Indicate When Heating or Stirring Quick and Easy Adjustment of Heating / Mixing

ARROWHEAD Hotplates, Stirrers and Hotplate Stirrers Benchmark hotplates, stirrers and hotplate-stirrers feature an exceptionally durable, chemical resistant white ceramic work surface. Their space-efficient design (8” X 9” footprint), makes them ideal for use on crowded bench tops and inside of bio-hoods. Advanced microprocessor controls with convenient turn knobs allow quick, precise adjustment and maintenance of speed and temperature. Safety indicator LED’s on the front panel indicate when the heating and/or stirring functions have been activated. With a square 7.5 in work surface, all three models are compatible with a wide variety of popular sizes of borosilicate glass beakers, flasks, bottles and other vessels. The hotplate/magnetic stirrer model (A-H4000HS) comes complete with a support rod for mounting thermometers and temperature probes. 115V 115V 115V 230V 230V 230V

A-H4000S A-H4000H A-H4000HS A-H4000SE A-H4000HE A-H4000HSE A-H4000ROD

Magnetic Stirrer, 7.5 x 7.5 in. (115V)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $209.00 Hotplate, 7.5 x 7.5 in. (115V)���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $209.00 Hotplate Magnetic Stirrer, 7.5 x 7.5 in. (115V)����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $319.00 Magnetic Stirrer, 7.5 x 7.5 in. (230V)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $209.00 Hotplate, 7.5 x 7.5 in. (230V)���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $209.00 Hotplate Magnetic Stirrer, 7.5 x 7.5 in. (230V)���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $319.00 Replacement Rod for Hotplate/Stirrer�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$16.00

TECHNICAL DATA Speed : Capacity:

Dimensions: Weight: ElectricAl:

6000 rpm / 2000 xg 8 x 1.5/2.0ml tubes 16 x 0.2ml PCR tubes 2 x 0.2ml PCR strips 4.5” x 5.9” x 4.5”/11.4 x 15 x 11.4 cm) 2.1 lbs/5kg 100 to 240V 50-60 Hz


PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Eight Position Microtube rotor Storage compartment for PCR rotor Near silent operation Starts and stops in seconds

ARROWHEAD MyFuge™ Mini Centrifuge The MyFuge™ Mini is a personal centrifuge that virtually fits in the palm of your hand. An eight place rotor is included and comes installed. A second rotor for 0.2ml PCR tubes and strips is also included and stored with the rotor removal key in a convenient compartment on the bottom of the centrifuge. Ideal for quick spin downs of microtubes and PCR tubes, the MyFuge is extremely easy to use. Simply close the lid and the rotor instantly reaches 6,000 rpm. Open the lid, and the rotor quickly decelerates to a stop for removing samples. An increased capacity, eight-position microtube rotor is included and comes installed. A second rotor for 0.2ml PCR tubes and strips is also included and stored with the rotor removal key in a convenient compartment on the bottom of the centrifuge. When the rotor is not in use, storage in this compartment prevents loss or misplacement of the rotor. A-C1008B MyFuge™ Mini Centrifuge, blue lid, with 2 rotors, 100-240V���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $259.50 A-C1008C MyFuge™ Mini Centrifuge, clear lid, with 2 rotors, 100-240V���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $259.50 A-C1008G MyFuge™ Mini Centrifuge, green lid, with 2 rotors, 100-240V�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $259.50 A-C1008P MyFuge™ Mini Centrifuge, purple lid, with 2 rotors, 100-240V������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $259.50 A -C1008R MyFuge™ Mini Centrifuge, red lid, with 2 rotors, 100-240V������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $259.50 306

All centrifuges include the 8 x 1.5/2.0ml microtube rotor, two position PCR strip rotor, adapters for 0.5ml & 0.2ml

800.953.3274 |


TECHNICAL DATA Speed Range : Operating Modes: Operating Temp. Range: Dimensions: Weight: Electrical Data:

200 to 3400 rpm Touch or continuous +4 to 65 C 5” x 6.3” x 6.7”/13 x 16 x 17 cm 8.4 lb / 3.8 kg 115V or 230V, 50-60 Hz

Standard vortexing


holds 8 microtubes

ARROWHEAD BenchMixer™ Vortex Mixer

ARROWHEAD MORTEXER™ The Mortexer™ is MORE than your standard vortex mixer. The unique design of the Multi-Head™ (included) features a traditional cup head for general purpose mixing, plus holds up to eight microcentrifuge tubes. The drive system is balanced with Q-Drive™ technology, providing a smooth vortexing action, while minimizing noise and excessive vibration. This results in quieter, more efficient and longer lasting operation. Increased speed, up to 3400 rpm produces an instant vortex of even the largest sample sizes, including full 50ml tubes. Other features include: ”no-walk” suction feet, cold room/incubator compatibility and spill-proof electronic controls.

A-BV1000H15 A-BV1000H150 A-BV1000H500

200 to 3200 rpm Touch or continuous +4 to 65 C 5” x 6.3” x 6.7”/13 x 16 x 17 cm 8.4 lb / 3.8 kg 115V or 230V, 50-60 Hz




Speed Range : Operating Modes: Operating Temp. Range: Dimensions: Weight: Electrical Data:

Mortexer™ Vortex Mixer, 115V���������������$249.00 Optional 3 inch flat head adapter�����������$22.00 Optional adapter���������������������������������������$44.00 for 38x0.5ml, 28x1.5/2.0ml or microplate Horizontal head, for 12 x 1.5ml���������������$83.00 Horizontal head, for 4 x 15ml������������������$83.00 Horizontal head, for 2 x 50ml������������������$83.00

The BenchMixer™ sets the new standard in vortex mixing. With advanced Q-Drive™ technology, the BenchMixer provides smooth instant vortexing of even the largest sample sizes, including full 50ml tubes. The unique counter balance system creates maximum vortexing action, while minimizing noise and excessive vibration. This results in quieter, more efficient and longer lasting operation. Other features include: ”no-walk” suction feet, cold room/incubator compatibility and spill-proof electronic controls. A-BV1000 A-BV1000E A-BV1000FLAT A-BV1000COMBO A-BV1000H15 A-BV1000H150 A-BV1000H500

BenchMixer Vortex Mixer, 115V������ $229.00 BenchMixer Vortex Mixer, 230V������ $229.00 Optional 3 inch flat head adapter����� $22.00 Optional adapter��������������������������������� $44.00 for 38x0.5ml, 28x1.5/2.0ml or microplate Horizontal head, for 12 x 1.5ml��������� $83.00 Horizontal head, for 4 x 15ml������������ $83.00 Horizontal head, for 2 x 50ml������������ $83.00

These light duty wipers are ideal for delicate tasks requiring gentle, extra low lint wiping. These soft, non-abrasive, single ply wipes are manufactured from 100% wood fiber and will easily absorb liquid and dust. Kimwipes are treated with amine free antistatic Lintguard. All sizes are packaged in a pop-up box dispenser.

A-4633 280 / 4½” x 8a” box���������� $6.25

A-4634 196 / 12” x 12” box���������� $12.50

800.953.3274 |

A-4635 140 / 15” x 16¾” box������� $18.75



800.953.3274 |

ARROWHEAD UNIVERSITY K-12 Education Kits Professional Education Kits Books

800.953.3274 |

_309 310 326 334


Mineral and Soil Analysis teaches students to utilize physical as well as chemical techniques to place a suspect at the scene of a crime, or to eliminate the probability of his being present during the time of a criminal act. Because mineralogy covers a wide range of materials and substances, a thorough investigator will remove all sorts of samples from the crime scene. Soil, glass, dust and metal traces are just some types of materials which are analyzed in this kit to link a suspect to the general locality of the crime scene.

Instructor Manual Student Data Sheets Special Needs materials Methods of Assessment Manual Material Safety Data Sheets Soil Sample A

Soil Sample B Soil Sample C Soil Sample D Soil Sample “Crime Scene” Suspect A (Glass Beads) Suspect B (Glass Beads)

Crime Scene (Glass Beads) Density Gradient Tubes Medicine Droppers Microscope Slides Polarizing Film Magnifying glasses

Plastic Forceps Plastic Spoons Aluminum Pans Sets of Sieves Universal Indicator Chart Gummed Labels

ORDERING INFORMATION A-10-500 SOIL KIT�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$164.65 A-10-500R SOIL KIT REFILL��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$116.68 310 {310}

800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

Bromoform Bromobenzene Universal Indicator Potassium Chromate Solution Hydrochloric Acid Solution

Analysis of documents kit provides students with the opportunity to do physical as well as chemical analysis of writing materials. When a document such as a will or check is found at the scene of a crime, it is important to determine its authenticity. Careful analysis of documents could indicate obvious erasures, abnormal positioning of signature, use of different inks, difference in handwriting or typing. The analysis could lead to a confirmation of the authenticity of the document or just the contrary.

Instructor Manual Student Manual Methods of Assessment Manual Special Needs Materials Student Data Sheets Material Safety Data Sheets

Chromatography Paper Jars with Lids Black Felt Tipped Pens Pencils Blue Ball Point Pens Sheet of Typed Notes

Crime Scene Note Magnifying Lenses Brushes Clay Disposable Rubber Gloves Shell Vials

Forceps Different Types of Paper Ethanol Acetone Butanol Sodium Hydroxide Solution

Phenolphthalein Solution Iron Sulfate Solution Potassium Ferrocyanide Solution Ink Eradicator Lugol’s Iodine Fluorescent Ink

ORDERING INFORMATION A-10-506 DOCUMENT ANALYSIS KIT����������������������������������������������������������������������������$149.46 A-10-506R DOCUMENT ANALYSIS REFILL�����������������������������������������������������������������������$104.66 A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

311 {311}

This kit enables students to identify some common over the counter drugs as well as learning test procedures for “controlled substances”. Test methods are developed for heavy metal poisoning such as lead and mercury. These procedures are used to determine the presence or absence of lead or mercury at the scene of a crime. The analysis of simulated body fluids, such as urine, is also carried out. *Controlled Substances are simulated

Instructor Manual Student Manual Student Data Sheets Methods of Assessment Manual Special Needs Materials Material Safety Data Sheets Universal Indicator chart Q-Tips

Depression Plates Alka Seltzer Sodium Bicarbonate Aspirin Tylenol Pipettes Plastic Bottles with Dropper Caps Red Toothpicks

Capillary Tubes Chromatography Paper Unknown A Unknown B Unknown Powder X Unknown Powder Y Unknown Powder Z Simulated LSD

Simulated Marijuana Crime Scene Powder Universal Indicator Simulated Urine Alanine Simulated Urine Glycine Simulated Urine Unknown Acetic Acid Acidified Ferric Nitrate Solution


A-10-502 ANALYSIS OF DRUGS AND POISONS KIT�����������������������������������������������������������$152.14 A-10-503R ANALYSIS OF DRUGS AND POISONS KIT REFILL�������������������������������������������������$109.16 800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

Potassium Chromate Solution Hydrochloric Acid Solution Lead Nitrate Solution Unknown Heavy Metal Mercury I Nitrate Solution Butanol Acetone Ninhydrin

Analysis of Fingerprints Kit provides students the opportunity to learn the techniques available for dusting and developing latent fingerprints from various surfaces. Students compare the prints to standards developed by the FBI and help in identifying the, would be “suspect”. Each of the group prepare “evidence” for another group to analyze, and with the aid of the Modus Operandi sheets, the group identifies the fingerprints of the suspects.

Instructor Manual Student Data Sheets Methods of Assessment Manual Material Safety Data Sheets “FBI” Fingerprint Classification Sheets

Bond Paper Filter Paper Sheets Disposable Rubber Gloves Pipette Fingerprint Brushes Magnifying Glasses

Forceps Jars with Caps Metal Spoons Aluminum Foil Superglue Ink Pads

Scotch Tape String Microscope Slides Index Cards Modus Operandi Sheets Aluminum Powder

Carbon Black Ninhydrin Acetone Lugol’s Iodine

ORDERING INFORMATION A-10-504 FINGERPRINT ANALYSIS KIT�������������������������������������������������������������������������$112.04 A-10-504R FINGERPRINT ANALYSIS KIT REFILL��������������������������������������������������������������� $57.32 A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

313 {313}

Hair Analysis Kit provides students with an opportunity to learn important laboratory skills while studying the morphology of hair samples from various species. Written materials include a discussion of hair as a tool of forensic science and illustrated descriptions on the structure of hair. A slide set provides additional instructions on characteristics of hair from various species. After the written and visual materials are discussed in class or studied independently, students conduct two forensic examinations of hair samples by preparing whole hair mounts and scale casts, standard procedures used by forensic examiners in crime laboratories.

Instructor Manual Student Manual Methods of Assessment Manual Special Needs Materials

Material Safety Data Sheets Student Diagram Charts #1 Examination Worksheets #2 Examination Worksheets

Microscope Slides Cover Slips CD Hair Sample A


A-10-522 ANALYSIS OF HAIR KIT�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$103.98 A-10-522R ANALYSIS OF HAIR KIT REFILL���������������������������������������������������������������������� $44.22 800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

Hair Sample B Hair Sample C Mounting Media Fingernail Polish

This kit demonstrates state of the art techniques used to screen individuals for drug use and abuse, an issue that is important from both a scientific and social standpoint. Drug screening has been widely publicized in professional athletics, but students also should become aware that it is practiced by more and more companies before hiring new employees. The procedures in this kit are simple enough to be performed by middle school students; however, the scientific principles can be best understood by students at the high school level and above.

Instructor Manual Student Manual Methods of Assessment Manual Material Safety Data Sheets Note on Phenylpropanolamine Rf Value Cards Large

Rf Value Cards Small Tox Elution Columns Plastic Bottles with Dropper Caps Silica Plates Capillary Tubes Pipette

Acetone Methanol Simulated Urine Eluent Ethyl Acetate Ammonium Hydroxide Potassium Iodide Solution

Acidified Methanol Chloroplantinic Solution Ninhydrin Diphenyl Carbozone Mercuric Oxide Contact Sudafed

Ceffedrine Dexatrim Quinine Sulfuric Acid Solution


TOXICOLOGY KIT������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$208.90 TOXICOLOGY KIT REFILL��������������������������������������������������������������������������$165.88 A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

315 {315}

This kit not only investigates the science of blood spatter but also teaches the 16 general rules of blood spatter. This kit also includes 37 investigative terminology terms that are used by forensic crime scene specialist. Also included is material to build a BLOOD SPATTER CHAMBER, where students collect evidence and write their own scene scenario for cross curriculum. Includes a luminol test plus 5 additional experiments.

Instructor Manual Material Safety Data Sheet Assessment Manual Distance Effect on Blood Spatter Distance Effect on Spatter Graph Identifying Distance of Travel Experimenting w/ Spatter Angles

Measuring Blood Spatter 16 General Rules of Blood Spatter 37 Investigative Terminology Terms Blood Spatter Test Large Paper Clip Micro Tip Pippet Magnifying Glasses

Protractors Ruler 10 to 12 feet Filter Paper Medium Rubber Bands Clip Boards Cardboard Spray Bottles

Labels Blood Spatter Chamber Dowel Rods Hammer Striking Platform Paper for Spatter Simulated Blood Solution


A-10-550 BLOOD SPATTER ANALYSIS KIT���������������������������������������������������������������������$222.68 A-10-550R BLOOD SPATTER ANALYSIS KIT REFILL������������������������������������������������������������ $62.42 800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

Simulated Hemoglobin Solution Luminol Powder Sodium Perborate Sodium Carbonate

The gathering of physical evidence allows the Crime Scene Technician to make factual interpretations of the scene. When suspects and victims enter and\or leave the scene they bring with them and carry away useful pieces of evidence. Outdoors areas are searched first because changing weather can destroy evidence. Everything must be documented. Court cases have been made by proper documentation and the interpretation of the facts of the processed scene. This kit takes students through 6 exercises to solve the scenario 1. Scene Mapping 4. Rope Analysis 2. Hair Analysis 5. Analysis of Scene Trash 3. Soil Analysis 6. Police Evidence

Instructor Manual Material Safety Data Sheet Student Investigation Packets Graph Paper

Glass Slides Cover Slips Mounting Media Universal Indicator Solution

Sifting Screen Soil Samples Hair Rope Samples

Molding Clay Trash Evidence Including 9 Trace evidence samples Plastic Spoons

Magnifying Glasses

ORDERING INFORMATION A-10-542 CRIME SCENE KIT�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$114.64 CRIME SCENE KIT REFILL NOT AVAILABLE A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

317 {317}

Forensics provides a useful tool for teaching scientific principle in the classroom. In the inquiry based approach of a criminal investigation, students must apply many of the principles of the scientific method. In addition, students acquire, useful skill, such as use of a microscope, measuring, chemical principles, etc. This all occurs in a revenant and interesting learning environment.

Instructor’s guide Student guides MSDS MO Sheets Universal color chart Student Data Sheets Evidence Collection

Searching for Clues manual Methods of Assessment Manual Set special needs CD Toothpicks Microscope slides Cover slips

Disposable plastic gloves Magnifying glasses Forceps Table spoons Index cards Plastic pipettes Depression plates

Aspirin Tylenol Alka Seltzer Filter paper Camel hair brushes Black ink pads Jars w/cap


A-10-532 Criminalistics KIT����������������������������������������������������������������������������������$298.22 criminalistics KIT REFILL NOT AVAILABLE 800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

Superglue Aluminum foil String Clear fingernail polish Hair sample ‘A’ Hair sample ‘B’ Hair sample ‘C’

Students will learn to gather data, observe, compare, contrast, and hypothesize using fingerprinting. An emphasis in these activities has been placed on working with “dustless” fingerprinting analysis. If you are a crime scene investigator and cannot dust for the fingerprint, how do you retrieve these prints? Learn more ways than one with this exciting kit.

Instructor Manual Student Manuals Material Safety Data Sheet Methods of Assessment Manual Special Needs Material

Fingerprint Identification Sheets Scotch Tape Super Glue Petri Dishes Forceps

Tongue Depressors Paint Brushes Plastic Jars with Caps Paper Cups

Modeling Clay Plastic Gloves Magnifying Glasses Aluminum Foil

White Paper Plaster of Paris Lugol’s Iodine

ORDERING INFORMATION A-10-546 dustlEss fingerprint KIT������������������������������������������������������������������������$102.22 dustlEss fingerprint KIT REFILL NOT AVAILABLE A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

319 {319}

Forensic Scientists examine various types of fabric and fiber evidence and observe the various types of characteristics that are exhibited. By examining the following: a mineral type (glass wool), animal type (wool), vegetable type (cotton), and synthetic types (rayon, nylon, and acetattte). This kit will also observe and test a carpet sample, so as to see how its general overall characteristics and structures are unique.

Instructor’s Manual Student Manual MSDS Methods of Assessment Manual Fabric and fiber samples: White cotton

White wool White carpet fiber Spun glass (strands) Nylon Rayon Acetate

Unknown 1 Unknown 2 Unknown carpet fiber Wax pencils Metal forceps Plastic forceps

Slides Cover slips Wooden toothpicks .5 oz Empty dropping bottles Red litmus paper Lead acetate paper


A-10-534 fabric and fiber KIT�������������������������������������������������������������������������������$158.52 fabirc and fiber KIT REFILL NOT AVAILABLE 800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

HCl, 3M NaOH, 3M Chlorine bleach Dry-Cleaning Solvent Acetone Mounting solution

When an investigator enters a crime scene, it is extremely important not to destroy any form of trace evidence that might lead to the apprehension of the criminal in question. A close examination of a crime scene will often reveal impression evidence that has been left there by the perpetrator of the crime. It is simply impossible to enter a location without changing it in some way, either by bringing something to it or by taking something from it. Footprints or shoe prints, tire tracks, or other impressions imbedded in soft material, if properly identified, preserved, and evaluated, may allow the crime scene investigator valuable class evidence. This type of evidence may not convict the doer of the wrong deed, but may lead to their apprehension. Your students actually get to become CSI detectives and perform many of the same duties, and solve the scenario in this kit, by using 6 different labs included.

Instructor’s Manual Students Manual Assessment Manual MSDS Vials of Carbon Powder

Small Paint Brushes Plain Paper Stock Modeling Clay Plaster of Paris Teaspoons

5 Different Ropes Magnifying Glass Tongue Depressors Tire Impressions Pictures Small Ink Roller

Ink Paper Cups Soil Sifting Screen

Tooth Brushes Pans Petri Dishes


forensic impression KIT������������������������������������������������������������������������$217.38 forensic impression KIT REFILL��������������������������������������������������������������$114.14 A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

321 {321}

One of the ways in which modern forensic science can positively identify an individual is through dental records, since teeth not only differ in detail from person to person, the same as fingerprints differ, but they last longer than other physical elements after death. The changes are so small in the dental records as the subject ages that records compiled years earlier will still be sufficiently accurate to provide positive identification.

Instructor’s Manual Assessment Manual Tooth Development Diagram SDS Tooth Eruption at 5 Years SDS Instructor’s Master File Latex Gloves Magic Marker Teeth Bite Tray AlginateTM Mold material Plaster Paris

Tongue Depressor (Used for Stirring & Inspection) 12 oz Plastic Cup 3.5 oz Plastic Measuring cups 2 oz Plastic Measuring cups Zip lock Bags 6” Metric Ruler Student Data Sheet (SDS) Patient Chart Dentist Worksheet (SDS)

Experiment #1 -SDS, Assistants Worksheet Experiment #2 -Identifying a Body with Dental Charts Experiment #3 -SDS, Working Teeth Model Experiment #4 -SDS, Metric Analysis of Bite Mark Experiment #5 -SDS, Making Bite Mark Evidence In Wax


A-10-536 A-10-536R

A BITE OUT OF CRIME ANALYSIS KIT������������������������������������������������������������$361.26 A BITE OUT OF CRIME ANALYSIS KIT REFILL�������������������������������������������������$218.48 800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

Wax Bite Plates Experiment # 6 -SDS, Identifying bite Marks in Wax Experiment # 7 -SDS, Identifying Suspect by Matching Teeth Cast to Wax Bite Plane

The Document section of the crime lab uses chemistry, physics, microscopy, photography, chromatography, and sight and knowledge of the examiner. Although the type writer is barely used today, computer printers, photocopiers, and fax machines can still provide identifying marks. Examiners have access to files which show specifics on each brand of machine. The more basic tools used are those that magnify and\or measure such as calipers or glass alignment tools. Those that do both are called reticles.

Instructor Manual Student Manuals Material Safety Data Sheet Student Data Sheets

Alignment tools Paper Samples Hand Lens Cotton Swabs

Chromatography tubes Chromatography Paper Spray Bottles Sets of Pencils

Sets of Pens Ethanol Solution Iodine Solution

ORDERING INFORMATION A-10-544 PAPER TRAIL KIT������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$128.54 PAPER TRAIL KIT REFILL NOT AVAILABLE A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

323 {323}

It was lunch time on a Wednesday. The Mall was not busy and many of the staff was on break. An expensive designer linen suit was stolen now you must solve this crime as a CSI would. Here are the labs included: 5. Handwriting Analysis 1. Fabric Analysis 6. Blood Typing 2. Fingerprint 7. Personal Information 3. Fiber Analysis 8. Questions and Comments 4. Hair Analysis

Instructor Manual Student Manuals Material Safety Data Sheet Student Data Charts Special Needs Material Simulated Silk Cotton Linen

Polyester Simulated Wool Cat Hair Human Hair Dog Hair Police Envelope Suspect Envelope Randy Suspect Envelope Martha

Suspect Envelope Paul Suspect Envelope John Signature Cards Hand Lens Cover Slips Microscope Slides Wooden Sticks

Red litmus Paper Tweezers Toothpicks A & B Hema Blood Tag Rh Hema Blood Tag Mounting Media Anti A Blood Simulated

ORDERING INFORMATION A-10-548 THEFT DETECTION KIT������������������������������������������������������������������������������$143.32 THEFT DETECTION KIT REFILL NOT AVAILABLE 324 {324}

800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

Anti B Blood Simulated Anti Rh Blood Simulated Type B Simulated Blood Type A Simulated Blood Type O Simulated Blood Type AB Simulated Blood

This kit allows participation in a field of science that employs the areas of chemistry, physics, and biology. This kit also necessitates the use of reasoning and common sense. The field is that of criminal investigationFORENSICS. This kit is specifically designed as an introduction to the techniques needed to accomplish a thorough criminal investigation. This kit includes the following kits: 1. Analysis of Minerals and Soils 2. Analysis of Drugs and Poisons 3. Analysis of Fingerprints

Instructor Manual Student Manual Methods of Assessment Manual Special Needs Materials Material Safety Data Sheets MO Sheets Bond Paper

4. Analysis of Documents 5. Analysis of Hair

Filter Paper Index Cards Ziploc Bags Aluminum Foil Disposable Rubber Gloves Microscope Slides Cellophane Tape Super Glue

Ink Pads Plastic Jars with Lids Table Spoons Grease Pencils Student Fingerprint Analysis Sheet Magnifying Glasses

Forceps Camel Hair Brushes String Aluminum Powder Acetone Ninhydrin Lugol’s Iodine

Soil Sample F Soil Sample G Soil Sample H Soil Sample I Soil Sample J Student Soil Data Sheets


MASTER FORENSICS KIT��������������������������������������������������������������������������$646.40 MASTER FORENSICS KIT REFILL����������������������������������������������������������������$226.04 A RROW HEADFORENSIC C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274 800.953.3274 |


This minimally intrusive method of collection buccal cells from the inside of a subject’s cheek for DNA analysis. This kit is a cost effective alternative to purchasing parts individually. This kit is ideal for instructing officers and students in the proper collecting of DNA through Buccal Collection methods.

8) 6” Sterile Cotton Tipped Swabs 1) Single Swabs Box 1) 5” x 8” Reclosable Bag 1) Biohazard Label

2) Integrity Seals 1) Buccal Swab Collection Card 2) Powder Free Nitrile Gloves 1) Pre-printed 6” x 9” Submission Envelope

ORDERING INFORMATION A-7008-fsa DNA COllection KIT������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $3.00 THEFT DETECTION KIT REFILL NOT AVAILABLE 326 {326}

800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

The analysis of DNA is similar to fingerprints in trying to determine a match. With enough identifying features, DNA can either link or eliminate a suspect from a crime as well as link crime scenes together. The most frequent forms of DNA found at the crime scene are: blood, semen, hair, saliva, skin cells, mucus, perspiration, urine, fingernails, etc. The more that is known on how to use and collect DNA, the more powerful a tool it becomes. This kit allows the user to collect biological samples using our signature Bio-Swab™ and store samples using practical containment methods.

5) Single Swab Boxes 10) Individually Wrap Bio-Swabs™ 2) Coin Envelopes

4) Biohazard Labels 4) Powder Free Nitrile Gloves 1) 6” x 9” Envelope


Biological collection KIT�������������������������������������������������������������������� $4.00

A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

327 {327}

This signature kit is built for training detectives in identifying, dusting, lifting and storing latent fingerprints. This kit comes in a sturdy plastic carrying case and houses all the latent print products needed to do both magnetic and traditional dusting.

1) Wooden handle Fiber Brush 1) Magnetic Pen Applicator

1) 2oz Black Latent Fingerprint Powder 1) 2oz Black Magnetic Fingerprint Powder

50) White 3” x 5” Backing Cards 1) 12” Clear Lifting Tape


DETECTIVE fingerprint KIT��������������������������������������������������������������������� $27.25 800.953.3274 | A RROWHEADFORENSIC C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

1) Storage Case

This Fingerprint Kit contains all the essentials for dusting and lifting latent prints. This kit will allow the user the option to dust both with traditional and magnetic fingerprint powder. The kit comes complete with both magnetic and traditional black fingerprint powder. The feather brush allows student to learn a new brushing method from typical fiber brush applications. The white backing cards allow for proper application of lifted prints.

1) Jumbo Feather Brush 1) 2oz Black Latent Fingerprint Powder 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Fingerprint Powder

1) Tex Magnetic Applicator w/ 3 Shields 8) White 3” x 5” Backing Cards 1) 12” Clear Lifting Tape

1) Storage Box 8) Powder Free Nitrile Gloves


fingerprint KIT (FEATHER)������������������������������������������������������������������� $27.50 800.953.3274A|RROWHEADFORENSIC S. C OM

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

329 {329}

This Fingerprint Kit contains all the essentials for dusting and lifting latent prints. This kit will allow the user the option to dust both with traditional and magnetic fingerprint powder. The white and black backing cards allow for proper application of lifted prints.

2) Wooden Handled Fiber Brush 1) 2oz Black Latent Fingerprint Powder 1) 2oz White :atent Fingerprint Powder

1) 1oz Black Magnetic Fingerprint Powder 1) 1oz White Magnetic Fingerprint Powder 1) Tex Magnetic Applicator w/ 3 Shields

5) White 3” x 5” Backing Cards 5) Black 3” x 5” Backing Cards 1) 2” Clear Lifting Tape



Fingerprint KIT (FIBER)��������������������������������������������������������������������� $34.35

A RROWH EA D F ORENSIC S. C OM | / 1. 800. 953. 3274 800.953.3274

1) Storage Box

This kit combines all the right parts to teach proper trace evidence collection, latent print collection and ALS (alternate light source) viewing. Packed in a rugged black carrying case - this kit will withstand the demand of an education course.

1) Wooden Handled Fiber Brush 1) 2oz Black Latent Fingerprint Powder 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Fingerprint Powder

1) Pen Magnetic Applicator 25) White 3” x 5” Backing Cards 1) Pack DK Lifting Strips

6) Disposable Tweezers 1) Plastic Hemostat 1) 52” Stainless Steel Scissors

8) Black Powder Free Nitrile Gloves 1) Orange Viewing Goggles 1) Storage Case


MINI TRACE EVIDENCE KIT������������������������������������������������������������������������ $44.50

A RROWH|EADFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274 800.953.3274

331 {331}

This Technical Impression Kit is designed to teach students a variety of methods to cast and collect impressions. Introduce your forensic scientists to the many types of impressions taken at a crime scene and how they can lead to solving a crime. Investigators at a crime scene must be extremely careful not to destroy any trace evidence that may lead to a suspect, and in this activity, students will learn how to observe, classify, and analyze impression evidence. Look at footprints, fingerprints, writing, rope and binding, and key impressions, as well as tire tracks - whatever suits your needs. They will also be able to make casts of the various impressions.

1) Magnetic Pen Applicator 3) Jumbo Feather Brushes 1) 1oz White Magnetic Fingerprint Powder 1) 1oz Black Magnetic Fingerprint Powder 1) 2oz White Latent Fingerprint Powder 1) 2oz Black Latent Fingerprint Powder

50) 2”/5cm Adhesive Scales 1) 6” Photo Ruler 10) White Gel Lifters 10) Black Gel Lifters 1) 2” Clear Lifting Tape 1) 12 Rubber Jell Lifting Tape

100) White Backing Cards 100) Black Backing Cards 50) 8” x 8” Clear Poly Sheets 20) 8” x 8” Quickprint Lifters 100) Inking Foils 1) Bluestar Training Tablets (4 applications)


Technical impression KIT����������������������������������������������������������������������$359.40 800.953.3274 | A RROWH EA DFORENSIC S. C OM / 1. 800. 953. 3274

1) 125mL Synthetic Blood 1) Arrowstone Casting Kit (Blue) 1) BioFoam Impression Foam 1) Student Accutrans Kit

This is a scaled down version of the Technical Impression Kit. This kit offers the student to ability to cast impressions and store into conventional devices. Also - the transport tubes can be used for trace evidence such as hairs, fingernails or fibers. Labels, ink and fingerprint cards will allow you to teach proper procedures in completing and handling certain evidence.

1) Perfect Ink Pad 2) Free Flow Casting Material 15) Paper Evidence Bags

2) Knife Boxes 12) Applicant Fingerprint Cards 2) Screw Cap Transport Tubes

12) Powder Free Nitrile Gloves 15) Biohazard Labels 1) Seal-It Tape Roll (Yellow)


impressions KIT�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $40.45

A RROW HEADFORENSIC S. C OM 800.953.3274 |

/ 1. 800. 953. 3274

333 {333}

Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, Eighth Edition Barry A. J. Fisher, Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department (Retired), California, USA; David R. Fisher, New York, New York, USA The application of science and technology plays a critical role in the investigation and adjudication of crimes in our criminal justice system. But before science can be brought to bear on evidence, it must be recognized and collected in an appropriate manner at crime scenes. Written by authors with over 50 years of combined experience in forensic science, Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation examines the concepts, field-tested techniques, and procedures of crime scene investigation. Detectives, crime scene technicians, and forensic scientists can rely on this updated version of the “forensics bible” to effectively apply science and technology to the tasks of solving crimes. A-K10500�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$99.95

Digital Forensics for Handheld Devices Eamon P. Doherty, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Teaneck, New Jersey, USA This book touches on all areas of mobile device forensics, including topics from the legal, technical, academic, and social aspects of the discipline. It provides guidance on how to seize data, examine it, and prepare it as evidence for court. This includes the use of chain of custody forms for seized evidence and Faraday Bags for digital devices to prevent further connectivity and tampering of evidence. Emphasizing the policies required in the work environment, the author provides readers with a clear understanding of the differences between a corporate investigation and a criminal investigation. A-K14323�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$69.95

Digital Forensics Explained Greg Gogolin, Ferris State University, Big Rapids, Michigan, USA The field of computer forensics has experienced significant growth recently and those looking to get into the industry have significant opportunity for upward mobility. Focusing on the concepts investigators need to know to conduct a thorough investigation, Digital Forensics Explained provides an overall description of the forensic practice from a practitioner’s perspective. The text includes acquisition forms, a sequential process outline to guide your investigation, and a checklist of supplies you’ll need when responding to an incident. Providing you with the understanding and the tools to deal with suspects who find ways to make their digital activities hard to trace, the book also considers cultural implications, ethics, and the psychological effects that digital forensics investigations can have on investigators. A-K13476�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$79.95

Cold Cases: An Evaluation Model with Follow-up Strategies for Investigators James M. Adcock, The Center for the Resolution of Unresolved Crimes, Hattiesburg, Mississippi, USA; Sarah L. Stein, The Center for the Resolution of Unresolved Crimes, Hattiesburg, Mississippi, USA Nearly 185,000 homicides since 1980 remain unsolved, yet with limited staff and resources, it is no surprise that law enforcement units place the bulk of their efforts on current cases where victims’ family members and the media demand answers. Cold Cases: An Evaluation Model with Follow-up Strategies for Investigators provides a comprehensive roadmap for digging those cold cases out of the file room and getting them resolved. Practical and concise, the book is an invaluable tool for police officers and detectives attempting to solve crimes that would otherwise be forgotten. A-K11324�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$99.95 334

800.953.3274 |

Color Atlas of Forensic Toolmark Identification Nicholas Petraco, John Jay College, New York, USA In the wake of the Daubert ruling, the use of forensic toolmark evidence in court has been problematic, in that the conclusions of forensic scientists as to toolmark origin often lack scientifically sound statistical proof. In the Color Atlas of Forensic Toolmark Identification, noted forensic expert Nicholas Petraco helps move toolmark examination from an art to a science. The first part of the book contains an anthology of tried and true methods, procedures, and traditional techniques used by practitioners of this discipline for over a century. It contains rationales and methodologies for casework, discussion of the use of new materials and techniques for preparation of known standards, and the application of various methods of statistical proof to further establish toolmark examination as a sound scientific endeavor. The second section contains a compilation of commonly used hand tools and the marks they typically produce. A-K43927���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$167.95 Forensic Science: The Basics, 2nd Edition Jay A. Siegel, Indiana University Purdue University Indianapolis, USA; Kathy Mirakovits, Portage Northern High School, Michigan, USA As forensic science continues to play a wider role in the investigation of crimes and apprehension of criminals, those without crime scene or crime lab training must now become familiar with the techniques and language of the forensic scientist. Avoiding the complicated science and graphic violence typical of most forensic references, this book is written specifically for those without forensic science experience. While it provides a professional reference for those not steeped in the details of forensic science, the wealth of instructor material available for teachers and its pedagogical approach make this an ideal textbook for high school and introductory level courses. A-K89021����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $83.95 Behavior, Truth and Deception: Applying Profiling and Analysis to the Interview Process Michael R. Napier, The Academy Group, Inc., Manassas, Virginia, USA Focusing on practical approaches for the experienced investigator, Michael R. Napier, a 27-year veteran of the FBI, presents Behavior, Truth, and Deception: Applying Profiling and Analysis to the Interview Process. This handson volume, drawn from years of experience interviewing suspects, reveals the targeted subject interviewing process (TSI). This technique combines all known tactics learned from criminal personality profiling and investigative analysis into an effective strategy for interviewing a suspect. The book describes the skill sets and essential elements that directly contribute to a successful interrogation and outlines an interview plan using these analytical and profiling concepts. A-k11079����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $99.95

Computer-Aided Forensic Facial Comparison Martin Paul Evison, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada; Richard W. Vorder Bruegge, FBI, Quantico, Virginia, USA Countless facial images are generated everyday through digital and cell phone cameras, surveillance video systems, webcams, and traditional film and broadcast video. As a result, law enforcement and intelligence agencies have numerous opportunities to acquire and analyze images that depict persons of interest. Computer-Aided Forensic Facial Comparison is a comprehensive exploration of the scientific, technical, and statistical challenges facing researchers investigating courtroom identification from facial images.

A-k10567���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$159.95 800.953.3274 |


Crime and Measurement: Methods in Forensic Investigation Myriam Nafte and Brian Dalrymple, 2011 As an introductory guide, the goal of this book is to provide students of law enforcement, criminalists, members of the justice system, law enforcement professionals, and anyone interested in the field, a starting point in understanding the pivotal relationship between police, the investigator and the scientist, in service of the law. From the first responder called to a death scene to the final analysis in the courtroom, Crime and Measurement outlines the processes, the rules, the protocols, and the principles of what it takes and what it means to measure and solve crime. A-K11222����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $75.95

Human and Nonhuman Bone Identification: A Concise Field Guide Diane L. France, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, USA In Human and Nonhuman Bone Identification: A Color Atlas,Diane L. France, one of the most respected forensic anthropologists in the world, offered a comprehensive handbook of photographs and other information essential for examining skeletal remains and determining species and body parts. Conveniently designed for field use, this compact version of the book presents the major skeletal elements from the same species as the bestselling Atlas. Focusing on the bones most often discovered in field scenarios, the book is divided into two major sections: General Osteology and Major Bones of the Bodies of Different Animals A-K11077����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $72.95

Scientific Protocols for Forensic Examination of Clothing Jane Moira Taupin; Chesterene Cwiklik, Cwiklik and Associates, Seattle, Washington, USA When a crime or other incident takes place, clothing items are often present or left behind, and can become directly involved in the case itself. Items of clothing are thus one of the most common types of exhibit examined in court. They can provide valuable information in cases of violent crimes, such as homicide or rape, as well as in burglary, robbery, arson, and vehicular accidents. A-K68210���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$139.95

Principles of Bloodstain Pattern Analysis: Theory and Practice Stuart H. James, James and Associates, Fort Lauderdale, Florida, USA; Paul E. Kish; T. Paulette Sutton, University of Tennessee, Memphis, USA Bloodstain evidence has become a deciding factor in the outcome of many of the world’s most notorious criminal cases. As a result, substantiation of this evidence is crucial to those on either side of the courtroom aisle. The challenge is to obtain an authoritative reference that provides the latest information in a comprehensive and effective manner. Individual chapters analyze case studies, with two chapters specifically discussing the details of legal issues as they pertain to bloodstain pattern analysis. Information highlighted throughout the book includes an examination of bloodstained clothing and footwear and information on bloodstain interpretation for crime scene reconstruction. Dramatic color images of bloodletting injuries, bloodstains, and crime scenes are also presented to compliment the technical content of this resource. used to investigate the failures. A-2014TF�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $174.95 336

800.953.3274 |

Essentials of Forensic Imaging: A Text-Atlas Angela D. Levy, Georgetown University Hospital, Washington, D.C., USA and Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, Maryland, USA; H. Theodore Harcke, Jr., Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, Washington, D.C., USA and Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, Maryland, USA Forensic imaging with multidetector computed tomography (MDCT) and other cross-sectional imaging modalities is a rapidly evolving field. Understanding the pathological basis of disease and death is fundamental to the interpretation of radiologic images. Forming a bridge between these distinct disciplines, Essentials of Forensic Imaging: A Text-Atlas brings the long tradition of radiologic pathologic correlation to forensic radiology and autopsy. A-91115���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $167.95 Death Scenes: An Investigator’s Field Guide Scott A. Wagner, Northeast Indiana Forensic Center, Fort Wayne, USA Each and every death scene presents new challenges to even the most seasoned investigator. Despite the unique nature of each scenario, using a standardized protocol is the key to ensuring consistent and accurate results. Death Scene Investigation: A Field Guide provides concise direction for the death scene investigator, crime scene investigator, coroner, medical examiner, or anyone associated with the investigation of death. Since the majority of deaths are due to natural causes, the book emphasizes these situations, yet also examines unnatural circumstances. It begins by providing a general overview of death investigation before delving into a chronological point-by-point analysis of the death scene. Topics discussed include how to assess the body at the scene, and how to investigate natural and unnatural deaths. A-86766������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $67.95 Advanced Crime Scene Photography Christopher D Duncan The first pieces of evidence viewed by jurors are oftentimes the photographs recorded by the crime scene investigator. Professional and accurate photographic documentation is critical for creating lasting first impressions in the minds of a jury. Solving a range of photographic dilemmas and challenges, Advanced Crime Scene Photography assists investigators in creating photographic evidence that is engaging, interesting, and informative, giving them greater credibility when testifying in court. A-87894 ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ $93.95 Practical Analysis and Reconstruction of Shooting Incidents Edward E. Hueske, Forensic Training & Consulting LLC, Coppell, Texas, USA The ultimate goal of collecting, preserving, and examining physical evidence is individualization - associating each piece with its responsible source. Firearms evidence in particular has the potential to individualize its source. Accessible and comprehensive, Practical Analysis and Reconstruction of Shooting Incidents provides the foundation necessary to develop and sharpen the skills used to investigate shooting incidents. It provides an explanation of what constitutes pertinent evidence and appropriate results pertaining to autopsies, forensic laboratory analysis, and reenactments. The text also reviews basic firearm design, function, ammunition components, and the terminology required for understanding evidence encountered at the scene. Arming the investigator with the means to successfully examine and evaluate what transpired at the scene, Practical Analysis and Reconstruction of Shooting Incidents is an important resource to have accessible at all times. A-2330TF�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $125.95 800.953.3274 |


Forensic Evidence: Science and the Criminal Law, Second Edition Terrence F. Kiely, DePaul University, Chicago, Illinois, USA One of the greatest challenges encountered by those in the forensic sciences is anticipating what the state and federal courts will – or will not – allow as valid physical evidence. With this in mind, the author of Forensic Evidence: Science and the Criminal Law, Second Edition analyzes and explains the judicial system’s response to the applicability of forensic science in the investigation, prosecution, and defense of criminal activity. As challenges to forensic evidence become increasingly rigorous, so does the need for intense preparation. Forensic Evidence: Science and the Criminal Law, Second Edition is the book that those in the forensic sciences need to have on hand to successfully prepare for what may await them in the courtroom. A-2858CRC-06��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$139.95

Handbook of Forensic Pathology, 2nd Edition Vincent J.M. DiMaio, M.D., Chief Medical Examiner, Bexar County, San Antonio, Texas, USA; Suzanna E. Dana, M.D. This is an up-to-date, concise manual illustrating all core aspects of modern forensic pathology. This edition retains the outline format of the original, which allows for quick access and rapid assimilation. Written in no-nonsense, easily understandable language, this precise and thorough yet compact resource contains extensively detailed entries from two of the nation’s foremost authorities on gunshot wounds and forensic pathology. With numerous instructional charts and diagrams and color photographs, it organizes a wealth of instructional and immediately applicable information. Features of the second edition include a chapter on nursing home death, added information on gunshot residue, and research on tasers, pepper spray, and excited delirium syndrome. Introducing medicolegal casework and documentation, this book explains protocols for the collection and recovery of evidence and DNA analysis and lists factors used to determine time of death and identity of the deceased. A-9287CRC-07����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$62.95

Practical Crime Scene Investigations for Hot Zones Jacqueline T. Fish, Charleston Southern University, South Carolina, USA; Robert N. Stout, Lynchburg, Virginia, USA; Edward Wallace, Staten Island, New York, USA The work of Crime Scene Investigators (CSIs) is made more complicated when the scene is contaminated by either Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, Explosives (CBRNEs) or Toxic Industrial Chemicals (TICs). Special considerations must be observed when working at such scenes, whether they are the result of acts of terrorism, accidents, or natural disasters. Practical Crime Scene Investigations for Hot Zones contains guidelines and best practices for keeping CSIs safe and conducting a thorough crime scene investigation in these deadly environments. A-K11085��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$104.95

Investigation and Prevention of Officer-Involved Deaths Cyril H. Wecht, Cyril H. Wecht Institute of Forensic Science & Law, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania, USA; Henry C. Lee, Connecticut State Police Forensic Science Lab, Meriden, USA; D.P. van Blaricom, Chief of Police (Retired), Bellevue, Washington, USA; Mel Tucker, Raleigh, North Carolina, USA Examining hypothetical cases drawn from the most prevalent and typical officer-involved deaths in recent years, Investigation and Prevention of Officer-Involved Deaths reviews the circumstances, relevant discussions, and critical issues for each case type wherein law enforcement officers have had to respond outside of their usual and trained experience and where the final outcome was the death of either the suspect, an innocent bystander, or the officer. A-6374x�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$87.95


800.953.3274 |

Tire Tread and Tire Track Evidence: Recovery and Forensic Examination William J. Bodziak, Bodziak Forensics, Palm Coast, Florida, USA Police success in linking vehicles to the scene of a crime through the impressions and tracks those vehicles leave behind has long served as a successful and reliable forensic tool. The collection and forensic evaluation of that evidence, however, requires specialized knowledge, training, and expertise. Drawing from the author’s 34 years of experience, first as an FBI examiner and currently as a private consultant in the area of tire evidence, Tire and Tire Track Evidence: Recovery and Forensic Examination is the most comprehensive and up-to-date volume available on the subject. Covering all aspects of the field, the book begins with general information on the modern pneumatic tire and basic terminology. For both the crime scene technician and the forensic examiner, the author addresses information on both how to recover tire track evidence and how to photograph and cast the individual tread detail from those impressions. A-7247CRC������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$115.95

Footwear Impression Evidence: Detection, Recovery and Examination, 2nd Edition William J. Bodziak, Bodziak Forensics, Palm Coast, Florida, USA In this new edition, everything, including the original twelve chapters, bibliography, appendix, etc., has been clarified, updated and expanded. This edition includes updated and new information on recovery procedures and materials such as lifting, photography and casting; chemical enhancement; updated information about footwear manufacturing; footwear sizing; and known impression techniques and materials. Besides updating and expanding the twelve original chapters, Footwear Impression Evidence: Detection, Recovery and Examination, Second Edition adds three new chapters: one chapter on barefoot evidence, which concerns impressions made by the naked or sock-clad foot or those which remain in abandoned or discarded footwear; another new chapter on several cases in which the footwear impression evidence was of primary importance in bringing about a conviction or confession; and finally, a new chapter on the footwear impression evidence in the O.J. Simpson criminal and civil cases. A-1045CRC������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$149.95 Investigative and Forensic Interviewing: A Personality focused Approach Philip Erdberg, University of California, Corte Madera, California, USA; Craig N. Ackley, FBI Special Agent, Quantico; Kristen Beyer, National Center for the Analysis of Violent Crime, Quantico; Shannon M. Mack, Marymount University, Maryland, USA Experienced investigators know that taking an interviewee’s personality into account can lead to a more productive interview outcome. This volume provides a window into the personality types most commonly encountered in the legal system and demonstrates how to use this insight to plan and conduct effective interviews. The personality types discussed include narcissistic, antisocial, psychopathic, borderline, inadequate/immature, paranoid, and schizotypal. The book is designed for law enforcement officers, attorneys, probation and parole officers, mental health workers, and anyone else who interviews witnesses, suspects, and offenders throughout the legal system. A-84259�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$76.95 Forensic Science in Healthcare: Caring for Patients, Preserving the Evidence Connie Darnell, Jemez Springs, New Mexico, USA First responders confronted by forensic cases are forced to consider the competing concerns of administering proper medical treatment while at the same time safeguarding vital evidence. Forensic Science in Healthcare: Caring for Patients, Preserving the Evidence presents precise on-scene protocol designed to ensure that the actions of the response team provide the necessary care and yet maintain the integrity of the evidence for legal purposes. A-k11993�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $93.95

800.953.3274 |


Lee and Gaensslen’s Advances in Fingerprint Technology, Third Edition Robert Ramotowski, United States Secret Service, Forensic Services Division, Washington, DC, USA Reflecting new discoveries in fingerprint science, Lee and Gaensslen’s Advances in Fingerprint Technology, Third Edition has been completely updated with new material and nearly double the references contained in the previous edition. The book begins with a detailed review of current, widely used development techniques, as well as some older, historical methods. Next, it describes more recent advances as well as novel, emerging technologies that have just begun to reach maturity. A-88343�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$129.95

Financial Investigation and Forensic Accounting, Third Edition George A. Manning, Ph.D, CFE, EA, Consultant-Enrolled IRS Agent (Retired), Campbellton, Florida, USA As economic crimes continue to increase, accountants and law enforcement personnel must be vigilant in expanding their knowledge of ways to detect these clandestine operations. Written by a retired IRS agent with more than twenty years of experience, Financial Investigation and Forensic Accounting, Third Edition offers a complete examination of the current methods and legal considerations involved in the detection and prosecution of economic crimes. A-K11229��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$139.95

Death Scene Investigation Procedural Guide Michael S. Maloney, Bevel, Gardner & Associates, Brunswick, Georgia, USA Those tasked with investigating death scenes come from a variety of backgrounds and varying levels of experience. Death Scene Investigation: Procedural Guide gives the less experienced investigator the procedures for almost any death scene imaginable while providing the seasoned investigator a ready reference for deaths occurring even under the most unusual of circumstances. It details the precise steps that need to be taken when processing and analyzing a death scene to ensure vital evidence is not lost and “red flags” are not missed. A-K12052����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$59.95

Water-Related Death Investigation: Practical Methods and Forensic Applications Erica J. Armstrong; Kevin L. Erskine, Cleveland Lakefront State Park Police, Ohio, USA All too often, police called to the scene of a water-related death may consider it an accidental drowning before they even arrive. But the investigation of these types of deaths requires the same careful and thorough documentation as in other potentially non-natural deaths and these efforts must be carried through all stages of investigation. Water-Related Death Investigation: Practical Methods and Forensic Applications merges the essentials of field investigation with the best practices involved in evidence collection, autopsy performance, and laboratory testing on the deceased involved in a water-related death. A-k10841������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$104.95 340

800.953.3274 |

Cold Case Homicide: Practical Check List and Field Guide Richard H. Walton, District Attorney Investigator (Retired), Price, Utah, USA Written by an experienced cold case investigator and consultant, Cold Case Homicide: Practical Checklist and Field Guide follows the successful format of Vernon Geberth’s Practical Homicide Investigation: Checklist and Field Guide. Using techniques perfected during the author’s many years as an investigator, it features simple, step-by-step instructions for investigating cold case homicides. The field guide is designed for use by investigators in any agency, large or small. The author presents a specific investigation matrix, offers investigation steps in a bulleted format for rapid reference, and includes a multitude of critical tips. A-k12679����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$49.95

property and evidence by the book Lt. Joseph T. Latta (Ret.) and Chief Gordon A. Bowers (Ret.) The 2nd Edition is the most comprehensive book ever written about the management of the property and evidence function. Authored by Joseph Latta, the Executive Director of IAPE and President of Evidence Control Systems and Chief Gordon Bowers (ret). With over 75 years of total law enforcement experience, the authors have addressed questions about every critical component of the property and evidence function related to law enforcement. Special attention has been directed to the importance of the handling and storage of critical DNA evidence and its relationship to wrongful convictions. Written for the newest property officer as well as supervisors, managers, police administrators, court exhibits clerks and prosecutors. It is written around the IAPE Certification Standards along with definitions, explanations, concepts, forms, photos, case studies and policy elements. A-K108422��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$49.95

Forensic Recovery of Human Remains: Archaeological Approaches, Second Edition Tosha L. Dupras, University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA; John J. Schultz, University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA; Sandra M. Wheeler, University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA; Lana J Williams, University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA This reference, now in its second edition, is a comprehensive guide that focuses on the practical aspects of excavating and recovering human remains, as well as any associated evidence, from crime scenes. It highlights the protocols and techniques that are used to successfully survey, map, recover, document, collect, and transport evidence. New additions to the reference include discussion questions and suggested readings, updated mapping and measuring techniques, including a section on GIS and backpack differential GPS systems, expanded information on botany, DNA, and soil, and nonforensic burial contexts. Almost 200 illustrations are included to help clarify concepts. A-k12288����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$99.95

CSI for the First Responder: A Concise Guide Jan LeMay, Eaton, Colorado, USA Critical to the successful apprehension and prosecution of criminals, the job of collecting evidence at a crime scene requires knowledge, technical skills, patience, and perseverance. Often this task falls on just one individual — the officer on routine patrol duties who is the first to arrive at the scene of a crime. Written by an expert with seventeen years experience in law enforcement, CSI for the First Responder is a succinct guide on how to secure, search, identify, document, collect, and preserve physical evidence essential for solving a case and making the evidence stand up in court. Publication Date: December 16, 2010 A-K11015����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$62.95 800.953.3274 |


Practical Crime Scene Processing and Investigation, Second Edition Ross M. Gardner, U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command (Retired), Georgia, USA All too often, the weakest link in the chain of criminal justice is the crime scene investigation. Improper collection of evidence blocks the finding of truth. Now in its second edition, Practical Crime Scene Processing and Investigation presents practical, proven methods to be used at any crime scene to ensure that evidence is admissible and persuasive. A-k12444�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $89.95

Fatal Violence: Case Studies and Analysis of Emerging Forms Ronald M. Holmes, University of Louisville, Kentucky, USA; Stephen T. Holmes, University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA From serial murderers to parents who kill, Fatal Violence: Case Studies and Analysis of Emerging Forms provides an insider’s look at a phenomenon that has existed since the dawn of man and cuts across social/economic barriers and cultures. Offering a rare glimpse into the minds of predators and containing chilling details of motives and methods, this volume explores gang violence, serial and mass murderers, filicide, rape, workplace violence, school shootings, and hate crimes. It also delves into the unusual and shocking practices of vampirism and cannibalism. A-K11322�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� $87.95

Crime Scene Processing and Investigation Workbook Christine R. Ramirez, Texas Forensic Science Academy, College Station, USA ; Casie L. Parish-Fisher The work of a crime scene investigator requires stellar organizational skills and razorsharp attention to detail. Developing these skills is best achieved through hands-on training simulating actual case events. Crime Scene Processing and Investigation Workbook takes students from the classroom to the field and into the lab to explore a range of scenarios they will likely encounter on the job. Exercises presented in this practical handbook include assessing the scene, crime scene photography and mapping, fingerprint evidence, documentation, impression-casting, bloodstain pattern recognition, and advanced techniques for scene processing. The book also examines the actions of the initial responding officer, highlights special scene considerations, and describes the role of crime scene analysis and reconstruction. A-k12253����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$39.95

Introduction to Data Analysis with R for Forensic Scientists James Michael Curran, University of Auckland, New Zealand Statistical methods provide a logical, coherent framework in which data from experimental science can be analyzed. However, many researchers lack the statistical skills or resources that would allow them to explore their data to its full potential. Introduction to Data Analysis with R for Forensic Sciences minimizes theory and mathematics and focuses on the application and practice of statistics to provide researchers with the dexterity necessary to systematically analyze data discovered from the fruits of their research. A-88262�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$99.95


800.953.3274 |


800.953.3274 |



latent print procedures Untreated Metal

Plastic Materials


wax & waxed surfaces

Visual Examination

Visual Examination

Visual Examination

Visual Examination

Luminescent Treatment

Luminescent Treatment

Luminescent Treatment

Luminescent Treatment

Cyanoacrylate Fuming

Fluorescent Dye & Powder Treatment

Cyanoacrylate Fuming

Cyanoacrylate Fuming

dye stains

Latent Print Powders

adhesive side Powder

Fluorescent Dyes









Photograph and Lift





Latent Print Powders Photograph and Lift OR

SPR Treatment

Photograph and Lift

SPR Treatment

Photograph and Lift



Cyanoacrylate Fuming Photograph


Fluorescent Dye & Powder Treatment

Photograph and Lift

Fluorescent Treatment






Photograph and Lift


Photograph and lift

Fluorescent Treatment Photograph

latent print development chemicals overview* Powders adhere to water based and oil based print residue. Best results with new prints on dry, smooth, non-adhesive surfaces. Choose a powder that will contrast with surface. Use after fluorescent laser and cyanoacrylate, and before ninydrin.

DFO is a fluorescing ninhydrin analog that develops a wider range of prints that ninhydrin. Best results on porous surfaces such as paper and weak blood stains. Use controlled heat to accelerate development. Use before ninhydrin. Requires blue light source.

Fluorescent Powders are applied the same, but offer enhanced visual recovery, especially on confusing multi-colored surfaces. UV or forensic light source needed.

Ninhydrin reacts with amino acids to produce a purple reaction. Best results on porous surfaces such as paper. Use controlled heat to accelerate development, which can take up to 10 days, Use after iodine and before silver nitrate. Do not use on surfaces exposed to water.

Iodine fuming reacts with oily deposits to produce a brownish yellow print. Best result on new prints on porous, non-porous, non-metalic surfaces. Prints should be fixed to prevent rapid fading. Use before ninhydrin and silver nitrate.

Silver Nitrate reacts with chlorides in skin secretions to turn gray under light source. Reaction continues and fills background, so photograph prints immediately. Best results on paper, cardboard, plastics and unvarnished light colored wood. Use after ninhydrin and iodine. Do not use on surfaces exposed to water.

* Intended as a quick reference guides only. See product inserts and professional texts for complete information.


800.953.3274 |

on common surfaces


Unfinished wood

paper and cardboard

Visual Examination

Visual Examination

Visual Examination

Visual Examination

Luminescent Treatment

Luminescent Treatment

Luminescent Treatment

Luminescent Treatment

Latent Print Powders

iodine fuming

Cyanoacrylate Fuming

Latent Print Powders

ninhydrin treatment

ninhydrin treatment

SPR treatment

SPR Treatment



Photograph and Lift

Photograph and Lift

non-porous non-porous textured surfaces smooth surfaces

no wax or plastic coatings








Photograph and lift



Photograph and Lift

Photograph OR

silver nitrate Treatment Photograph and Li